Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Midstream / Euronav

Euronav

eurn · NYSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker eurn
Exchange NYSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Midstream
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Euronav
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Shareholder letter 

Quick facts 

Highlights 2017 

Special report

The basics of the (cid:55)anker
(cid:54)hipping (cid:48)arket

Vision and Mission 

Company profile 

Directors’ report

Highlights 2017 

Corporate Governance 
Statement

The Euronav Group 

Activity report

Products and services 

Ship management 

Fleet of the Euronav group
as per December 31, 2017

Corporate Social 
Responsibility

Health, Safety, Quality,
Environment and Society

Human resources

Glossary

01

04

06

10

18

19

22

38

66

70

73

75

80

89

92

Financial report

100

Euronav’s shareholders’ structure
According to the information available to the Company at the 
time of preparing this annual report on March 19, 2018 and 
taking  into  account  the  latest  transparency  declarations  or 
other officially filed information with supervising authorities, 
the shareholders’ structure is as shown in the table:

Shareholder 

Number of shares Percentage 

Saverco NV1

Châteauban SA

Victrix NV1

M&G Investment 
Management Limited

16,130,028

15,921,400

9,245,393

10.13%

10.00%

5.81%

8,031,680

5.05%

Euronav (treasury shares)

1,042,415

0.65%

Other

Total

108,838,033

68.36%

159,208,949

100.00%

1 Including shares held directly or indirectly by or for the benefit of 
the ultimate beneficial owner.

Shareholders’ diary 2018
WEDNESDAY 9 MAY 2018

Annual General Meeting of Shareholders 2018

THURSDAY 9 AUGUST 2018
Announcement of final half year results 2018

THURSDAY 16 AUGUST 2018
Half year report 2018 available on website

TUESDAY 30 OCTOBER 2018
Announcement of third quarter results 2018

THURSDAY 24 JANUARY 2019
Announcement of fourth quarter results 2018

Representation by the persons responsible 
for the financial statements and for the 
management report 

Mr.  Carl  Steen,  Chairman  of  the  Board  of  Directors,  Mr. 
Patrick  Rodgers,  CEO  and  Mr.  Hugo  De  Stoop,  CFO,  hereby 
certify that, to the best of their knowledge, 

(a)  the  consolidated  financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the 
year ended December 31, 2017, which have been prepared in 
accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards 
(IFRS) as adopted by the European Union, give a true and fair 
view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and results of 
Euronav NV and the entities included in the consolidation, and 

(b)  the  annual  report  includes  a  true  and  fair  view  of  the 
evolution of the activities, results and situation of Euronav NV 
and the entities included in the consolidation, and contains a 
description of the main risks and uncertainties they may face.

(cid:702)(cid:728)(cid:748)(cid:3)(cid:1025)(cid:730)(cid:744)(cid:741)(cid:728)(cid:742)

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS 2010 - 2017

(In thousands of USD)

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013
Restated*

2012

2011

2010

Revenues

EBITDA**

EBIT

Net profit

513,368

684,265

846,507

473,985

304,622

410,701

394,457

525,075

273,360

43,488

1,383

476,478

248,715

204,049

613,770

403,564

202,767

100,096

120,719

128,368

260,298

41,814

(36,862)

(56,794)

(40,155)

88,152

19,680

350,301

(45,797)

(89,683)

(118,596)

(95,986)

TCE*** year average

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

VLCC

Suezmax

Spot Suezmax

27,773

22,131

18,002

41,863

26,269

27,498

55,055

35,790

41,686

27,625

25,930

23,382

18,300

22,000

16,600

19,200

24,100

16,300

18,100

27,100

15,400

36,100

30,600

18,000

In USD per share

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

Number of shares****

158,166,534 158,262,268

155,872,171 116,539,017

50,230,437

50,000,000

50,000,000

50,000,000

EBITDA

EBIT

Net profit

1.73

0.27

0.01

3.01

1.57

1.29

3.94

2.59

2.25

In EUR per share

2017

2016

2015

1.74

0.36

(0.39)

2014

1.99

(0.73)

(1.79)

2013

2.41

(1.14)

(2.37)

2012

2.57

(0.80)

(1.92)

5.21

1.76

0.39

2011

2010

Rate of exchange

1.1993

1.0541

1.0887

1.2141

1.3791

1.3194

1.2939

1.3362

EBITDA

EBIT

Net profit

History of dividend 
per share

Dividend

Of which interim div. of

1.44

0.23

0.01

2.86

1.49

1.22

3.62

2.38

2.06

1.43

0.30

(0.32)

1.44

(0.53)

(1.29)

1.83

(0.86)

(1.80)

1.98

(0.62)

(1.48)

3.90

1.32

0.29

2017

2016

2015

2014

2013

2012

2011

2010

0.12

0.06

0.77*****

0.55

1.69

0.62

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.10

0.10

The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

*
**      EBITDA (a non-IFRS measure) represents operating earnings before interest expense, income taxes and depreciation expense attributable to us. EBITDA is presented to provide investors 
with meaningful additional information that management uses to monitor ongoing operating results and evaluate trends over comparative periods. We believe that EBITDA is useful to 
investors as the shipping industry is capital intensive which often brings significant cost of financing. EBITDA should not be considered a substitute for profit/(loss) attributable to us or 
cash flow from operating activities prepared in accordance with IFRS as adopted by the European Union or as a measure of profitability or liquidity. The definition of EBITDA used here may 
not be comparable to that used by other companies.

*** Time Charter Equivalent
**** Excluding 1,042,415 shares held by the Company in 2017 (2016: 1,042,415 shares)
*****  The total gross dividend paid in relation to 2017 of USD 0.12 per share is the sum of the interim dividend paid in October 2017 in addition to the proposed amount of USD 0.06 per share 

proposed to the Annual Shareholder’s Meeting of 9 May 2018.

****** Ratio is based on the actual exchange rate EUR/USD on the day of the dividend announcement if any.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION 2010 - 2017

(In thousands of USD)
ASSETS
Non-current assets
Current assets

31.12.2017 31.12.2016 31.12.2015 31.12.2014 31.12.2013 31.12.2012 31.12.2011

31.12.2010

2,530,337
280,636

2,673,523
373,388

2,665,694
375,052

2,558,505
537,855

Restated*

1,728,993
191,768

2,065,448
297,431

2,159,442
291,874

2,337,131
307,083

TOTAL ASSETS

2,810,973

3,046,911

3,040,746

3,096,360

1,920,761

2,362,879

2,451,316

2,644,214

LIABILITIES
Equity
Non-current liabilities
Current liabilities

1,846,361
805,872
158,740

1,887,956
969,860
189,095

1,905,749
955,490
179,507

1,472,708
1,328,257
295,395

800,990
874,979
244,792

866,970
1,186,139
309,770

980,988
1,221,349
248,979

1,078,508
1,314,341
251,365

TOTAL LIABILITIES

2,810,973

3,046,911

3,040,746

3,096,360

1,920,761

2,362,879

2,451,316

2,644,214

* The comparative figures for 2013 have been restated following the application of IFRS 10 & IFRS 11 on Joint Arrangements. 

(cid:711)(cid:731)(cid:728)(cid:3)(cid:696)(cid:744)(cid:741)(cid:738)(cid:737)(cid:724)(cid:745)(cid:3)(cid:742)(cid:731)(cid:724)(cid:741)(cid:728)

Daily volume of traded shares 2017

3,500,000

3,000,000

2,500,000

2,000,000

1,500,000

1,000,000

500,000

0

jan

feb

mar

apr

may

jun

jul

aug

sep

oct

nov

dec

Senior Unsecured Bond 
On October 23 2017, the Company announced that the 150 million USD senior unsecured 
bonds issued by Euronav Luxembourg S.A. and guaranteed by Euronav NV are listed on 
the  Oslo  Stock  Exchange  as  of  that  day.  The  bonds  have  been  allocated  the  following 
ISIN code: NO 0010793888.

Share price evolution 2017 (in USD) 

9.5

9

8.5

8

7.5

7

6.5

 Shareprice NYSE in USD

 Shareprice Euronext Brussels 
in USD

jan

feb

mar

apr

may

jun

jul

aug

sep

oct

nov

dec

 
 
Dear Shareholder 

Euronav had a very active but fulfilling year delivering a number of milestones and 
accomplishments, to our stakeholders. 

In May the Company signed five-year extensions for our FSO (floating storage) joint 
venture. This provides the Company with a visible and long-duration fixed income. 
In view of this and the Company’s strong balance sheet, the Board of Directors of 
Euronav believed it appropriate to update our distribution policy to shareholders. 
This  initiative  will  see  the  Company  paying  a  fixed  minimum  dividend  (USD  0.12 
per share) every year with additional income allocated to additional dividends, buy-
backs, debt repayment or accretive acquisitions. 

The availability of traditional sources of capital, especially bank lending, to tanker 
shipping continue to come under increasing regulatory and competitive pressure. In 
order to continue diversification of our funding sources the Company successfully 
launched  a  USD  150  million  unsecured  bond.  This  was  Euronav’s  first  entry  into 
debt capital markets and represented a significant milestone for the Company in 
diversifying its funding structure. 

The Euronav team continued to be dynamic in managing the fleet and reducing the 
average age of both our Suezmax and VLCC fleets via a series of vessel sales and four 
new Ice Class Suezmax vessels which will join the Euronav fleet in the course of 2018. 
These vessels are each backed by seven-year contracts with a blue chip partner. 

The  freight  market  however  remained  largely  challenging.  Apart  from  an 
encouraging  first  quarter  with  demand  for  crude  oil  boosted  by  a  short-term 
increase  in  OPEC  output  ahead  of  agreed  production  cuts  in  late  2016,  freight 
rates provided a challenging background throughout the year. Whilst a number of 
constituents  were  supportive  –  demand  remains  above  trend  growth  with  rising 
ton miles – supply of both oil (reduced post OPEC cuts) and vessels (too many) are 
combining to drive an oversupply of tonnage and therefore downward pressure on 
freight rates. 

Finally,  just  before  the  year  end  Euronav  was  pleased  to  announce  agreement 
on  a  stock-for-stock  merger  with  Gener8  Maritime.  Completion  of  the  merger  is 
subject to regulatory and shareholder approval from Gener8. The merger will, upon 
completion,  create  the  leading  independent  large  crude  tanker  operator  with  75 
crude tankers (including 44 VLCCs and 28 Suezmax) representing over 18 million 
dwt  and  combined  balance  sheet  assets  of  over  USD  4  billion.  In  the  view  of  the 
Board  of  Directors  the  enlarged  entity  will  offer  a  well-capitalised,  highly  liquid 
company for investors to participate in the tanker market. The transaction terms 
are accretive to shareholders of both companies and consistent with previously set 
expansion criteria of Euronav which will retain over USD 700 million of available 
liquidity upon completion. 

Euronav has taken affirmative action in response to a weaker tanker background 
in recent quarters via sale & leaseback, corporate bond and bank financing activity 
to ensure it is well positioned to navigate the next stage of the tanker cycle – to be 
strategically opportunistic whilst remaining exposed to any potential upside from 
an  improved  freight  rate  environment.  We  constantly  strive  to  deliver  innovation, 
stability and growth. 

Yours sincerely,
Carl Steen
Chairman

"

Just before the 
year end Euronav 
was pleased 
to announce 
agreement on a 
stock-for-stock
merger with Gener8
Maritime.

R
E
T
T
E
L
R
E
D
L
O
H
E
R
A
H
S

1

 
Quick Facts

2,950

people

Over  2,800  seafarers  of  many  different 
nationalities  work  aboard  Euronav 
vessels. Their nationalities are marked 
by a dot on the map alongside. 
In addition, Euronav has approximately 
150  employees  throughout  its  shore-
based  offices 
in  London,  Nantes, 
Antwerp,  Singapore  and  Piraeus.  This 
geographical  span  across  Europe 
reflects a deep-rooted maritime history 
and culture built up over generations.

*   Proportionate EBITDA in thousands of USD
**   Including hull S909, hull S910, hull S911 and 
hull S912 which are under construction and 
which are expected to be delivered between 
March and August 2018. 

2 FSO 

2.8 million barrels
AVERAGE AGE: 15.8 YEARS 

22** Suezmax

1 million barrels
AVERAGE AGE: 10 YEARS 

28 VLCC 

2 million barrels
AVERAGE AGE: 7.3 YEARS 

1 V-Plus 

3 million barrels
AVERAGE AGE: 15.8 YEARS 

293,598*

Proportionate EBITDA

53**

 VESSELS

the world’s largest, 
independent, quoted crude 
tanker platform

EURN
 LISTED 
EURONEXT

EURN
LISTED
NYSE

S
T
C
A
F
K
C
U
Q

I

5

 
Highlights 2017

JANUARY 12 and 20, 2017
Euronav takes delivery of two VLCCs (acquired as resales of contract), the Ardeche
(2017  –  298,642  dwt)  and  the Aquitaine  (2017  –  298,767  dwt),  from  Hyundai  Heavy 
Industries - Samho yard, South Korea. 

APRIL 20, 2017
Euronav  signs  an  additional  two  long-term  time  charter  contracts  of  seven  years 
each  with  Valero  Energy,  Inc.  for  Suezmax  vessels  with  specialized  Ice  Class  1C 
capability starting in late 2018. This brings to four the number of long-term (seven 
years)  Suezmax  time  charter  contracts  the  Company  has  within  its  portfolio.  In 
order to fulfil these contracts, Euronav ordered an additional two high specification 
Ice Class Suezmax vessels from Hyundai Heavy Industries shipyard in South Korea.

MAY 14, 2017 
Euronav  and  its  joint  venture  partner,  International  Seaways  Inc.,  declare  having 
signed a contract for five years for the FSO Africa (2002 – 442,000 dwt) and FSO Asia
(2002  –  442,000  dwt)  in  direct  continuation  of  the  current  contractual  service.  The 
contract  was  signed  with  North  Oil  Company,  the  new  operator  of  the  Al  Shaheen 
oil field, whose shareholders are Qatar Petroleum Oil & Gas Limited and Total E&P 
Golfe Limited. 

MAY 16, 2017
Euronav Luxembourg SA, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Euronav group, announces 
the successful launch of a USD 150 million unsecured bond with a coupon of 7.50% 
and maturity in May 2022. This is Euronav’s first entry into the debt capital markets.

JUNE 1, 2017
The  Company  announces  the  sale  of  the  VLCC  TI Topaz  (2002  –  319,430  dwt)  for 
USD 21 million recording a capital loss of USD 21 million. The TI Topaz joined the 
Euronav fleet in the first quarter of 2005 and contributed positively over the years to 
the results of Euronav, especially during strong freight rate years such as 2005, 2006, 
2008, 2010, 2015 and 2016. 

SEPTEMBER 8, 2017 
The Global Maritime Forum of which Euronav is a founding partner is launched. The 
Global  Maritime  Forum  is  a  global  platform  for  high-level  leaders  from  the  entire 
maritime spectrum and aims to effect positive long-term change for the industry and 
for society. 

OCTOBER 23, 2017
Euronav  announces  that  the  USD  150  million  senior  unsecured  bonds  issued  by 
Euronav Luxembourg SA and guaranteed by Euronav NV are listed on the Oslo Stock 
Exchange. 

NOVEMBER 10, 2017
Euronav sells the VLCC Flandre (2004 – 305,688 dwt) for USD 45 million to a global 
supplier  and  operator  of  offshore  floating  platforms.  A  gain  of  USD  20  million  on 
the sale was recorded. The vessel was delivered in December for conversion into an 
FPSO by her new owner and would therefore leave the worldwide VLCC trading fleet. 

NOVEMBER 16, 2017
The Company sells the Suezmax Cap Georges (1998 – 146,652 dwt) for USD 9 million 
and was delivered on November 29, 2017. The Company recorded a gain of USD 9 
million. The sale of the Cap Georges came in anticipation of the delivery of the first of 
four Suezmax vessels early in 2018 currently under construction at the Hyundai yard 
in South Korea (HHI). Those vessels are part of a seven-year contract for four vessels 
with a leading global refinery player. 

NOVEMBER 17, 2017
Euronav sells the VLCC Artois (2001 – 298,330 dwt) for USD 22 million. The Artois was 
the oldest vessel in the Company’s VLCC fleet. The Company records a gain of USD 
8 million on the sale. The vessel was delivered to its new owners in early December.

DECEMBER 21, 2017
Euronav  and  Gener8  Maritime,  Inc.  (NYSE:  GNRT)  announce  they  reached  an 
agreement  on  a  stock-for-stock  merger  for  the  entire  issued  and  outstanding 
share  capital  of  Gener8  pursuant  to  which  Gener8  would  become  a  wholly-owned 
subsidiary of Euronav. 

7
1
0
2
S
T
H
G
L
H
G
H

I

I

7

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
E
P
S

I

The Basics of the 
Tanker Shipping 
Market

This  year’s  special  report  focuses  on  the  key  drivers  and  influences  on  the  crude 
tanker market. The aim is to provide some basic market background and explain key 
market drivers to investors, commentators and observers alike. 

Where do Crude tankers sit within the Value chain? 

STORAGE
TANKS

OFFSHORE
PLATFORM

CRUDE TANKER

REFINERY

STORAGE
TANKS

EXPORTS

END USER

PRODUCT CARRIER

 
Crude oil tankers have a vital role to play within the energy value chain. Their main 
role  is  to  transport  crude  oil  from  production  point  to  refinery,  although  they  are 
also sometimes used for storing crude oil post production. Crude tankers can also 
be used for carrying oil products such as fuel oil. Any clean products that come out 
of the refinery are carried on 'clean' or 'product' tankers, which are smaller in size 
due  to  the  smaller  parcel  sizes  in  which  these  products  are  traded.  Euronav  only 
operates in the VLCC and Suezmax segment, this report will therefore focus on crude 
oil tankers.

The Asset
Crude oil tankers come in various sizes, the biggest standard size being a Very Large 
Crude Carrier – or 'VLCC'. These tankers take up to 2 million barrels of crude oil per 
shipment, while the second largest size is the 'Suezmax' which takes around half of 
that amount and is the largest size ship that can sail through the Suez Canal fully 
laden.  The  smallest  size  of  dedicated  crude  oil  tankers  is  an  'Aframax'  which  can 
carry  around  600,000  barrels  of  oil.  There  are  smaller  tankers  in  the  market,  but 
these tend to carry refined oil products and fuel oil, not crude oil. 

DWT

Barrel 
capacity

Length (m)

Breadth (m)

Draught (m)

Fleet size*

VLCC

300,000

2,000,000

Suezmax

160,000

1,000,000

Aframax

115,000

600,000

320

265

240

60

50

45

20

17

15

735

523

959

% owned 
by top 10

43%

39%

36%

Construction  of  crude  oil  tankers  takes  9  to  15  months  from  the  time  the  keel  is 
first laid. This means that it will take at least two years from the time of newbuilding 
contract signature (ordering) until the vessel is delivered because many critical parts 
are long-lead items that needs to be ordered and produced before the construction 
of the ship can commence. Their sheer size dictates that there is a limited number of 
sites capable of building them and these are concentrated in Asia, more specifically 
in South Korea, China, and Japan. The price for contracting a tanker newbuilding is 
influenced by a number of factors such as the underlying price of energy, steel, labor 
costs  and  available  construction  finance.  The  relative  demand  for  contracting  new 
tonnage also plays a role and may lengthen or shorten waiting time to delivery and 
affect price. Over the last ten years the cost of a new VLCC has ranged from around 
USD  80  million  to  USD  160  million.  The  payment  profile  on  the  ships  tends  to  be 
very back loaded, typically with a 10% deposit on signing the contract, 20% to 40% in 
milestone payments and finally 50% to 70% on delivery. 

The economic lifespan of an oil tanker has historically been 25 years, although more 
recently this has dropped closer to 20 years. Different tanker companies operate with 
their own asset depreciation policies, ranging from 18 to 25 years. At Euronav, we 
depreciate the original cost of a vessel to zero value over 20 years.

The Cost Structure
A ship owner chartering his vessel to a customer is paid 'freight'; this is the gross 
revenue agreed with the charterer to cover the entire voyage from port of loading to 
port of discharge. This revenue is used to cover the cost for the owner to undertake 
the voyage, the cost of operating the vessel, any interest payments to loan providers 
and  other  costs  associated  with  owning  a  ship.  Certain  fixed  costs  vary  between 
shipping  companies,  most  important  the  purchase  price,  and  each  will  therefore 
have their individual breakeven cost at which it becomes profitable to run the vessels. 
However once these fixed costs are covered, all additional revenue results in profit. 

Earnings are reported by companies and market watchers in terms of 'dollars per 
day' also known as the Time Charter Equivalent (TCE). The cash breakeven TCE for a 
VLCC is between USD 20,000 per day to USD 35,000 per day depending for example 

* January 1, 2018 
(Source: Clarksons SIN Excludes shuttle tankers) 

"

At Euronav, we 
depreciate the 
original cost of a 
vessel to zero value 
over 20 years.

I

I

T
E
K
R
A
M
G
N
P
P
H
S
R
E
K
N
A
T
E
H
T
F
O
S
C
S
A
B
E
H
T

I

1
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Revenue: Money agreed with 
charterer to cover entire voyage from 
A to B

Voyage Expenses: Cost of fuel, port 
stay, tolls, cargo handling, commission

Net Revenue: Gross revenue minus 
voyage expenses

Vessel Expenses (OPEX): cost of crew, 
vessel stores & supplies, lubrication, 
oils, insurance

Interest: cost of debt servicing

Debt repayment: debt repayment will 
depend on financing but depreciation is 
a real cost

Maintenance Capex: Cost of special 
surveys

(Source: Euronav)

on the level of loan interest, fixed operating costs depreciation (or amortization) and 
G&A expenses.

35.000

30.000

25.000

20.000

15.000

10.000

5.000

0

E

C

G  T

V

A

X

E

P

O

A

&

G

A

D

B I T

E

I n t e r e

s t

b t  R

e

D

n t

e

m

a y

p

e

c e

n

a

n

a i n t e

M

w

o

h   fl

s

a

C

For  the  purpose  of  this  report,  the  tax  issues  will  not  be  covered  in-depth,  but 
for  more  details  please  refer  to  the  annual  report.  As  a  consequence  of  this  cost 
structure, most tanker companies are highly operationally levered. Therefore, every 
additional  dollar  earned  in  revenue  over  and  above  the  “fixed”  cost  base  will  fall 
through to profit. Euronav’s illustrative operational leverage for its cost structure is 
depicted below. 

$1.059

$267

$339

$627

$483

VLCC TCE rates

Suezmax TCE rates

 $25,000

 $20,000

+ $5,000
per day

 $30,000

 $25,000

+ $15,000
per day

 $40,000

 $35,000

+ $25,000
per day

 $50,000

 $45,000

+ $55,000
per day

 $80,000

 $75,000

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
E
P
S

I

Each $5,000 uplift in both VLCC and Suezmax rates 
improves net revenue and EBIDTA by $72 mm

(Source: Investor Presentation High Yield 
Conference 2017)

Tanker Customers
Tanker  shipping  is  a  business  to  business  environment  with  a  number  of  key 
customers  who  regard  the  shipping  element  as  an  integral  part  of  their  logistical 
chain. These key customers are the oil majors – both National Oil Companies (e.g. 
Unipec, Saudi Aramco, Petrobras) and International Oil Companies (e.g. Total, Shell 
and Chevron) – and there are trading houses such as Trafigura and Glencore, and 

 
large refiners. The oil majors generally require ships to take oil or to deliver to or from 
third party refineries oil to their customers. This type of business depends on physical 
oil flows, which refineries require what type of crude oil at any given time. The trading 
houses are often more opportunistic in their trading of oil and therefore also more 
unpredictable in terms of when and where they may need a ship. Most counterparties 
in the large crude tanker space are large multinational companies with strong credit 
ratings. The customer is often referred to as the 'charterer' of the vessel.

When a charterer requires a tanker to move oil from A to B they will typically get in 
touch with a ship broker, who will in turn contact a number of vessel owners and act 
as a middle man in negotiating price, terms and conditions for carrying the cargo. The 
charterer can go directly to the ship owner himself, although this happens less often.

How the price of freight is set 
The following chart gives a broad worked example on how the price of freight is set. 
A number of vessels will be eligible to take a cargo and the broker (who has been 
mandated by the cargo owner to find a vessel to carry the cargo) will over the course 
of several rounds bring down the number of potential ships. This process will also 
be  driven  by  the  ship  owners  themselves  as  some  will  voluntarily  drop  out  of  any 
potential bidding for a range of reasons (logistics, price, other cargo to bid on etc.). 

Round 1  Potential Vessel

Round 2  Vessel evaluation

Round 3  Selection

Round 4  Vetting

10

7

4

1

Vessels that can make the lifting 
window and are interested in this route

Brokers narrow down field basis e.g. logistics, 
age of ship, embargo restriction, etc

Viable vessels go into auction process 
with often lowest bid the winning ship

Only one vessel goes on 'subjects' for the 
cargo, charterer vetting process begins

Quite simply the higher the number of potential ships, the lower the eventual freight 
rate will likely be as more qualifying bidders logically should mean more pressure 
on the price. However, it is important to understand only one ship will be selected 
to  go  through  a  final  vetting  process  whereby  the  cargo  owner  will  assess  the 
vessel’s seaworthiness and suitability for the trade via previous survey results and 
inspections. Ship owners competing with each other drive pricing down sometimes 
below fixed costs. 

(Source: Euronav)

I

I

T
E
K
R
A
M
G
N
P
P
H
S
R
E
K
N
A
T
E
H
T
F
O
S
C
S
A
B
E
H
T

I

3
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
Price of Oil – impact on tankers 
Like  any  commodity,  the  greater  the  demand  for  it,  the  more  demand  for  its 
transportation. Crude is no different and the sharp reduction in the price of oil the 
market experienced from the fourth quarter of 2014 prompted a boost in demand in 
both the U.S. and Europe where oil demand is highly price sensitive. With improved 
demand for oil products, more crude oil was needed by refineries worldwide. These 
refineries  are  rarely  located  close  to  the  sources  of  crude  oil,  so  more  oil  tankers 
were needed to transport the crude from oil field to refinery. Generally speaking the 
lower the oil price the stronger demand for it. However the relationship is not linear. 
In our view there is a band between USD 35 and USD 70 where the oil price will be 
demand stimulating. Between around USD 70 and USD 80 this is neutral and above 
this level the price is demand destructive. However, as the market saw in the first 
quarter  of  2016,  a  very  low  oil  price  can  be  demand  disruptive  –  primarily  for  oil 
producing and exporting nations; hence the relationship is not linear. Ships also burn 
oil as fuel so high prices increase costs of transport. 

Oil Price vs. Oil Demand Growth

3.5

3.0

2.5

2.0

1.5

1.0

0.5

0.0

-0.5

-1.0

)
d
p
b
m

(
h
t
w
o
r
G
d
n
a
m
e
D

l
i

O

Demand Disruptive

 Oil Demand Growth

Oil Price

(Source: Euronav, Bloomberg, IEA)

Demand Destructive

Neutral

Demand Stimulating

140

120

100

80

60

40

20

0

-20

-40

l
b
b
/
$
e
c
i
r
P

l
i

O

1998

1999

2000

2001

2002

2003

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
E
P
S

I

Key Market Drivers – Demand for Oil 
The demand for oil is an obvious driver of crude tanker demand; the more oil that is 
needed around the world, the bigger the demand for moving this oil from production 
to  refinery.  Global  demand  for  oil  has  generally  been  rising  year-on-year  with  the 
average growth rate from 1990 being 1.1 million barrels per annum. Since 2015 this 
growth rate has been above trend and is forecast to remain so until 2022. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Translating oil demand growth into actual vessel demand is an inexact science as 
many factors impact how this oil is being traded and what means of transportation 
is used to move it. A rough calculation looks something like this: demand growth 
of  say  1  million  barrels  per  day  equates  to  365  million  barrels  per  year.  If  all 
this incremental demand was shipped and carried on VLCCs in 2 million barrel 
parcels this would be an additional 182 cargoes per year. With a VLCC performing 
on  average  six  voyages  a  year  we  can  conclude  that  these  additional  cargoes 
would require around 30 extra ships provided all the additional demand is carried 
by sea.

Key Market Drivers – Supply of Oil 
Clearly for any oil transportation business the supply of oil is critical to the status 
of its markets. Oil supply dynamics have undergone a transformation in the past 
decade, away from being very Middle East focused to having a more diverse supply 
base, in particular with the development of U.S. shale oil. This quick-to-production 
process of shale oil (less than six months) has made global oil production far more 
responsive to short-term changes in demand. The fact that the U.S. government 
started  to  allow  the  export  of  crude  oil  in  December  2015  has  developed  a  new 
trade flow currently exporting 1.4 mbpd compared to zero exports two years ago 
(since end September 2017 average weekly export 1.424 mbpd (source: DOE)). Oil 
supply is dynamic with for instance OPEC (the national oil producers cartel) and 
Russia voluntarily cutting their crude production and removing cargoes from the 
traditional trade routes emanating in the Middle East as from the first quarter of 
2017.

Key Market Drivers – Vessel Supply 
Perhaps  the  key  driver  of  tanker  markets  is  vessel  supply.  This  is  the  ultimate 
driver of market fluctuation; when the market is in short supply of ships, the cost 
of chartering a ship – the freight – goes up but of course down if there are too many 
ships available. This over- or undersupply of vessels can be viewed on a macro level 
with the total global supply of ships, which will drive more long-term trends in freight 
levels, but it can also be viewed on a more regional level where the number of ships 
available in a specific load area can drive short-term freight fluctuations, which may 
vary in different load areas.

On a global scale the supply of ships is a function of how many newbuild ships are 
delivered  versus  how  many  ships  are  removed  from  the  fleet.  The  vessel  supply 
picture can be compared to a bathtub – new vessel order flow reflect when the taps 
are on filling up the fleet with more ships. Vessel scrapping is when the plug is out 
and  vessels  are  removed  from  the  fleet  rebalancing  what  is  in  the  tub.  The  water 
contained in the bathtub represents the size of the fleet – see in this respect also the 
special report included in the 2016 annual report 'What is the effective size of the 
operational tanker fleet'. 

"

The demand for oil 
is an obvious driver 
of crude tanker 
demand.

I

I

T
E
K
R
A
M
G
N
P
P
H
S
R
E
K
N
A
T
E
H
T
F
O
S
C
S
A
B
E
H
T

I

5
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
"

 It is important 
to keep in mind 
that trade 
routes are not 
static.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
E
P
S

I

Ballast Water treatment Sept-2019

Sulphur emission controls Jan-2020

Trade Routes & Dynamic Market 
The different sizes of ships cater for different trade routes. We have already discussed 
how smaller ships carry oil products, but within the crude tanker segment we also 
see a divergence. Economies of scale dictate that. The size of a VLCC makes them 
more  cost  efficient  for  longer  international  trade  routes  between  large  ports  that 
can physically accommodate their larger size. The smaller the vessel size, the more 
regional the trade routes become. However, there is cross elasticity between vessel 
sizes when the price of utilizing a VLCC becomes too expensive it may become more 
price  efficient  for  a  customer  to  use  two  Suezmax  vessels  to  transport  the  same 
amount of oil instead. So we do sometimes see Suezmaxes compete for the long haul 
international routes that are dominated by VLCCs and vice versa. The same applies 
for smaller vessel segments. 

It  is  important  to  keep  in  mind  that  trade  routes  are  not  static;  these  routes  are 
highly dependent on oil flows. For example when we began to see crude oil exports 
from  the  U.S.  destined  for  the  Far  East,  the  market  developed  a  need  for  large 
crude tankers to load in the U.S. Gulf, something not seen before. Please find more 
details below. 

Regulation of assets and operating businesses
The  tanker  industry  is  highly  regulated,  to  ensure  that  all  vessels  are  safe  to  use 
for  the  crew,  the  cargo  and  the  environment.  Until  the  age  of  15  years,  the  ship 
must undergo a survey in dry dock only every five years. The vessels have to have 
certification  of  classification  society,  which  is  an  independent  organization  that 
establishes and maintains technical standards for the operation of all ships. Vessels 
have a five year survey cycle with an annual survey (12 months), intermediate survey 
(30 months) and special survey (60 months). Performing this survey can take a couple 
of weeks and will test for steel thickness and other indicators of seaworthiness. After 
15 years, the intermediate survey cycle also needs to be done in dry dock every 30 
months so at 17.5 years and 22.5 years. This is to account for the associated wear-
and-tear due to the vessel’s age. The cost of these surveys increase as the vessel 
gets older - see diagram. 

Some important charterers consider the overall risks associated with carrying oil 
on an older ship as being too large when the vessel reaches 15 years of age, and 
only charter ships until this age limit. However, most oil tankers find employment 
up  until  around  their  20th  anniversary,  which  is  currently  the  expected  life  of  a 
vessel, although some trade for longer. Looking at tankers that have been scrapped 
since  2009,  the  average  scrapping  age  for  both  VLCCs  and  Suezmaxes  has  been 
around 20 years. 

USD 4.0m

USD 3.0m

USD 2.0m

USD 1.0m

0

Cost of Survey increases during tanker life

100% Utilisation

1
#
y
e
v
r
u
S
l
a
i
c
e
p
S

5

2
#
y
e
v
r
u
S
l
a
i
c
e
p
S

3
#
y
e
v
r
u
S
l
a
i
c
e
p
S

y
e
v
r
u
S
e
t
a
d
e
m
r
e
t
n
I

i

4
#
y
e
v
r
u
S
l
a
i
c
e
p
S

7.5

10

12.5

15

17.5

20

22.5

> Constant vetting process throughout ship's life

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Seasonality and Cyclicality 
Historically, there has been a visible degree of seasonality in the tanker market as 
freight rates have tended to perform better during the first quarter and the fourth 
quarter of a calendar year. With 90% of the global population living in the northern 
hemisphere, more oil is required during the northern hemisphere winter hence more 
oil is consumed during these quarters. Below chart shows the seasonality differential 
in average VLCC rates since 1990. However this marked contrast in seasonality has 
been less evident in recent years. This can be explained by most demand growth now 
originating from Asia, where oil demand is less affected by seasonal consumption 
patterns. 

Tanker shipping is a highly cyclical business with freight rates driven by numerous 
factors,  but  in  the  medium  to  long-term  vessel  supply  and  demand  are  the  main 
drivers. Vessel supply is the one factor controlled by the shipping industry and the 
supply of vessels is impacted largely by capital flows into and out of the sector, but 
also availability of financing from banks and other investors. A tanker market cycle 
generally  begins  with  an  oversupplied  market  where  too  many  ships  depress  any 
earnings  and  therefore  the  capital  flows  out  of  the  sector.  This  will  cause  some 
owners  to  get  rid  of  their  older  ships  as  these  become  uneconomical  to  run.  As 
vessels are removed from the fleet, the market will become rebalanced, owners will 
start earning more profits and more capital flows into the sector. This encourages 
owners to start ordering new tonnage, although the lead time on delivery is at least 
two years. Once these newly contracted vessels start delivering to the market it will 
slowly, once again, become oversupplied and earnings will hit another trough – we 
are back where the cycle started. These cycles are of varying duration but generally 
take five to ten years to complete but like seasonality do appear to be more variable 
in length.

Freight Market versus value of VLCC contracting ($/d)

18

16

14

12

10

8

6

4

2

0

D
S
U
n
o
i
l
l
i
b

 1 Year time charter rate

VLCC Contracting Value

(Source: Clarksons SIN)

1996

2000

2004

2008

2012

2016

Average monthly VLCC Rate (since 1990) ($/d)

y
a
d
/
D
S
U

90.000

80.000

70.000

60.000

50.000

40.000

30.000

20.000

10.000

0

55.000

50.000

45.000

40.000

35.000

30.000

25.000

Jan

Feb

Mar

Apr

May

Jun

Jul

Aug

Sep

Oct

Nov

Dec

I

I

T
E
K
R
A
M
G
N
P
P
H
S
R
E
K
N
A
T
E
H
T
F
O
S
C
S
A
B
E
H
T

I

(Source: Clarksons SIN)

7
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
E
P
S

I

Vision
and Mission

VISION
To lead responsibly the global crude oil tanker industry.
To seize every opportunity to reshape our industry in an era of unprecedented changes.
To promote and support sustainable programs to minimize the environmental impact 
of our industry.

MISSION

For our society
To deliver an essential source of energy in ways that are economically, socially and 
environmentally viable now and in the future.

For our clients 
To operate in a manner that contributes to the success of their business objectives by 
providing flexible, global high-quality and reliable services.

For our shareholders and capital providers
To  create  significant  long-term  value  by  strategically  planning  financial  and 
investment  decisions  while  efficiently,  consistently  and  transparently  act  as  good 
stewards of capital.

For our employees
To attract, inspire and enable talented, hard-working people to develop themselves 
in order to contribute to our business and its vision in a challenging and rewarding 
environment.

 
"

As the world’s 
largest, independent 
quoted crude tanker 
platform, Euronav 
owns and manages 
(cid:724)(cid:3)(cid:1026)(cid:728)(cid:728)(cid:743)(cid:3)(cid:738)(cid:729)(cid:3)(cid:680)(cid:678)* vessels.

* Including hull S909, hull S910, hull S911  and 
hull S912 which  are  under  construction  and 
which  are  expected  to  be  delivered  between 
March and August 2018.

Company (cid:739)(cid:741)(cid:738)(cid:1025)(cid:735)(cid:728)

Euronav  is  a  market  leader  in  the  transportation  and  storage  of  crude  oil  and 
petroleum  products.  As  the  world’s  largest,  independent  quoted  crude  tanker 
platform, on March 19, 2018, Euronav owns and manages a fleet of 53* vessels. The 
Company, incorporated in Belgium, is headquartered in Antwerp. Worldwide Euronav 
employs 150 people on shore and has offices throughout Europe and Asia. Over 2,800 
people work on the vessels. Euronav is listed on Euronext Brussels and on the NYSE 
under the symbol EURN.

The  need  to  operate  a  safe  and  reliable  fleet  has  never  been  more  crucial  and  it 
is  the  most  important  strategic  objective  for  the  Company.  Euronav  aims  to  be  an 
efficient organization and to deliver the highest quality and best possible service to 
its customers.

Euronav  has  a  long-term  strategy  through  cycle  profitability  by  adapting  its  balance 
sheet  leverage  and  liquidity  position  in  accordance  with  the  sources  of  its  revenues 
which can be fixed (long term FSO Income and/or TC portfolio) or floating (pool and 
spot revenues).

Sustainability is a core value at Euronav and ensures the long-term health and success 
of our people, our business and the environment we work in. It involves a commitment 
to safety and environmental practices, as well as an innovative approach to the use of 
technology and information.

By  employing  officers  who  graduated  from  the  most  reputable  maritime  academies 
in the world, on board a modern fleet, Euronav aims to operate in the top end of the 
market. The skills of its directly employed seagoing officers and shore-based captains 
and engineers give a competitive edge in maintenance as well as in operations and 
delivery of offshore projects.

E
L

I

F
O
R
P
Y
N
A
P
M
O
C

9
1

 
T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

DIRECTORS’ REPORT: 
Highlights 2017

Overview of the Market
OIL DEMAND, PRODUCTION AND BUNKER COSTS
Global oil inventories have been dropping since the beginning of 2017 when OPEC 
started to cut production in an attempt to balance oversupplied oil markets. The fall 
in inventories has helped to support oil prices, however a continuous effort is needed 
from OPEC to keep oil production at reduced levels for this trend to last. For the time 
being the production cuts are in place until the end of the first half of 2018, although 
OPEC and its production allies are set to review the effectiveness of the cuts at the 
end of the first quarter.

The price of oil increased throughout 2017 and the cost per barrel for Brent surpassed 
USD 65, a sharp rise from the low oil prices in early 2016 when Brent bottomed out at 
USD 26 per barrel. Looking at full year average prices for 2017 Brent averaged USD 
54.7 (up 25% from 2016), WTI averaged USD 50.9 (up 18% from 2016) and the OPEC 
basket averaged USD 52.4 (up 29% from 2016).

World Oil Demand (in million bpd)

100 

95 

90 

85 

80 

75 

(Source: IEA) 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015  2016

2017

 
The market has seen the spread between Brent and WTI widen to more than USD 
6 per barrel. Rising U.S. oil production in 2017 caused WTI to weaken versus other 
Atlantic  based  crudes  that  are  priced  off  Brent.  Going  into  the  third  quarter  when 
global demand is historically higher, with restricted OPEC production and non-U.S. 
non-OPEC production not growing at a pace to keep up with growing demand, the 
relative availability of U.S. crudes added downward pressure to the WTI price. The 
price spread saw an extra impact when the U.S. Gulf was hit by hurricane Harvey at 
the end of August, restricting refinery utilization and crude exports, thereby adding 
to inventories in the region.

Bunker prices generally follow the trend of the crude oil price and have seen similar 
increases during the year. The price of bunkers in Fujairah averaged USD 324/MT, 
in Rotterdam bunkers averaged USD 305/MT and in Singapore prices averaged USD 
331/MT. Prices have increased around 40% from last year’s averages of USD 236/MT, 
USD 214/MT and USD 233/MT respectively.

The  story  of  oil  supply  was  dominated  by  two  players  in  2017  –  OPEC  who  cut 
production and the U.S. where production has expanded. OPEC’s production cut was 
always going to have a big impact with a target of removing 1.2 million barrels per 
day from the oil markets, which they have been more or less successful in achieving.

While OPEC has been attempting to balance oil markets by cutting production, non-
OPEC production has been increasing. According to the IEA, non-OPEC production 
averaged  58.02  mbpd  in  2017,  an  increase  of  0.63  from  2016,  with  a  further  1.58 
mbpd expected in 2018. The U.S. is by far the biggest contributor to these figures with 
production growth of close to 0.54 mbpd this year alone. U.S. output is aided in large 
part by growing shale production. Other contributors to non-OPEC growth are Brazil, 
Canada, Kazakhstan, Ghana and Congo.

In  terms  of  growth  in  oil  demand  the  IEA  reports  global  oil  demand  in  2017  of 
97.85 mbpd, this represents a growth level of 1.53 mbpd or 1.6%. In 2018 demand 
is  projected  to  reach  99.14  mbpd.  Demand  for  oil  continues  to  be  strong  in  the 
Asia Pacific region which has seen growth of 1.0 mbpd this year compared to 2016. 
Chinese  demand  growth  is  accounting  for  more  than  half  of  this  at  0.59  mbpd.  In 
India oil demand growth is slowing down at just 2% this year, following 7% growth last 
year as after effects of the country’s recent demonetization program has impacted 
consumption. OECD oil demand is also growing and was 0.39 mbpd higher in 2017 
than the previous year.

World Oil Production (in million bpd)

100 

95 

90 

85 

80 

75 

2007 

2008 

2009 

2010 

2011 

2012 

2013 

2014 

2015  2016

2017

7
1
0
2
S
T
H
G
L
H
G
H

I

I

(Source: IEA) 

3
2

 
"

Going into 2017 the 
(cid:713)(cid:703)(cid:694)(cid:694)(cid:3)(cid:1026)(cid:728)(cid:728)(cid:743)(cid:3)(cid:726)(cid:738)(cid:737)(cid:742)(cid:732)(cid:742)(cid:743)(cid:728)(cid:727)(cid:3)
of 690 vessels while 
(cid:743)(cid:731)(cid:728)(cid:3)(cid:710)(cid:744)(cid:728)(cid:749)(cid:736)(cid:724)(cid:747)(cid:3)(cid:1026)(cid:728)(cid:728)(cid:743)(cid:3)
comprised 475 
vessels.

 2014

(Source - IEA) 

 2015

2016

2017

(Source - TI VLCC Database)

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

World VLCC Cargo Evolution (Cargoes per month)

280

260

240 

220 

200 

180 

160 

140 

Jan 

Feb  Mar  Apr  May 

Jun 

Jul 

Aug 

Sep 

Oct  Nov  Dec 

TANKER MARKETS
The average Time Charter Equivalent (TCE) obtained by the Company’s owned VLCC 
fleet in the Tankers International (TI) Pool was about USD 28,119 per day for 2017 
(2016: USD 41,863 per day).

The earnings of Euronav’s VLCC time charter fleet was approximately USD 39,629 per 
day for 2017 (2016: USD 42,618 per day).

The average daily TCE obtained by the Suezmax spot fleet traded by Euronav directly, 
was approximately USD 17,900 per day in 2017 (2016: USD 27,498 per day).

The earnings of Euronav’s Suezmax time charter fleet was approximately USD 22,131 
per day for 2017 (2016: USD 26,269).

Baltic Exchange Dirty Tanker Index Rate Evolution (WS)

200

175

150

125

100

75

50

25

 TD20 - West Africa / Cont 

TD6 - Black Sea / Med

(Source: TI VLCC Database)

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

 
 
 
 
World Fleet VLCC Earnings (TCE)

80,000

60,000

40,000

20,000

0

-20,000

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

Baltic Exhange Dirty Tanker Index Rate Evolution (WS)

 TI Actual in USD

 BDTI (Baltic Exchange Dirty 
Tanker Index Evolution) VLCC TCE 
(avg of TD1 and TD3) 

(Source: TI VLCC Database)

130

110

90

70

50

30

10

2010

2011

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

 TD1 - Arabian Gulf / US Gulf 

TD3 - Arabian Gulf / Japan

TD15 - West Africa / China

7
1
0
2
S
T
H
G
L
H
G
H

I

I

(Source: TI VLCC Database)

5
2

 
 
 
 
Fleet Growth
Going  into  2017  the  VLCC  fleet  consisted  of  690  vessels  while  the  Suezmax  fleet 
comprised 475 vessels. The market was expecting a big influx of newbuildings to join 
the fleet during the course of the year and we saw 50 new VLCCs enter the trading 
fleet together with 57 Suezmaxes – the largest number of deliveries in one year since 
2011.  In  terms  of  fleet  exits,  we  have  seen  15  VLCCs  removed  while  12  Suezmax 
vessels left the fleet. This represents a fleet growth of 5.1% and 8.2% respectively, 
and follows on from a similar high level of fleet growth in 2016.

The market has seen the pace of scrapping and conversion projects increase through 
2017 and if this momentum continues we could see a scenario with more manageable 
fleet growth in the next few years. While 10 removals for 2018 are already firm yet, we 
estimate that 15-20 vessels from each segment could be scrapped or converted to 
storage units during the year. This estimate is based on vessels that are currently in 
the fleet reaching the age of 20 years. With the forthcoming regulatory requirements 
for ballast water management in 2019 and sulfur emissions in 2020, there is added 
incentive  for  owners  to  dispose  of  their  older  tonnage,  in  particular  those  vessels 
that face special or intermediate surveys which often come at a high cost.

T
R
O
P
E
R

VLCC Fleet Development

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

60

40

20

0

-20

-40

-60

47

50

56

34

24

20

-14

-4

-4

-15

-15

9

2

0

-26

-25

-42

-34

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

Additions

Forecast additions

Removals

 Removals scenario

(Source: Clarksons)

 
 
Suezmax Fleet Development

51

57

26

-3

-12

-18

8

-7

9

-2

12

-15

2

-22

1

-14

0

-24

60

40

20

0

-20

-40

-60

Additions

Forecast additions

Removals

 Removals scenario

2014

2015

2016

2017

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

(Source: Clarksons)

1 Floating  storage  and  offloading  /  floating 
production storage and offloading market.

(Source: Energy Maritime Associates Pte Ltd)

FSO and FPSO market1
By the end of 2017 there were 393 floating production systems in service or available 
worldwide of which 173 FPSOs and 104 FSOs. This does not include 21 FPSOs that are 
available for reuse. In addition, there is one FPSO that is out of service for extended 
repairs.

In total 49 production floaters, seven FSOs and four MOPUs are currently on order 
which is down two from January, 2017. New orders are unlikely to keep up with the 
20 deliveries scheduled in 2018, so the backlog is expected to decline into the low 
40’s by year end.

Currently,  there  are  240  floater  projects  in  the  appraisal,  planning  or  bidding  or 
final design stage that may require a floating production or storage system. Among 
these projects, 62 are in the bidding or final design stage and another 127 floater 
projects are in the planning phase. For these planned projects, the major hardware 
contracts  are  planned  between  2020  and  2022,  but  studies  are  still  ongoing  to 
assess the economic viability of the projects, particularly those in deep water and 
harsh environments. Finally, 51 projects are in the appraisal stage.

The most active region for future projects would be Africa with a total of 46 potential 
floater projects planned. Next is Southeast Asia with 42 projects. Brazil remains in 
third place with 34 projects. The remaining regions have fewer potential projects 
including  Northern  Europe  (23),  Gulf  of  Mexico  (21),  Southwest  Asia/Middle  East 
(18), Australia (15), the Mediterranean (12), Canada (10), South America and China 
(9 each).

7
1
0
2
S
T
H
G
L
H
G
H

I

I

7
2

 
 
Bidding / Final design

Planning

Appraisal

(vv Energy Maritime Associates Pte Ltd)

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

Over 50% of the facilities responsible for production floater fabrication and conversion 
are based in Asia. Keppel, Samsung and Hyundai continue to be the busiest yards 
each with at least six projects underway.

Projects in planning, appraisal and final design phase by region

50

45

40

35

30

25

20

15

10

5

0

14

7

23

9

a
c
i
r
f
A

23

12

a
i
s
A
t
s
a
e
h
t
u
o
S

8

16

10

l
i
z
a
r
B

6

3

13

4

e
p
o
r
u
E
n
r
e
h
t
r
o
N

15

3

o
c
i
x
e
M

f
o
f
l
u
G

1

12

2

/
a
i
l
a
r
t
s
u
A

d
n
a
l
a
e
Z
w
e
N

11

7

0

t
s
a
E

e
l
d
d
M

i

/
a
i
s
A
t
s
e
w
h
t
u
o
S

6

3
3

n
a
e
n
a
r
r
e
t
i
d
e
M

0

5

5

a
d
a
n
a
C

4

4

1

/
a
i
s
A
t
s
a
E
h
t
u
o
S

i

a
n
h
C

2

5

2

h
t
u
o
S

r
e
h
t
O

s
e

i
r
t
n
u
o
c

n
a
c
i
r
e
m
A

1

0

n
a
e
c
O
c
fi

i
c
a
P

1

n
a
e
b
b

i
r
a
C

Euronav fleet
On March 19, 2018 Euronav’s owned and operated fleet consists of 49 double hulled 
vessels  being  one  V-Plus  vessel,  two  FSO  vessels  (both  owned  in  50%-50%  joint 
venture), 28 VLCCs, of which four vessels under bareboat charter and 18 Suezmaxes.

At the time of preparing this report (March 19, 2018), Euronav’s tonnage profile is as 
follows:

VLCC and V-Plus owned 
VLCC chartered in
Suezmax owned
FSO owned (50%)
Total owned and controlled tonnage

7,838,077.00 dwt
1,229,136.00 dwt
2,813,947.00 dwt
442,000.00 dwt
12,323,160.00 dwt

Euronav’s vessels have an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 12.32 million 
dwt. On March 19, 2018 the weighted average age of the Company’s trading fleet was 
approximately 8.1 years. After taking delivery of hull S909, hull S910, hull S911 and 
hull S912, which are under construction and are expected to be delivered between 
March  and  August  2018,  Euronav  will  own  and  operate  53  double  hull  tankers 
(including FSO vessels) with an aggregate carrying capacity of approximately 12.95 
million dwt.

The majority of Euronav’s VLCC fleet is operated in the Tankers International Pool 
(the 'TI Pool') in the voyage freight market. The TI Pool is one of the largest modern 
exclusively  double  hulled  fleets  worldwide  and  comprises  on  March  19,  2018,  38 
vessels  of  which  24  vessels  operated  by  Euronav.  The  average  age  of  Euronav’s 
owned and operated VLCC fleet on March 19, 2018 is 7.3 years. In addition, the TI 
Pool  forms  a  commercial  joint  venture  with  Frontline  Ltd.  since  October  6,  2014. 
This combination is the largest provider of spot VLCC tonnage in the world and is 
operating under the name VLCC Chartering Ltd.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Part  of  Euronav’s  Suezmax  fleet  is  chartered  out  on  long-term  contracts.  The 
Euronav Suezmax fleet that is operated on the spot market is partially traded through 
Suezmax Chartering, a commercial joint venture with Diamond S Management LLC 
and Frontline Ltd. On March 19, 2018 the average age of the Suezmax fleet (owned 
and operated) is approximately 10 years (including hull S909, hull S910, hull S911
and hull S912  which  are  under  construction  and  are  expected  to  be  delivered 
between March and August 2018).

The  vast  majority  of  Euronav’s  vessels  are  managed  in-house,  which  positions  its 
fleet at the top of the market for tanker assets and services. The benefits that are 
derived from in-house management lie in asset maintenance, enhanced customer 
service and risk management. Charterers are more than ever seeking to do business 
exclusively  with  superior  quality  operators  whether  through  fixed  rate  long-term 
business or in the spot market.

Overview of the year 2017
THE FIRST QUARTER
For the first quarter of 2017, the Company had a net result of USD 34.3 million or 
USD 0.22 per share (first quarter 2016: USD 113.5 million or USD 0.72 per share). 
Proportionate  EBITDA  (a  non  IFRS-measure)  would  have  been  USD  106.1  million 
(first  quarter  2016:  USD  185.0  million).  The  average  daily  TCE  obtained  by  the 
Company’s fleet in the TI Pool was approximately USD 40,528 per day (first quarter 
2016: USD 60,638 per day). The TCE of the Euronav VLCC fleet fixed on long-term 
charters,  including  profit  shares  when  applicable,  was  USD  41,147  per  day  (first 
quarter 2016: USD 40,847 per day). The average daily TCE obtained by the Suezmax 
spot  fleet  was  approximately  USD  24,000  per  day  (first  quarter  2016:  USD  38,368 
per day). The TCE of the Euronav Suezmax fleet fixed on long-term time charters, 
including profit shares when applicable, was USD 23,880 per day (first quarter 2016: 
USD 32,251 per day).

In general in 2017 time charter fixtures above 12 months were scarce in both the 
VLCC and the Suezmax segment. Typically charterers and traders were interested 
in Time Charter deals for a shorter term and often index related.

January
Euronav
On January 12 and 20, 2017 Euronav took delivery of two VLCCs (acquired as resales 
of contract), the Ardeche (2017 – 298,642 dwt) and the Aquitaine (2017 – 298,767 dwt), 
from Hyundai Heavy Industries - Samho yard, South Korea.

In the market
VLCC
Xin Lian Yang (2014) was reported chartered to Socar for 12 months at USD 30,300 
per day.

Plata Glory (1999) and Plata Sunrise (1999) were both reported chartered to Socar at 
an index related rate based on TD3 less 8% discount.

In total three confirmed VLCC fixtures longer than six months were reported on time 
charter.

Suezmax
Montreal  Spirit  (2006)  was  reported  chartered  to  Unipec  for  12  months  at 
USD 22,000 per day.

RS Kaystros  (newbuilding  end  2017)  was  reported  chartered  to  Repsol  for  five 
years  at  USD  19,500  per  day  base  rate,  including  profit  share.  This  deal  was 
canceled later in the year as the vessel was not delivered on time due to lack of 
financing.

In  total  one  confirmed  Suezmax  fixture  longer  than  six  months  was  reported  on 
time charter.

7
1
0
2
S
T
H
G
L
H
G
H

I

I

9
2

 
February
In the market

VLCC
The highest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by DHT Europe (2007) chartered 
to CSSA for 12 months at USD 31,250 per day.

The  lowest  rate  reported  for  a  fixture  was  recorded  by  Maran  Regulus  (2000) 
chartered to Shell for 12 months at a floor rate of USD 19,000 per day with a ceiling 
of USD 31,000 per day base on TD3.

In total four confirmed VLCC fixtures longer than six months were reported on time 
charter.

Suezmax
Monte Stena (2012) was reported chartered to Cepsa for five years at an undisclosed 
rate per day.

The highest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by La Mer (1998) chartered to 
Prime International for six to twelve months at USD 18,000 per day.

In total three confirmed Suezmax fixtures longer than six months were reported on 
time charter.

March
In the market

1 Anything above six months TC

VLCC
The highest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Hudson (2017) chartered to 
Reliance for 18 months at USD 30,750 per day.

The lowest rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Hercules I (2017) chartered to 
Koch for 12 months at USD 19,000 per day with profit share.

In total four confirmed VLCC fixtures longer than six months were reported on time 
charter.

Suezmax
The highest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by RS Tara (2016) chartered to 
Mercuria for 12 months at USD 20,500 per day.

The lowest rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Suez George (2011) chartered 
to Koch for 12 months at USD 18,000 per day.

In total eight confirmed Suezmax fixtures longer than six months were reported on 
time charter.

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
The second quarter
The Company had a net half year result of USD 10.1 million or USD 0.06 per share 
(first semester 2016: USD 153.7 million or USD 0.97 per share). Proportionate EBITDA 
(a non-IFRS measure) for the same period would have been USD 151.8 million (first 
semester 2016: USD 298.6 million). For the second quarter of 2017 the average daily 
TCE obtained by the Company’s fleet in the TI Pool was approximately USD 28,351 
per day (second quarter 2016: USD 47,864 per day). The TCE of the Euronav VLCC 
fleet fixed on long-term charters, including profit shares when applicable, was USD 
41,480  per  day  (second  quarter  2016:  USD  44,382  per  day).  The  average  daily  TCE 
obtained by the Suezmax spot fleet was approximately USD 17,341 per day (second 
quarter 2016: USD 33,119 per day). The TCE of the Euronav Suezmax fleet fixed on 
long-term time charters, including profit shares when applicable, was USD 21,651 
per day (second quarter 2016: USD 26,363 per day).

April
Euronav
On April 20, 2017 Euronav signed an additional two long-term time charter contracts 
of seven years each with Valero Energy, Inc. for Suezmax vessels with specialized Ice 
Class 1C capability starting in late 2018. This brings to four the number of long-term 
(seven years) Suezmax time charter contracts the Company has within its portfolio. 
In order to fulfil these contracts, Euronav ordered an additional two high specification 
Ice Class Suezmax vessels from Hyundai Heavy Industries shipyard in South Korea.

On April 25, 2017, Euronav signed a 12-year USD 110 million Export Credit Agency 
(ECA) financing with commercial banks and Ksure for the financing of the two VLCC 
newbuildings the Aquitaine (2017  –  298,767  dwt)  and the Ardeche  (2017  –  298,642 
dwt) the Company took delivery of in January.

In the market
For  contracts  fixed  for  periods  of  longer  than  six  months,  many  were  done  on  an 
index linked basis plus profit share.

7
1
0
2
S
T
H
G
L
H
G
H

I

I

1
3

 
VLCC
The  highest1  rate  reported  for  a  fixture  was  recorded  by  TBN  Maran  newbuilding 
chartered to Exxon for ten years at USD 31,000 per day.

Other  reported  time  charters  were  fixed  at  index  related  rates,  for  example  the 
Pacific Glory (2001) chartered to Koch for nine months at a TD3 related rate.

In total six confirmed VLCC fixtures longer than six months were reported on time 
charter.

Suezmax
The highest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by London Spirit (2011) chartered 
to ST Shipping for 12 months at USD 20,500 per day.

The lowest rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Euronike (2005) chartered to 
KOCH for three years at USD 13,000 per day with profit share.

In total seven confirmed Suezmax fixtures longer than six months were reported on 
time charter.

May
Euronav
On May 11, 2017 the General Meeting of Shareholders approved the annual accounts 
for the year ended December 31, 2016, as well as a gross dividend of USD 0.22 per 
share.

On May 14, 2017 Euronav and its joint venture partner, International Seaways, signed 
a contract for five years for the FSO Africa (2002 – 442,000 dwt) and FSO Asia (2002 – 
442,000 dwt) in direct continuation of the current contractual service. The contract was 
signed with North Oil Company, the new operator of the Al Shaheen oil field, whose 
shareholders are Qatar Petroleum Oil & Gas Limited and Total E&P Golfe Limited.

On May 16, 2017 Euronav Luxembourg SA, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Euronav 
group, announced the successful launch of a USD 150 million unsecured bond with 
a coupon of 7.50% and maturity in May 2022. This was Euronav’s first entry into the 
debt capital markets.

In the market
VLCC
The highest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Gloric (2006) chartered to 
BP for 12 months at USD 27,000 per day. This was an extension of an existing deal.

The  lowest  rate  reported  for  a  fixture  was  recorded  by  Olympic Liberty  (2003) 
chartered to Shell for 12 months at USD 27,500 per day.

In total three confirmed VLCC fixtures longer than six months were reported on time 
charter.

Suezmax
In  total  two  confirmed  Suezmax  fixtures  longer  than  six  months  were  reported  on 
time charter.

June
Euronav
On June 1, 2017 Euronav announced the sale of the VLCC TI Topaz (2002 – 319,430 
dwt) for USD 21 million recording a loss of USD 21 million. The TI Topaz joined the 
Euronav fleet in the first quarter of 2005 and contributed positively over the years 
to the results of Euronav, especially during strong freight rate years such as 2005, 
2006, 2008, 2010, 2015 and 2016. 

In  June,  2017  the  Company  started  a  treasury  note  program  (Commercial  Paper) 
and  placed  approximately  EUR  50  million  in  the  market  for  various  short-term 

1 Anything above six months TC

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
maturities  at  a  pricing  of  60  bps  over  Euribor.  This  was  not  additional  debt  but 
rather an opportunity to decrease the cost of borrowing by systematically using the 
proceeds to repay part of the Company's revolving loan facilities.

In the market
VLCC
The highest rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Bunga Kasturi Empat (2007)
chartered to Tesoro for 12 months at USD 28,250 per day.

The  lowest  rate  reported  for  a  fixture  was  recorded  by Britanis  (2002)  chartered  to 
UML Switzerland for 12 months at a base rate of USD 19,500 per day plus profit share.

In total four confirmed VLCC fixtures longer than six months were reported on time 
charter.

Suezmax
No fixture over six months was reported on the market in the month of June.

The third quarter
For the third quarter 2017, the Company had a net loss of USD (28.1) million or USD 
(0.18) per share (third quarter 2016: net profit USD 0.1 million or USD 0.0 per share). 
Proportionate EBITDA (a non-IFRS measure) for the same period would have been USD 
46.2 million (third quarter 2016: USD 74.6 million). The TCE obtained by the Company’s 
VLCC fleet in the TI Pool was approximately USD 18,875 per day (third quarter 2016: 
USD 27,100 per day). The TCE of the Euronav VLCC fleet fixed on long-term charters, 
including profit shares when applicable, was USD 39,875 per day (third quarter 2016: 
USD 41,480 per day). The average daily TCE obtained by the Suezmax spot fleet was 
approximately USD 15,670 per day (third quarter 2016: USD 19,045 per day). The TCE 
of the Suezmax fleet fixed on long-term time charters, including profit shares when 
applicable, was USD 21,210 per day (third quarter 2016: USD 21,575 per day).

July
In the market
New Comfort (2016) and New Caesar (2016) were the only two long fixtures reported. 
Both  vessels  were  chartered  to  Exxon  for  three  years  each  at  an  undisclosed  rate 
per day.

August
Euronav
On  August  23,  2017,  Euronav  received  a  transparency  notification  dated  August 
22,  2017,  pursuant  to  which  M&G  Investment  Management  Limited,  following  the 
acquisition of voting securities or voting rights on August 21, 2017 held 5.04% of the 
voting rights in the Company and thus crossed the 5% threshold.

In the market
VLCC
The highest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Gem No. 5 (2017) chartered to 
Koch for two years at USD 29,000 per day.

The lowest rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Kalamos (2000) chartered to IOC 
for two years at USD 23,350 per day.

In total eight confirmed VLCC fixtures longer than six months were reported on time 
charter.

Suezmax
All  reported  Suezmax  time  charter  fixtures  were  index  linked.  For  example  the 
Nordic Space (2017) and Nordic Star (2016) chartered to Shell for 18 months at an 
index related rate.

In total seven confirmed Suezmax fixtures longer than six months were reported on 
time charter.

7
1
0
2
S
T
H
G
L
H
G
H

I

I

3
3

 
T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

September
Euronav
On  September  8,  2017  the  Global  Maritime  Forum  of  which  Euronav  CEO  Paddy 
Rodgers is a founding partner was launched. The Global Maritime Forum is a global 
platform for high-level leaders from the entire maritime spectrum and aims to effect 
positive long-term change for the industry and for society.

In the market
VLCC
The highest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Eagle Venice (2016) chartered 
to Koch for two years at USD 30,000 per day.

The lowest rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Basra (2010) chartered to Al 
Iraqya for five years at USD 22,500 per day.

In total two confirmed VLCC fixtures longer than six months were reported on time 
charter.

Suezmax
All Suezmax time charters over six months were fixed on index related rates:

The DS Symphony (2001) chartered to LCMS for 12 months at an index related rate.

The Nordic Breeze (2011) chartered to BP for 12 months at an index related rate.

1 Anything above six months TC

In total three confirmed Suezmax fixtures longer than six months were reported on 
time charter.

The fourth quarter
For the fourth quarter 2017, the Company had a net profit of USD 19.2 million or 
USD 0.12 per share (fourth quarter 2016: USD 50.3 million or USD 0.32 per share). 
Proportionate EBITDA (a non-IFRS measure) would have been USD 95.5 million 
(fourth quarter 2016: USD 130.5 million). For the full year ending December 31, 
2017 the net results are USD 1.4 million or USD 0.01 per share (2016: USD 204 
million or USD 1.29 per share). The TCE obtained by the Company’s fleet in the 
TI  pool  was  for  the  fourth  quarter  approximately  USD  25,889  per  day  (fourth 
quarter 2016: USD 33,161 per day). The TCE of the Euronav VLCC fleet fixed on 
long-term  charters,  including  profit  shares  when  applicable,  was  USD  35,399 
per  day  (fourth  quarter  2016:  USD  43,833  per  day).  The  TCE  obtained  by  the 
Suezmax spot fleet was approximately USD 15,891 per day for the fourth quarter 
(fourth quarter 2016: USD 21,243 per day). The earnings of the Euronav Suezmax 
fleet fixed on long-term time charters, including profit shares when applicable, 
were USD 21,417 per day for the fourth quarter (fourth quarter 2016: USD 24,662 
per day).

 
Time charter equivalent for the full year:

In USD

VLCC spot

2017

2016

28,119 per day

41,863 per day

VLCC time charter

39,629 per day

42,618 per day

Suezmax spot

18,085 per day

27,498 per day

Suezmax time charter

22,131 per day

26,269 per day

October
Euronav
On October 23, 2017 the USD 150 million senior unsecured bonds issued by Euronav 
Luxembourg SA and guaranteed by Euronav NV were admitted to listing on the Oslo 
Stock Exchange. 

Euronav paid an interim dividend of USD 0.06 per share for the first half of 2017. This 
was  the  first  payment  under  the  new  dividend  policy  as  announced  on  August  10, 
2017. The dividend was payable as from October 5, 2017.

In the market
VLCC
The highest rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Fair Trader (2001) chartered 
to Litasco for nine months at USD 30,000 per day.

The  lowest  rate  reported  for  a  fixture  were  recorded  by Mercury Hope (2011)  and 
Mermaid Hope (2011) chartered to Koch for two years at a base rate of USD 14,500 
per day and profit share.

In total five confirmed VLCC fixtures longer than six months were reported on time 
charter.

Suezmax
The highest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by SKS Satilla (2006) chartered 
to Shell for six months with an optional six months at USD 13,500 per day.

The lowest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by Decathlon (2012) chartered to 
CSSA for 12 months at USD 13,000 per day.

In total eight confirmed Suezmax fixtures longer than six months were reported on 
time charter.

November
Euronav
On  November  8,  2017  the  Company  received  a  transparency  notification  from 
Châteauban SA, a holding company part of the CLdN-Cobelfret group whose main 
activities are in bulk shipments, ro-ro shipments and port companies. Following the 
acquisition of voting securities or voting rights on November 7, 2017, Châteauban SA 
held 5.15% of the voting rights in the Company and thus crossed the 5% threshold.

On November 10, 2017 Euronav sold the VLCC Flandre (2004 – 305,688 dwt) for USD 
45  million  to  a  global  supplier  and  operator  of  offshore  floating  platforms.  A  gain 
of USD 20 million on the sale was recorded. The vessel was delivered in December 
2017 for conversion into an FPSO by her new owner and would therefore leave the 
worldwide VLCC trading fleet.

On  November  16,  2017  the  Suezmax Cap Georges  (1998  –  146,652  dwt)  was  sold 
to  its  new  owners.  The  vessel  was  sold  for  USD  9  million  and  was  delivered  on 

7
1
0
2
S
T
H
G
L
H
G
H

I

I

5
3

 
November 29, 2017. The Company recorded a gain of USD 9 million. The sale of the 
Cap Georges came in anticipation of the delivery of the first of four Suezmax vessels 
early in 2018 currently under construction at the Hyundai yard in South Korea (HHI). 
Those vessels are part of a seven-year contract for four vessels with a leading global 
refinery player.

On November 17, 2017 Euronav sold the VLCC Artois (2001 – 298,330 dwt) for USD 22 
million. The Artois was the oldest vessel in the Company’s VLCC fleet. The Company 
recorded a capital gain of USD 8 million on the sale. The vessel was delivered to its 
new owners in early December.

In the market
VLCC
The  highest1  rate  reported  for  a  fixture  was  recorded  by  Trikwong Venture (2012)
chartered to Koch for 12 months at USD 27,500 per day.

In total five confirmed VLCC fixtures longer than six months were reported on time 
charter.

Suezmax
No fixture over six months was reported on the market in the month of November.

December
Euronav
On December 21, 2017 Euronav and Gener8 Maritime, Inc. (NYSE: GNRT) announced 
that they reached an agreement on a stock-for-stock merger for the entire issued 
and outstanding share capital of Gener8 pursuant to which Gener8 would become a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Euronav.

In the market
VLCC
The highest1 rate reported for a fixture was recorded by four Kyklades Newbuildings 
(2019) chartered to Koch for two years at USD 32,000 per day.

The  lowest  rate  reported  for  a  fixture  was  recorded  by Chloe  (2011)  chartered  to 
Koch for six months with an optional six months at USD 15,500 per day plus profit 
share.

In  total  five  confirmed  VLCC  fixture  longer  than  six  months  was  reported  on  time 
charter.

Suezmax
The  only  reported  fixture  was  recorded  by  NS Bora  (2010)  chartered  to  CSSA  for 
12 months at USD 12,500-18,000, 100% for owners then profit share index related 
(TD20).

In  total  one  confirmed  Suezmax  fixture  longer  than  six  months  was  reported  on 
time charter.

Events occurred after the end of the financial year ending 
31 December, 2017
On January 23, 2018 Euronav was included in the Bloomberg Gender-Equality Index 
(”GEI”).  The  reference  index  measures  gender  equality  across  internal  company 
statistics,  employee  policies,  external  community  support  and  engagement,  and 
gender-conscious product offerings. Euronav is the first Belgian HQ Company and 
only transportation or shipping company in the index.

On  February  1,  2018  the  Company  received  a  transparency  notification  from 
Châteauban SA, a holding company part of the CLdN-Cobelfret group whose main 
activities are in bulk shipments, ro-ro shipments and port companies. Following the 
acquisition of voting securities or voting rights on January 31, 2018, Châteauban SA 
held 10% of the voting rights in the Company.

1 Anything above six months TC

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

"

On January 23, 
2018 Euronav 
was included in 
the Bloomberg 
Gender-Equality
Index (”GEI”).

 
Prospects for 2018
2018 is expected to continue to present a challenging market for large tanker owners. 
We will see another big influx of newbuildings hit the water both in the VLCC and in the 
Suezmax segments. There is the prospect of a slight increase in scrapping activity, if 
the imminent regulations begin to impact ship owners’ decisions on whether to put 
their vessels through the next special survey or to scrap. The market projected fleet 
growth is in 2018 for both segments in the region of 5%-8%, in line with 2017 growth 
levels.  Freight  levels  are  therefore  also  projected  to  be  similar  to  2017  numbers, 
although  with  a  slight  downside  risk  due  to  this  being  the  second  year  of  a  large 
newbuilding fleet needing to be absorbed into the market.

Global  oil  demand  was  strong  and  grew  by  1.6%  in  2017,  compared  to  a  ten  year 
average  of  1.2%.  2018  demand  is  projected  to  expand  by  1.3%,  so  still  relatively 
robust. Most of this growth is expected to come from non-OECD countries with Asia 
set  to  lead  the  way  with  an  additional  0.94  mbpd  of  demand.  India  is  expected  to 
return to more normal growth levels of 6.9% to reach demand of 4.97 mbpd, while 
Chinese demand is set to grow by 3.1% to reach 12.83 mbpd. Demand in Africa is also 
on the rise and is projected to see demand grow by 2% in 2018.

Commercial  crude  stock  levels  have  been  falling  throughout  2017  and  are  close 
to  reaching  the  five-year  average,  which  is  OPEC’s  benchmark  for  a  balanced  oil 
market. With this in view, we could see OPEC reverse their production cuts, when 
their  current  deal  ends  at  the  end  of  the  first  half  of  the  year.  Rising  oil  prices 
throughout 2017, on the back of the current cut, are also currently encouraging more 
output from places like the U.S. as well as other price sensitive production areas. 
U.S. production is set to increase by 1.32 mbpd in 2018. We could therefore see the 
return to normalized levels of Middle Eastern cargo flows starting in the middle of 
this year, which combined with continued increases in flows from the U.S., could form 
the basis of growth in ton-miles going into the second half.

Whether any growth in ton-miles will be enough to absorb the many vessels expected 
to  hit  the  water  in  2018  remains  to  be  seen.  The  market  is  already  well  supplied 
and at times the high ratio of ships to cargo leaves little bargaining power with ship 
owners, so 2018 could prove to be another challenging year indeed.

7
1
0
2
S
T
H
G
L
H
G
H

I

I

7
3

 
T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

Corporate
Governance
Statement

Introduction
REFERENCE CODE 
Euronav has adopted the Belgian Code on Corporate Governance (dated March 12, 
2009) as its reference code. The code can be consulted on the website of the Belgian 
Corporate Governance Committee: www.corporategovernancecommittee.be.

The full text of the Corporate Governance Charter can be consulted on the Company’s 
website www.euronav.com. 

 
NEW YORK STOCK EXCHANGE LISTING 
Following the dual listing on the New York Stock Exchange of the Company’s shares 
on January 23, 2015, the New York Stock Exchange Corporate Governance rules for 
Foreign Private Issuers are also applicable to the Company. The Company has also 
registered and become a reporting company under the U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Act of 1934, as amended. As a result of this listing, the Company is subject to the 
U.S. Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and to certain U.S. Securities laws and regulations 
relating to corporate governance applicable to reporting companies that are foreign 
private issuers and are subject to SEC reporting obligations. 

1. CAPITAL, SHARES AND SHAREHOLDERS
1.1 Capital and shares
On  December  31,  2017  the  registered  share  capital  of  Euronav  amounted  to  USD 
173,046,122.14 and was represented by 159,208,949 shares without par value. 

The shares are in registered or dematerialized form and may be traded on the New 
York  Stock  Exchange  or  Euronext  Brussels,  depending  on  in  which  component  of 
the  share  register  the  shares  are  registered.  Shares may be transferred from one 
component to the other after completion of a procedure for repositioning.

1.2 Senior Unsecured bonds
On  October  23,  2017  the  Company  announced  that  the  USD  150  million  senior 
unsecured bonds issued by Euronav Luxembourg S.A. and guaranteed by Euronav NV 
are listed on the Oslo Stock Exchange as of that day. The bonds have been allocated 
the following ISIN code NO 0010793888. 

1.3 Treasury shares
On December 31, 2017 Euronav held 1,042,415 own shares.

Besides  the  stock  option  plans  for  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  and 
potentially  senior  employees  (please  refer  to  section  4.3.  Remuneration  policy  for 
the Executive Committee and the employees further in this Corporate Governance 
Statement), there are no other share plans, stock options or other rights to acquire 
Euronav shares in place.

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

9
3

 
 
Shareholders’
 structure 
Euronav NV on 
March 19, 2018

(cid:4823)(cid:593)(cid:593)(cid:593)(cid:593)(cid:593)(cid:593)(cid:593)(cid:4599)
(cid:593)(cid:3854)

10,13%  Saverco NV

Châteauban SA

10% 

5,81% 

Victrix NV

5,05%  M&G Investment 

Management Limited

0,65%  Euronav 

(treasury shares)

68,36%  Other

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

1 Including shares held directly or indirectly by or 
for the benefit of the ultimate beneficial owner 
2 Mrs.  Alice  Wingfield  Digby  resigned  from  the 
Board of Directors with effect immediately after 
the  Annual  General  Meeting  (AGM)  of  May  11, 
2017. 

1.4 Shareholders and shareholders’ structure
According to the information available to the Company at the time of preparing this 
annual report on March 19, 2018 and taking into account the latest declarations, the 
shareholders’ structure is as shown in the table:

Shareholder

Saverco NV1

Châteauban SA

Victrix NV1

M&G Investment Management Limited

Euronav (treasury shares)

Other

Total

Number of shares

Percentage 

16,130,028

15,921,400

9,245,393

8,031,680

1,042,415

10.13%

10.00%

5.81%

5.05%

0.65%

108,838,033

68.36%

159,208,949

100.00%

2. BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND BOARD COMMITTEES
2.1 Board of Directors
During 2017 the composition of the Board of Directors was as follows:

Name

Carl Steen

Type of 
mandate

First appointed 
as director

End term 
of office

Chairman – 
Independent
Director

2015

AGM 2018

Paddy Rodgers

Director - CEO

2003

AGM 2020

Daniel R. 
Bradshaw 

William Thomson

Alice Wingfield 
Digby 2

Anne-Hélène 
Monsellato

Director

2004

AGM 2019

Independent
director

Independent
director

Independent
director

2011

AGM 2018

2012

AGM 2017

2015

AGM 2018

Ludovic Saverys

Director

2015

AGM 2018

Grace Reksten 
Skaugen

Independent
Director

2016

AGM 2020

Carl Steen – Independent Director – Chairman
Carl Steen was co-opted Director and appointed Chairman of the Board of Directors 
with effect immediately after the Board meeting of December 3, 2015. Mr. Steen is 
also a member of the Audit and Risk Committee. He graduated from Eidgenössische 
Technische Hochschule in Zurich, Switzerland in 1975 with a M.Sc. in Industrial and 
Management Engineering. After working as Consultant in a logistical research and 
consultancy company, he joined a Norwegian shipping company in 1978 with primary 
focus on business development. Five years later, in 1983, he joined Christiania Bank 
and  moved  to  Luxembourg,  where  he  was  responsible  for  Germany  and  later  the 
Corporate  Division.  In  1987  Mr.  Steen  became  Senior  Vice  President  within  the 
Shipping Division in Oslo and in 1992 he took charge of the Shipping/Offshore and 
Transport  Division.  When  Christiania  Bank  merged  with  Nordea  in  2001  he  was 

 
 
(cid:4823)
(cid:5355)
(cid:4295)
(cid:5355)
(cid:474)
 
made Executive Vice President within the newly formed organization while adding the 
International Division to his responsibilities. Mr. Steen remained Head of Shipping, 
Offshore  and  Oil  Services  and  the  International  Division  until  2011.  Since  leaving 
Nordea,  Mr.  Steen  has  become  a  non-executive  Director  for  the  following  listed 
companies in the finance, shipping and logistics sectors: Golar LNG and Golar MLP, 
both part of the same group and where he also sits on the Audit Committee, Wilh 
Wilhelmsen and Belships. 

Paddy Rodgers – Director - CEO
Patrick Rodgers became Chief Executive Officer of Euronav in 2000 and has served 
on Euronav’s Board of Directors since June 2003. He joined Euronav as a member of 
the Executive Committee in 1995 and was appointed Chief Financial Officer in 1998. 
Since  2011,  he  has  served  as  Director  and  Chairman  of  the  International  Tanker 
Owners Pollution Federation Fund (ITOPF). Mr. Rodgers was elected to the Executive 
Committee of Intertanko in May 2017. From 1990 to 1995 he worked at CMB Group as 
in-house  Lawyer  and  subsequently  as  Shipping  Executive  moving  to  Euronav  when 
it became a subsidiary for tanker investments of the CMB Group. He graduated with 
an  LLB  in  Law  from  University  College  London  in  1981  and  qualified  to  practice  in 
1984 having passed law society entrance exams after studying at the College of Law, 
Guildford in 1982. In 1984 he joined Bentley, Stokes & Lowless as a Solicitor and in 
1986 he moved to Johnson, Stokes & Master in Hong Kong where he practiced until 
1990.

Daniel R. Bradshaw – Director
Daniel R. Bradshaw serves on the Board of Directors since 2004 and is a member of 
the Audit and Risk Committee and the Chairman of the Corporate Governance and 
Nomination Committee. Since 2014 Mr. Bradshaw also serves as Independent Director 
of GasLog Partners LP (NYSE: GLOP), a Marshall Islands limited partnership. Since 
2010 he serves as an Independent non-executive Director of IRC Limited, a company 
listed in Hong Kong, which operates iron mines in far Eastern Russia, and which is 
an affiliate of Petropavlovsk PLC, a London-listed mining and exploration company. 
Since 2006 Mr. Bradshaw is an Independent non-executive Director of Pacific Basin 
Shipping  Company  Limited,  a  company  listed  in  Hong  Kong  and  operating  in  the 
Handysize  bulk  carrier  sector.  Since  1978  Mr.  Bradshaw  has  worked  at  Johnson 
Stokes & Master, now Mayer Brown JSM, in Hong Kong, from 1983 to 2003 as a Partner 
and since 2003 as a Senior Consultant. From 2003 until 2008 Mr. Bradshaw was a 
member of the Hong Kong Maritime Industry Council. From 1993 to 2001 he served 
as Vice-Chairman of the Hong Kong Shipowners’ Association and was a member of 
the Hong Kong Port and Maritime Board until 2003. Mr. Bradshaw began his career 
with the New Zealand law firm Bell Gully and in 1974 joined the international law firm 
Sinclair Roche & Temperley in London. Mr. Bradshaw obtained a Bachelor of Laws 
and a Master of Laws degree at the Victoria University of Wellington (New Zealand).

William Thomson – Independent Director
William Thomson has served on the Board of Directors since 2011 and is a member 
of the Remuneration Committee and the Audit and Risk Committee. Currently and 
since 2005 Mr. Thomson holds a Directors’ mandate in Latsco, established to operate 
under the British Tonnage Tax Regime Very Large Gas Carriers (VLGC), long-range 
and  medium-range  vessels.  From  1980  to  2008  Mr.  Thomson  has  been  Chairman 
in  several  maritime  and  other  companies  including  Forth  Ports  Plc,  British  Ports 
Federation and Relayfast, and the North of England P&I club. Mr. Thomson previously 
served as a Director of Trinity Lighthouse Service, Tibbett and Britten and Caledonian 
McBrayne. From 1970 to 1986 he was a Director with Ben Line, for which he worked 
in, amongst others, Japan, Indonesia, Taiwan and Edinburgh. In 1985 he established 
Edinburgh Tankers and five years later, Forth and Celtic Tankers. After serving with 
the  army  for  three  years,  Mr.  Thomson  began  his  professional  career  with  Killick 
Martin Shipbrokers in London.

Alice Wingfield Digby – Independent Director – until May 11, 2017
Alice Wingfield Digby served on the Board of Directors from May 2012 until May 11, 
2017. Mrs. Wingfield Digby currently works at Pritchard-Gordon Tankers Ltd, where 
she started as Chartering Manager in 1999. Since 1995 she serves as a member of 

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

1
4

 
 
the Board of Directors of Giles W. Pritchard-Gordon & Co., Pritchard-Gordon Tankers 
Ltd. and Giles W. Pritchard-Gordon (Shipowning) Ltd, and since 2005 as a member 
of  the  Board  of  Giles  W.  Pritchard-Gordon  (Farming)  Ltd.  and  Giles  W.  Pritchard-
Gordon  (Australia)  Pty  Ltd.  Mrs.  Wingfield  Digby  has  been  a  member  of  the  Baltic 
Exchange since 2002. In the late nineties Mrs. Wingfield Digby joined the Chartering 
Department of Mobil before the merger with Exxon in 1999. From 1995 to 1996 she 
trained  with  Campbell  Maritime  Limited,  a  ship  management  company  in  South 
Shields, and subsequently at British Marine Mutual P&I Club, SBJ Insurance Brokers 
and J. Hadjipateras in London after returning from working at sea as a deckhand on 
board a tanker trading around the Eastern Caribbean. In 1996 Mrs. Wingfield Digby 
was awarded the Shell International Trading and Shipping Award in tanker chartering 
from the Institute of Chartered Shipbrokers.

Anne-Hélène Monsellato - Independent Director 
Anne-Hélène  Monsellato  serves  on  the  Board  of  Directors  since  her  appointment 
at the Annual General Meeting (AGM) of May 2015, and is the Chairman of the Audit 
and  Risk  Committee  and  a  member  of  the  Corporate  Governance  and  Nomination 
Committee.  She  can  be  considered  as  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  financial 
expert for purposes applicable for corporate governance regulations and Article 96 
paragraph  1,  9°  of  the  Belgian  Company  Code.  Since  June  2017,  Mrs.  Monsellato 
serves  on  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Genfit,  a  biopharmaceutical  company  listed  in 
Euronext, and is the Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mrs. Monsellato is an active 
member  of  the  French  National  Association  of  Directors  since  2013.  In  addition, 
she is serving as the Vice President and Treasurer of the Mona Bismarck American 
Center for Art and Culture, a U.S. public foundation based in New York. From 2005 till 
2013, Mrs. Monsellato served as a Partner with Ernst & Young (now EY), Paris, after 
having served as Auditor/Senior, Manager and Senior Manager for the firm starting 
in  1990.  During  her  time  at  EY,  she  gained  extensive  experience  in  cross  border 
listing transactions, in particular with the U.S. She is a Certified Public Accountant 
in France since 2008 and graduated from EM Lyon in 1990 with a degree in Business 
Management.

Ludovic Saverys - Director 
Ludovic  Saverys  serves  on  the  Board  of  Directors  since  2015  and  is  a  member  of 
the  Remuneration  Committee  and  the  Corporate  Governance  and  Nomination 
Committee. Mr. Saverys currently serves as Chief Financial Officer of CMB NV and 
as General Manager of Saverco NV. He also serves as CFO and Director of Hunter 

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
Maritime Acquisition Corp., a blank check company listed on NASDAQ. During the 
time he lived in New York, Mr. Saverys served as Chief Financial Officer of MiNeeds 
Inc. from 2011 till 2013 and as Chief Executive Officer of SURFACExchange LLC from 
2009 till 2013. He started his career as Managing Director of European Petroleum 
Exchange  (EPX)  in  2008.  From  2001  till  2007  he  followed  several  educational 
programs at universities in Leuven, Barcelona and London from which he graduated 
with M. Sc. degrees in International Business and Finance.

Grace Reksten Skaugen – Independent Director 
Grace Reksten Skaugen serves on the Board of Directors since the AGM of May 12, 
2016 as an Independent Director and is Chairman of the Remuneration Committee 
and  a  member  of  the  Corporate  Governance  and  Nomination  Committee.  Grace 
Reksten  Skaugen  is  a  member  of  the  HSBC  European  Senior  Advisory  Council 
(ESAC). In 2009 she founded Infovidi Board Services Ltd, an independent consulting 
company. From 2002 till 2015 she was a member of the Board of Directors of Statoil 
ASA. She is presently Deputy Chairman of Orkla ASA, a Board member of Investor 
AB and Lundin Petroleum AB and Chairman of NAXS Nordic Access Buyout A/S. In 
2006 she was one of the founders of the Norwegian Institute of Directors, of which 
she continues to be a member of the Board. From 1994 till 2002 she was a Director in 
Corporate Finance in SEB Enskilda Securities in Oslo. She has previously worked in 
the fields of venture capital and shipping in Oslo and London and carried out research 
in microelectronics at Columbia University in New York. She has a doctorate in Laser 
Physics from Imperial College of Science and Technology, University of London. In 
1993 she obtained an MBA from the BI Norwegian School of Management.

Composition
The Board of Directors currently consists of seven members. One member has an 
executive  function;  six  are  non-executive  Directors  of  which  four  are  Independent 
Directors in the meaning of Article 526ter of the Belgian Company Code and Annex 2 
of the Corporate Governance Charter and under Rule 10A-3 promulgated under the 
U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and under the rules of the NYSE. In addition, 
Mr. Daniel R. Bradshaw is considered independent under Rule 10A-3 promulgated 
under the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and under the rules of the NYSE. The 
articles of association provide that the members of the Board can be appointed for 
a period not exceeding four years per mandate. The Board members are eligible for 
re-election. The articles of association of the Company do not provide an age limit for 
the members of the Board.

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

3
4

 
 
Functioning of the Board of Directors
In 2017 the Board of Directors formally met seven times for a Board meeting, two 
times  of  which  the  Board  of  Directors  deliberated  via  telephone  conference.  The 
attendance rate of the members was the following:

Name

Carl Steen

Paddy Rodgers

Type of 
mandate

Chairman - 
Independent Director

Director - 
CEO

Meetings
attended

7 out of 7

7 out of 7

Daniel R. Bradshaw 

Director

6 out of 7

William Thomson

Alice Wingfield Digby1

Anne-Hélène Monsellato

Independent
Director

Independent
Director

Independent
Director

7 out of 7

1 out of 1

7 out of 7

1 Mrs.  Alice  Wingfield  Digby  resigned  from  the 
Board of Directors with effect immediately after 
the  Annual  General  Meeting  (AGM)  of  May  11, 
2017. 

Ludovic Saverys

Director

7 out of 7

Grace Reksten Skaugen

Independent
Director

7 out of 7

Working procedures
The Board of Directors is the ultimate decision-making body of the Company, with the 
exception of the matters reserved to the Shareholders’ Meeting as provided by law or 
the articles of association. In addition to the statutory powers, the responsibilities of 
the Board of Directors are further defined in Article III.1 of the Corporate Governance 
Charter.  All  decisions  of  the  Board  are  taken  in  accordance  with  Article  22  of  the 
articles of association which inter alia states that the Chairman has a casting vote in 
case of deadlock. To date that has not been necessary. Besides the formal meetings, 
the  Board  members  of  Euronav  are  in  contact  with  each  other  very  regularly, 
including by conference call, and as it is often difficult to formally meet in case an 
urgent  decision  is  required,  the  written  decision-making  process  was  used  eleven 
times in 2017.

Activity report 2017
In 2017 besides the above-mentioned customary agenda items, Euronav’s Board of 
Directors deliberated on:

• the  purchase  of  the  Suezmax Maria  from  Larvotto  Shipholding  Ltd.  in  March 

2017;

• the purchase of the Suezmax Captain Michael from Fiorano Shipholding Ltd. in 

March 2017; 

• the guarantee of Senior Unsecured Bond on May 15, 2017;
• the commercial paper on May 24, 2017
• the sale of VLCC TI Topaz to Dakota International Shipping Ltd. in May 2017; 
• the sale-and-leaseback transaction of two VLCCs Nectar and Nautic;
• the potential merger with Gener8 Maritime during a special Board meeting; 
• the sale of VLCC Flandre in November 2017; 
• the sale of Cap Georges to Natalia Shipping Ltd. on November 21, 2017; 
• the sale of VLCC Artois to Ridgebury Artois Holding LLC in November 2017; 
• the approval of Project Seascape in December 2017; 
• the reflagging of VLCC Sonia from Belgian to French flag in January 2018. 

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
Procedure for conflicts of interest
The procedure for conflicts of interest within the Board of Directors is set out in the 
Company’s Corporate Governance Charter (section III.7). 

During 2017 there were no transactions to report involving a conflict of interest at 
Board  level.  The  policy  relating  to  conflicts  of  interest  which  do  not  fall  under  the 
legal provisions for conflicts of interest at Board level did not have to be applied.

2.2 Board Committees
2.2.1 Audit and Risk Committee 

Composition
In accordance with Article 526bis §2 of the Belgian Company Code and provision 5.2./4 
of Appendix C to the Belgian Corporate Governance Code of 2009, the Audit and Risk 
Committee is exclusively composed of non-executive Directors and a majority of the 
Committee’s members are Independent Directors. The Audit and Risk Committee of 
Euronav counts four members, three of which are Independent Directors. 

As at December 31, 2017 the composition of the Audit and Risk Committee was as 
follows:

Name

Anne-Hélène Monsellato1
(Chairman)

Carl Steen

Daniel R. Bradshaw

William Thomson

End term 
of office

Independent
Director

2018

2018

2019

2018

X

X

X

1 Independent Director and expert in accounting 
and  audit  related  matters  (see  biography)  in 
accordance  with  Article  96  paragraph  1,  9°  of 
the Belgian Company Code. 

Powers
The  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  handles  a  wide  range  of  financial  reporting, 
controlling and risk management matters and is responsible for the appointment, the 
compensation and the oversight of the independent auditor. Its main responsibilities 
and its functioning are described in Annex 3 to the Corporate Governance Charter. 
The Audit and Risk Committee reviews its term of reference periodically and, where 
applicable, makes recommendations to the Board of Directors, if changes are useful 
or  required,  to  ensure  the  composition,  the  responsibilities  and  the  powers  of  the 
Committee comply with applicable laws and regulations. 

Activity report 2017
In 2017 the Audit and Risk Committee convened eight times. The attendance rate of 
the members was as listed below:

Name

Anne-Hélène Monsellato
(Chairman)

Carl Steen

Type of 
mandate

Independent
Director
Independent
Director

Meetings
attended

8 out of 8 

7 out of 8

Daniel R. Bradshaw

Director

8 out of 8

William Thomson

Independent
Director

8 out of 8

During  these  meetings,  the  key  elements  discussed  within  the  Audit  and 
Risk  Committee  included  financial  statements,  impairment  assumptions  and 

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

5
4

 
 
depreciations,  cash  management,  external  and  internal  audit  reports,  the  internal 
audit  function,  old  and  new  financing,  accounting  policies,  matters  related  to  the 
Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the annual report on Form 20-F, certain company policies, the 
impact of new IFRS rules, risk management/risk register and debt covenants. 

2.2.2 Remuneration Committee
Composition
In accordance with Article 526quater §2 of the Belgian Company Code, all members 
of  the  Remuneration  Committee  are  non-executive  Directors,  the  majority  being 
Independent  Directors.  The  Remuneration  Committee  consists  of  three  Directors, 
two of which are Independent Directors. 

As at December 31, 2017, the Remuneration Committee was composed as follows:

Name

Grace Reksten Skaugen (Chairman)

William Thomson 

Ludovic Saverys

End term 
of office

Independent
Director

2020

2018

2018

X

X

Powers 
The  Remuneration  Committee  has  various  advisory  responsibilities  relating  to  the 
remuneration policy of members of the Board of Directors, members of the Executive 
Committee and employees in general. Annex 4 to the Corporate Governance Charter 
contains  a  detailed  list  of  the  powers  and  responsibilities  of  the  Remuneration 
Committee. 

The  Remuneration  Committee  makes  recommendations  to  the  Board  of  Directors 
relating  to  the  remuneration  of  the  non-executive  and  executive  Directors  and 
members of the Executive Committee, including variable remuneration, incentives, 
bonuses etc. in line with suitable industry benchmarks.

The Remuneration Committee reviews its terms of reference periodically and, where 
applicable, makes recommendations to the Board of Directors, if changes are useful 
or  required,  to  ensure  the  composition,  the  responsibilities  and  the  powers  of  the 
Committee comply with applicable laws and regulations.

Activity report 2017
In  2017  the  Remuneration  Committee  met  five  times.  The  attendance  rate  of  the 
members was as listed hereafter:

Name

Grace Reksten Skaugen (Chairman)

William Thomson 

Ludovic Saverys

Type of 
mandate 

Independent
Director
Independent
Director

Attended 
meetings

5 out of 5

5 out of 5

Director

5 out of 5

During  these  meetings  the  key  elements  discussed  within  the  Remuneration 
Committee included the remuneration report in the annual report, the organization of 
the HR department in the group, the remuneration of Directors and members of the 

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
Executive Committee, the annual bonus for the members of the Executive Committee 
and employees and the set-up of a long-term incentive plan as well as the development 
of a remuneration package for the members of the Executive Committee.

2.2.3 Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee
Composition
As at December 31, 2017, the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee of 
Euronav  counted  three  members,  two  of  which  are  Independent  Directors.  In  this 
respect, Euronav is in compliance with provision 5.3./1 of Appendix C to the Belgian 
Corporate  Governance  Code  of  2009,  pursuant  to  which  a  Nomination  Committee 
should comprise a majority of Independent non-executive Directors. The composition 
of the Committee was further determined taking into account members’ expertise in 
this area and their availability, given other Committee memberships.

As of December 31, 2017, the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee was 
composed as follows:

Name

Daniel R. Bradshaw (Chairman)

Anne-Hélène Monsellato

Grace Reksten Skaugen

End term 
of office

Independent
Director

2019

2018

2020

X

X

Powers
The Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee’s role is to assist and advise 
the  Board  of  Directors  in  all  matters  relating  to  the  composition  of  the  Board  and 
its  Committees  and  the  composition  of  the  Company’s  Executive  Committee,  to  the 
methods  and  criteria  for  appointing  and  recruiting  Directors  and  members  of  the 
Executive Committee, evaluating the performance of the Board, its Committees and the 
Executive Committee, as well as in any other matters relating to corporate governance. 
Annex 5 to the Corporate Governance Charter contains a detailed list of the powers and 
responsibilities of the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee. 

Activity report 2017
In 2017 the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee met three times. The 
attendance rate of the members was as follows:

Name

Type of 
mandate 

Attended 
meetings

Daniel R. Bradshaw (Chairman)

Director

3 out of 3

Anne-Hélène Monsellato

Grace Reksten Skaugen

Independent
Director
Independent
Director

3 out of 3

3 out of 3

During these meetings the key elements discussed within the Corporate Governance 
and Nomination Committee included the composition of the Board of Directors and 
its  Committees,  including  gender  diversity  considerations,  U.S.  law  and  Belgian 
law  and  Corporate  Governance  requirements,  the  assessment  of  the  Board  and 
its  Committees,  succession  planning  as  well  as  Board  education  and  leadership 
development. 

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

7
4

 
 
2.3 Executive Committee
Composition
In  application  of  Article  524bis  of  the  Belgian  Company  Code,  the  executive 
management  of  the  Company  is  entrusted  to  the  Executive  Committee  chaired  by 
the CEO. The members of the Executive Committee are appointed by the Board of 
Directors upon proposal by the Chairman of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer 
and as reviewed by the Corporate Governance and Nomination Committee. 

The Executive Committee is composed as follows:

Name

Paddy Rodgers 

Hugo De Stoop

Alex Staring 

Egied Verbeeck 

Title

Chief Executive Officer

Chief Financial Officer

Chief Operating Officer

General Counsel 

Powers and activity report 2017
The Executive Committee is empowered to take responsibility for the daily operations 
of the group and the implementation of the policy and strategy approved by the Board 
of Directors. Its powers are further described in detail in Article V.3 of the Corporate 
Governance  Charter  and  in  Annex  7  to  the  Corporate  Governance  Charter.  The 
Executive  Committee  reports  to  the  Board  of  Directors  through  the  CEO,  enabling 
the Board of Directors to exercise control on the Executive Committee. 

Procedure for conflicts of interest
The  procedure  for  conflict  of  interest  within  the  Executive  Committee  is  set  out  in 
the Company’s Corporate Governance Charter (section V.4). In the course of 2017 no 
decision taken by the Executive Committee required the application of the conflict of 
interest procedure.

3. EVALUATION OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS AND ITS COMMITTEES
The main features of the process for evaluating the Board of Directors, its Committees 
and  the  individual  Directors  are  described  in  Chapter  III.9  of  Euronav’s  Corporate 
Governance Charter. 

In 2017 an in house self-assessment of the Board of Directors and its committees 
was  conducted  by  means  of  questionnaires.  The  members  were  asked  to  reflect 
on the composition, the focus points and the operation of the Board of Directors as 
well as the particular Committee(s) they are member of. This resulted in a consent 
between the members of the Board of Directors that the composition of the Board 
and its Committees is adequate and the focus should remain on the organization of 
the Company, the strategy and the maintaining of a strong balance sheet.

4. REMUNERATION REPORT
The  remuneration  report  describes  Euronav’s  executive  remuneration  policy  and 
how executive compensation levels are set. The Remuneration Committee oversees 
the executive compensation policies and plans. 

4.1 Euronav remuneration policy
The  remuneration  policy  is  part  of  a  framework  of  employee  policies  aimed  at 
motivating  and  retaining  current  employees,  attracting  talented  new  people  and 
helping  Euronav  employees  to  perform  at  consistently  high  levels.  All  Euronav 
employees  are  subject  to  an  annual  performance  review  process  and  a  half-year 
follow up appraisal meeting with their respective department heads. The execution 
of this performance review process is ensured by the Executive Committee. 

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
The General Shareholders’ Meeting decides upon the remuneration level for Directors, 
as  suggested  by  the  Board  of  Directors  pursuant  to  proposals  formulated  by  the 
Remuneration Committee. The policy of remuneration for members of the Executive 
Committee is set by the Board of Directors on the basis of recommendations by the 
Remuneration  Committee.  When  formulating  its  recommendations,  in  particular 
for the remuneration of members of the Executive Committee, the Committee uses 
suitable industry benchmarks.

The Remuneration Committee meets at least twice per year and has the following 
main responsibilities which are further outlined in its terms of reference:

• to  make  recommendations  to  the  Board  of  Directors  relating  to  the 
remuneration policy and the individual remuneration of the Company’s non-
executive  and  executive  Directors,  its  Committees,  and  members  of  the 
Executive Committee;

• to make recommendations to the Board of Directors with respect to policies 
and  principles  for  performance  reviews  of  the  members  of  the  Executive 
Committee  and  oversee  evaluations  of  the  members  of  the  Executive 
Committee;

• to  discuss  objectives  for  the  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  which 
subsequently serve as benchmarks for the evaluation of their performance;
• to  review  annually  the  remuneration  of  the  members  of  the  Executive 

Committee and, on a non-individual basis, of the group of employees;

• to prepare the remuneration report for presentation to the Annual Shareholders’ 

Meeting. 

4.2 Remuneration policy for executive and non-executive Directors
The remuneration of Directors is determined on the basis of four regular meetings 
of  the  full  Board  per  year.  Directors  receive  an  attendance  fee  for  each  Board 
meeting or Committee meeting attended. The actual amount of the remuneration 
of the Directors is approved by the AGM. 

As  per  decision  of  the  AGM  held  on  May  11,  2017,  the  gross  fixed  annual 
remuneration  remains  at  EUR  60,000  for  the  members  of  the  Board  of  Directors 
and  at  EUR  160,000  for  the  Chairman.  The  meeting  further  resolved  that  each 
director,  including  the  chairman,  shall  receive  an  attendance  fee  of  EUR  10,000 
for each board meeting attended. The aggregate annual amount of the attendance 
fee shall however not exceed EUR 40,000. The gross fixed annual remuneration of 
Mr. Daniel R. Bradshaw was set at EUR 20,000. It was also decided to grant him an 
attendance fee of EUR 10,000 for each board meeting attended. 

For their mandate within the Audit and Risk Committee, the members received an 
annual remuneration of EUR 20,000 and the Chairman received a remuneration of 
EUR 40,000. Each member of the Audit and Risk Committee, including the Chairman, 
received an additional attendance fee of EUR 5,000 per Committee attended with a 
maximum of EUR 20,000 per year.

For  their  mandate  within  the  Remuneration  Committee  and  the  Corporate 
Governance  and  Nomination  Committee,  the  members  received  an  annual 
remuneration  of  EUR  5,000  and  the  Chairman  received  a  remuneration  of  EUR 
7,500. Each member of any of the Committees, including the Chairman, received an 
additional attendance fee of EUR 5,000 per Committee attended with a maximum 
of EUR 20,000 per year. 

At  present  non-executive  Directors  do  not  receive  performance  related 
remuneration, such as bonuses or remuneration related shares or share options, 
nor  fringe  benefits  or  pension  plan  benefits.  As  such,  Euronav  ensures  the 
objectivity  of  non-executive  Directors  and  encourages  the  active  participation  of 
all  Directors  for  both  the  meetings  of  the  Board  of  Directors  and  the  Committee 
meetings.

No loans or advances were granted to any Director.

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

9
4

 
 
The remuneration in 2017 of the members of the Board of Directors is reflected in 
the table below: 

In euro:

Name

Fixed 
fee

Attendance 
fee Board

Audit and Risk 
Committee

Carl Steen

160,000.00

40,000.00

20,000.00

Paddy Rodgers

0.00

0.00

0.00

Daniel R. Bradshaw

30,000.00

40,000.00

20,000.00

William Thomson

60,000.00

40,000.00

20,000.00

Alice Wingfield Digby1

15,000.00

10,000.00

0.00

Anne-Hélène 
Monsellato

60,000.00

40,000.00

40,000.00

Ludovic Saverys

60,000.00

40,000.00

Grace Reksten 
Skaugen

60,000.00

40,000.00

0.00

0.00

TOTAL

445,000.00

250,000.00

100,000.00

4.3 Remuneration policy for the Executive Committee and the employees
Euronav’s remuneration packages intend to be fair and appropriate to attract, retain 
and motivate management and to be reasonable in view of the Company economics 
and the relevant practices of comparable peer companies. 

The  Executive  Committee  and  employee  compensation  packages  are  composed  of 
a fixed and a variable element. The fixed and variable remuneration are determined 
according  to  suitable  industry  benchmarks  for  specific  positions  and  individual 
employees’ abilities.

The Remuneration Committee decides annually on the remuneration of the members 
of  the  Executive  Committee.  Variable  remuneration  is  determined  on  the  basis  of 
each individual’s performance throughout the year. In the framework of the variable 
remuneration, the Board of Directors also approved a 2018 long term incentive plan 
(please see section 4.5 below). The Company has no other rights or remedies than 
the ones provided for by civil law and company law to claim the variable remuneration 
back, in case it is attributed on the basis of incorrect financial statements.

1. Annual Base Salary (fixed)
The fixed part of the remuneration package is referred to as the Annual Base Salary 
(ABS). The size of the ABS is based on the required competencies and responsibilities 
of the position. The Remuneration Committee did not increase the ABS since 2015.

3

1

4

Remuneration 
(fixed and variable)

(cid:597)(cid:461)

Fix

2

Variable

1

2

3

4

Annual Base Salary

Success Participation Bonus

Individual & Company KPI's

Long Term Incentive Plan

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

(cid:4146)
(cid:461)
(cid:2988)
(cid:461)
(cid:839)
(cid:461)
(cid:474)
 
Attendance fee 
Audit and Risk 
Committee

Remuneration 
Committee

Attendance fee 
Remuneration 
Committee

Corporate Governance 
and Nomination 
Committee

Attendance fee 
Corporate Governance 
and Nomination 
Committee

TOTAL

20,000.00

0.00

20,000.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

20,000.00

6,250.00

20,000.00

0.00

20,000.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

240,000.00

0.00

0.00

7,500.00

15,000.00

132,500.00

0.00

0.00

0.00

166,250.00

0.00

25,000.00

5,000.00

15,000.00

180,000.00

0.00

5,000.00

20,000.00

0.00

0.00

125,000.00

0.00

6,250.00

20,000.00

5,000.00

15,000.00

146,250.00

80,000.00

17,500.00

60,000.00

17,500.00

45,000.00

1,015,000.00

2. Success Participation Bonus (variable)
The  remuneration  structure  includes  a  Success  Participation  Bonus  which  varies 
with the size of the distributable result during that year. A target distributable result 
of USD 280 million was set for 2017. This will be subject to an annual review by the 
Board  of  Directors  upon  recommendation  of  the  Remuneration  Committee.  If  the 
target has been reached, this will result in a Success Participation Bonus equal to 
100% of ABS. The Success Participation Bonus will vary in the event that the target 
has not been reached or has been outperformed:

Distributable Result in USD

Success Participation Bonus 
( % of ABS)

0 Million

70 Million

140 Million

280 Million

560 Million

710 Million

0%

25%

50%

100%

200%

250%

1 Mrs.  Alice  Wingfield  Digby  resigned  from  the 
Board of Directors with effect immediately after 
the  Annual  General  Meeting  (AGM)  of  May  11, 
2017. 

"

Variable
remuneration is 
determined on 
the basis of 
each individual’s
performance
throughout the year.

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

1
5

 
 
The  Remuneration  Committee  and  the  Board  of  Directors  will  always  review  the 
Success Participation Bonus against the background of individual performance. The 
Success Participation Bonus was not paid in 2017. An individual KPI score below 2/5 
excludes eligibility for participation in the Success Participation Bonus. 

3. Individual and Company KPIs (Management Performance Bonus) 
The  Management  Performance  Bonus  is  based  on  pre-determined  individual 
Company KPIs as approved by the Board of Directors upon recommendation of the 
Remuneration Committee. The Remuneration Committee believes that KPIs should 
be SMART and align with strategic priorities. Individual KPIs include:

(i)   standard  KPIs  that  needn’t  necessarily  be  revisited  each  year  as  they  are  not 
linked  to  specific  projects.  Examples  of  standard  KPIs  are  retention  of  key 
talent, management of leverage (so critical in a cyclical business), effective risk 
management or spot chartering performance compared to peers;

(ii)   project  KPIs  which  will  be  set  annually  by  the  Board  of  Directors  upon 
recommendation  of  the  Remuneration  Committee  and  should  be  in  line  with 
the  strategy  plan  defined  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  Examples  of  project  KPIs 
are successful integration of acquired businesses and fleets, successful public 
capital raising, public listings and successful implementation of regulations such 
as  Sarbanes-Oxley,  development  or  improvement  of  department  procedures  to 
meet demands of continuous efficiency gains. 

Performance under the individual KPIs can result in a bonus amount between 0% 
and 75% of ABS. 

The Management Performance Bonus can, however, be reduced if and to the extent 
certain Company KPIs are not met. These Company KPIs are standard KPIs which 
need not to be revised annually and relate to safety, Company recognition, investor 
relations and administration. The Company KPIs impact equally on all members of 
the Executive Committee and are intended to guarantee the integrity of the collegial 
responsibility of the Executive Committee. The Remuneration Committee chose to 
award 75% of ABS as a result of the review of Company and Individual KPIs in a very 
challenging market where the overall distributable result was less than the gateway 
for Success Participation.

4. Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) (variable)
The members of the Executive Committee are also entitled to a LTIP in the form of 
phantom stock. The vesting and settlement of the LTIP is spread over a timeframe 
of  four  years  and  its  main  intention  is  to  encourage  retention  of  the  members  of 
the  Executive  Committee.  The  phantom  stock  awarded  matures  automatically  in 
three equal tranches on the second, third and fourth anniversary of the award date. 
By using phantom stock, the final award value is also linked to future shareholder 
value. The Remuneration Committee is of the opinion that in a market as cyclical as 
shipping, a vesting period over four years is reasonable. The Board of Directors is 
further of the opinion that the LTIP ensures long-term shareholder alignment.

The LTIP is granted to the members of the Executive Committee for a value equal to 
the  Management  Performance  Bonus.  The  number  of  phantom  stocks  awarded  is 
calculated using the weighted average closing prices of the share three days before 
the  grant  date  which  is  usually  three  days  after  the  publication  of  each  full  year 
preliminary results. Other senior employees may be invited to the LTIP by the Board 
of Directors upon recommendation of the Remuneration Committee.

Assessment Process of KPIs for the members of the Executive Committee
As  outlined  above,  KPIs  are  set  annually  by  the  Board  of  Directors  upon 
recommendation of the Remuneration Committee.

At year-end all members of the Executive Committee are required to perform a self-
assessment of their performance. This self-assessment is reviewed by and discussed 
with the other Executive Committee members. The results of this self-assessment 

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
are submitted to the Remuneration Committee who then gives advice to the Board 
of Directors on the performance rating. 

4.4 Remuneration of the Executive Committee
Remuneration of the Chief Executive Officer
The remuneration in 2017 of the CEO is reflected in the table below:

In GBP:

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

Pension and benefits

Other components

Paddy Rodgers

393,728

Cash: 295,296
LTIP: 295,296

0

12,658

In  the  event  of  termination  of  the  CEO's  employement  he  would  be  entitled  to  a 
compensation equivalent to one year’s salary. 

No loans or advances were granted to the CEO. 

Remuneration of the other members of the Executive Committee
The remuneration in 2017 of the members of the Executive Committee (excluding the 
CEO) is reflected in the table below:

In EUR:

Fixed remuneration

Variable remuneration

Pension and benefits

Other components

three members  1,083,097 

Cash: 734,250
LTIP: 734,250

35,252

58,102

The  current  composition  of  the  Executive  Committee  is  set  out  in  point  2.3  above. 
No loans or advances were granted to any member of the Executive Committee. The 
COO  is  entitled  to  a  compensation  equivalent  to  one  year’s  salary  in  the  event  of 
termination of his appointment. 

Variable  remuneration  differs  amongst  the  members  of  the  Executive  Committee, 
though  globally  and  for  2017  it  can  be  stated  that  the  variable  remuneration 
represents  57.5%  of  the  global  remuneration  for  all  members  of  the  Executive 
Committee together.

In relation to variable remuneration for all members of the Executive Committee, the 
Company has the right to claim the variable remuneration back in case of incorrect 
financial statements or fraud, as provided under civil and Company law provisions.

4.5 Long Term Incentive Plans
LTIP 2014
Within  the  framework  of  a  stock  option  plan,  the  Board  of  Directors  granted  on 
December 16, 2013 options on its 1,750,000 treasury shares to the members of the 
Executive Committee with an exercise price of EUR 5.7705, as follows:

LTIP 2014

Granted

Vested

Exercised

CEO

CFO

COO

General Counsel

525,000

525,000

350,000

350,000

525,000

525,000

350,000

350,000

350,000

350,000

350,000

350,000

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

3
5

 
 
LTIP 2015
On  February  12,  2015,  within  the  framework  of  a  management  incentive  plan,  the 
Board of Directors granted 65,433 Restricted Stock Units (RSUs) and 236,590 stock 
options. On March 19, 2018 the situation is as follows: 

LTIP 2015

Stock Options
Granted

Vested

Exercised

CEO

CFO

COO

General Counsel

80,518

58,716

54,614

42,742

80,518

58,716

54,614

42,742

-

-

-

-

The exercise price of the options is EUR 10.0475.

RSU

CEO

CFO

COO

General Counsel

Number of units granted

22,268

16,239

15,105

11,821

The RSU’s all vested automatically on the third anniversary of the grant which was 
February 18, 2018.

LTIP 2016
On February 2, 2016, within the framework of a Phantom Stock Plan, the Board of 
Directors granted 54,616 phantom stock units. On March 19, 2018 the situation is as 
follows: 

LTIP 2016

Granted

Vested

Exercised

CEO

CFO

COO

General Counsel

17,116

20,728

8,009

8,762

5,705

6,909

2,669

2,920

-

-

-

-

The phantom stock units will mature one-third each year on the second, third and 
fourth anniversary of the award. All of the beneficiaries have accepted the phantom 
stock units granted to them. The number of phantom stocks granted was calculated 

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
on the basis of a share price of EUR 10.6134 which equals the weighted average of 
the share price of the three days following the announcement of the preliminary full 
year results of 2015.

LTIP 2017
Within  the  framework  of  a  Phantom  Stock  Plan,  66,448  phantom  stock  units  were 
granted to the Executive Committee and the Investor Relations Manager on February 
9, 2017, as follows: 

LTIP 2017

Granted

Vested

CEO

CFO

COO

General Counsel

17,819

20,229

12,557

9,808

Investor Relations Manager

6,036

-

-

-

-

-

The phantom stock units will mature one-third each year on the second, third and 
fourth anniversary of the award. All of the beneficiaries have accepted the phantom 
stock units granted to them. The number of phantom stocks granted was calculated 
on the basis of a share price of EUR 7.2677 which equals the weighted average of the 
share price of the three days following the announcement of the preliminary full year 
results of 2016.

LTIP 2018
Within the framework of a Phantom Stock Plan 148,113 phantom stock units were 
granted to the Executive Committee and the Investor Relations Manager on February 
16, 2018, as follows: 

LTIP 2018

Granted

Vested

CEO

CFO

COO

General Counsel

46,652

37,620

36,480

27,360

Investor Relations Manager

6,319

-

-

-

-

-

The phantom stock units will mature one-third each year on the second, third and 
fourth anniversary of the award. All of the beneficiaries have accepted the phantom 
stock units granted to them. The number of phantom stocks granted was calculated 
on the basis of a share price of EUR 7.2368 which equals the weighted average of the 
share price of the three days following the announcement of the preliminary full year 
results of 2017. 

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

5
5

 
 
4.6 Remuneration of the Auditor KPMG Bedrijfsrevisoren-Réviseurs d'Entreprises 
Permanent representative: Götwin Jackers

For 2017, the worldwide audit and other fees in respect of services provided by the 
statutory auditor KPMG can be summarized as follows:

In USD

2017

2016

Audit services for the annual financial 
statements

Audit related services

Tax services

TOTAL

870,324

966,732

7,987

22,104

28,559

17,642

900,415

1,012,934

The limits prescribed by Article 133 of the Belgian Company Code were observed.

5. INTERNAL CONTROL AND RISK MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 
Internal  control  can  be  defined  as  a  system  developed  and  implemented  by 
management  and  which  contributes  to  managing  the  activities  of  the  Company, 
its efficient functioning and the efficient use of its resources, all in function of the 
objectives,  the  size  and  the  complexity  of  its  activities.  Risk  assessment  can  be 
defined  as  a  process  developed  to  identify  possible  events  which  may  affect  the 
Company and to manage the risks of the Company within the boundaries of its risk 
appetite. 

These risks (as described in more detail in the ‘Risk Factors’ section in this annual 
report) are the following:

• strategic:  capital  allocation,  strategic  partnerships,  risks  relating  to  the  TI 
Pool  and  VLCC  Chartering,  the  joint  ventures  and  associates,  risks  related  to 
communication to stakeholders;

• economic (including slowing economic growth, freight rate volatility, oil supply 
and demand, inflation or fluctuations in interest and foreign currency exchange 
rates) and competitive risks (such as greater price competition);

• operational:  risks  inherent  in  the  operation  of  ocean-going  vessels,  including 
bunker supply and management of crew, the conversion of vessels, the operation 
of its FSO activities, the integration of acquired activities, the adequate protection 
of  critical  data  and  infrastructure  from  unauthorized  use  or  theft,  including 
cyber-criminality and the effective management of its international operations;
• regulations: if the Company fails to comply with health, safety and environmental 
laws, regulations (including regulations about emissions) or requirements or is 
involved in legal proceedings in this regard, its operations and revenues may be 
adversely affected;

• financing:  the  Company  is  subject  to  operational  and  financial  restrictions  in 

debt agreements; refinancing of loans may not always be possible;

• geopolitical: terrorist attacks, piracy, civil disturbances and regional conflicts in 

any particular country.

As part of the reference framework Euronav:

• laid down its ethical values and business conduct rules in the ‘Code of Business 

Conduct and Ethics’ and the ‘Dealing Code’;

• has also included these values and rules in the Staff Handbook for all its employees;
job 
• clearly  documented 

its  corporate  structure,  organization  chart  and 

descriptions (and hence tasks, responsibilities and reporting lines);

• clearly specified the delegations of authority for key decisions;
• ensures  proper  communication  between  local  management  and  Executive 
Committee  throughout  various  committees  such  as  management  committee, 
pool committee, revenue committee, insurance committee,…;

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
• has  embedded  group  policies  in  the  main  business  processes,  which  Euronav 
applies  group-wide,  covering  areas  such  as:  fixed  assets,  financial  statement 
close,  procurement,  order-to-cash,  hedging,  IT  systems  and  infrastructure, 
human resources and payroll, treasury, tax, insurances, Know Your Customers 
procedures, …

Euronav  also  has  developed  a  ‘Health,  Safety,  Quality  and  Environmental  (HSQE) 
Management  System’  which  integrates  health,  safety,  environment  and  quality 
management  into  a  system  that  fully  complies  with  the  ISM  Code  for  the  ‘Safe 
Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention’. 

To  support  the  financial  reporting,  Euronav  has  a  system  of  internal  control  over 
financial  reporting  including  policies  and  procedures  to  accurately  reflect  the 
transactions and dispositions of assets of the Company, provide reasonable assurance 
that  transactions  are  recorded  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting 
principles  and  that  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  timely  detect  unauthorized 
acquisition  or  use  or  disposition  of  Company’s  assets.  Compliance  is  monitored  by 
means  of  annual  assessments  performed  by  the  internal  audit  function  and  their 
outcome is reported to the corporate finance function, which presents a consolidated 
report  to  the  Audit  and  Risk  Committee.  More  details  on  the  exact  role  and 
responsibilities of the Audit and Risk Committee in relation to the internal control and 
risk management systems can be found in the section on its powers, described above.

In  addition,  the  Compliance  Officer  assesses  the  application  of  the  Corporate 
Governance Charter. 

Euronav  has  established  an  internal  audit  function  for  the  purpose  of  reviewing 
and  analysing  strategic,  operational,  financial  and  IT  risks,  to  conduct  specific 
assignment  in  accordance  with  the  annual  internal  audit  plan  and  to  report  and 
discuss the findings with the Audit and Risk Committee. The scope of internal audit is 
both on operations and on internal control over financial reporting. The Internal Audit 
Department is staffed with designated resources, resources from other departments 
and external service providers for competencies that are not available as a part of the 
Company. Part of the internal audit work on internal control over financial reporting 
is outsourced to a qualified service provider (EY). The Internal Audit Manager reports 
both to the CFO and to the Audit and Risk Committee.

Euronav has appointed KPMG as its external auditor to verify its financial results and 
compliance  with  Belgian  legislation.  The  external  auditor  issues  a  report  at  least 
twice a year which they submit to the Audit and Risk Committee. They are also invited 
to attend the AGM to present their report.

5.1 Hedging policy
Euronav may hedge part of its exposure to changes in interest rates on borrowings 
and all borrowings contracted for the financing of vessels are on the basis of a floating 
interest rate, increased by a margin. The Group does not hold or trade derivatives 
for  speculative  purposes.  Euronav  uses  derivative  financial  instruments  -  such  as 
foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swaps, purchase of CAP options, 
sale  of  FLOOR  options,  currency  swaps  and  other  derivative  instruments  –  solely 
to  manage  its  exposure  to  interest  rates  and  foreign  currency  exchange  rates  and 
to achieve an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate exposure as defined by the 
Group. For a more detailed position of Euronav’s financial instruments, we refer to 
note 18 of the Financial Statements.

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

7
5

 
 
5.2 Risks
Tonnage Tax Regime
Shortly  after  its  incorporation,  Euronav  applied  for  treatment  under  the  Belgian 
tonnage  tax  regime.  It  was  declared  eligible  for  this  regime  by  the  Federal  Finance 
Department  on  October,  23  2003.  Following  the  acquisition  of  the  Tanklog  fleet  and 
Euronav’s  express  desire  to  operate  the  vessels  under  Greek  flag,  Euronav  was 
deemed eligible for tonnage tax in Greece. As a result, for a ten-year period, Euronav’s 
profits  have  been  in  principle  determined  nominally  on  the  basis  of  the  tonnage  of 
the vessels it operated. After this first ten-year period had elapsed, the tonnage tax 
regime has been automatically renewed for another ten-year period. This tonnage tax 
replaces all factors that are normally taken into account in traditional tax calculations, 
such as profit or loss, operating costs, depreciation, gains and the offsetting of past 
losses of the revenues taxable in Belgium. Some of Euronav’s subsidiaries are subject 
to the ordinary Belgian corporate income tax regime, however, which benefit from a tax 
investment allowance due to the acquisitions of certain VLCCs. Nevertheless, Euronav 
has  decided  to  apply  for  the  Belgian  tonnage  tax  regime  for  those  subsidiaries  and 
obtained the authorization for both subsidiaries in the beginning of 2016.

In 2017 and early 2018 the Company took note of the correspondence between the 
Belgian authorities and the European Commission within the framework of request 
for  extension  of  the  state  aid  to  the  maritime  industry  by  Belgium.  The  draft  law 
including the by the Commission requested legislative changes has been reviewed 
by the Company. We do not expect any adverse effect of these changes to our existing 
tonnage tax regime. 

Risks associated to the business
Due to the cyclical nature of its activities, Euronav’s operating results have experienced 
fluctuations on an annual or quarterly basis in the past. This will probably remain 
the  case  in  the  future.  The  fluctuations  in  Euronav’s  operating  results  are  due  to 
various factors, a number of which lie outside Euronav’s control. The tanker market 
is historically a cyclical one. It is a market that experiences high volatility as a result 
of changes in supply and demand for seaborne transportation of crude oil. Firstly, 
the supply of tanker capacity is affected by the number of newly constructed vessels, 
the scrap percentage of existing tankers and the changes in laws and regulations. 
Secondly, the demand for tankers is highly sensitive to global and regional market 
conditions and to crude oil production and consumption levels. The nature and timing 
of all these factors, some of which are of a geopolitical nature, are unpredictable, and 
may have a significant impact on Euronav’s activities and operating results.

Euronav is subject to operational and financial restrictions in debt agreements
Euronav’s  existing  debt  agreements  impose  operational  and  financial  restrictions 
which have an impact on, and in some respects limit or preclude, among other things, 
the possibility for Euronav and its subsidiaries of taking on additional debts, pledging 
securities, selling shares in subsidiaries, making certain investments, entering into 
mergers and acquisitions, buying and selling of vessels, or paying dividends without 
the lender’s approval. 

Euronav’s loan agreements also stipulate a certain minimum ratio of market value 
for vessels and other securities. The financial institutions may reduce the term of the 
debt under such loan agreements, and seize the securities used to guarantee the loan 
in the event of bankruptcy, including Euronav’s failure to honor these agreements in 
full. Under any of these circumstances, there is no guarantee that Euronav will have 
enough funds or other resources to meet all its commitments. 

Declines in charter rates, vessel values and other market deterioration could cause us to 
incur impairment charges
We evaluate the carrying amounts of our vessels to determine if events have occurred 
that would require an impairment of their carrying amounts. The recoverable amount 
of  vessels  is  reviewed  based  on  events  and  changes  in  circumstances  that  would 
indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  assets  might  not  be  recovered.  The  review 
for  potential  impairment  indicators  and  projection  of  future  cash  flows  related  to  the 
vessels is complex and requires us to make various estimates relating to, among other 

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
things, vessel values, future freight rates, earnings from the vessels, discount rates and 
economic life of vessels. Many of these items have historically experienced volatility. We 
evaluate the recoverable amount as the higher of fair value less costs to sell and value in 
use. If the recoverable amount is less than the carrying amount of the vessel, the vessel is 
deemed impaired. The carrying values of our vessels may not represent their fair market 
value at any point in time because the new market prices of secondhand vessels tend 
to fluctuate with changes in charter rates and the cost of newbuildings. For the years 
ended December 31, 2017 and 2016, we evaluated the recoverable amount of our vessels 
and we did not recognize an impairment loss. Factors that we considered in our estimate 
are described in the Critical Accounting policies. In particular, our estimate for future 
TCE rates is based on the trailing 10-year historical average spot rates for both VLCC and 
Suezmax tankers, which we believe is a reasonable basis for this determination. As 2008 
was an exceptionally high year in terms of TCE achieved by both the VLCC and Suezmax 
fleets, the use of a 10-year range that excludes year 2008 may result in a reduction of 
the value in use used in the determination of the recoverable amount, compared to the 
10-year range from 2008 to 2017 which we retained as of December 31, 2017. Excluding 
year 2008  from  our  determination  of value in use could result in an impairment loss 
for the year ending December 31, 2018. Any impairment charge incurred as a result of 
further declines in charter rates could negatively affect our business, financial condition, 
operating results or the trading price of our ordinary shares.

Euronav is subject to the risks inherent in the operation of ocean-going vessels
Euronav’s  activities  are  subject  to  various  risks,  including  extremes  of  weather, 
negligence  of  its  employees,  mechanical  defects  in  its  vessels,  collisions,  severe 
damage to vessels, damage to or the loss of cargo and the interruption of commercial 
activities due to (geo-)political circumstances and events, hostilities or strikes. Moreover, 
the operation of ocean-going vessels is subject to the inherent possibility of maritime 
disasters such as oil spills and other environmental accidents, and to the obligations 
arising from the ownership and management of vessels in international trade. 
Euronav believes that its current insurance policies are sufficient to protect it against 
possible  accidents,  and  that  it  is  also  adequately  covered  against  environmental 
damage and pollution, as required by relevant legislation and standard practices in 
the sector. However, there is no guarantee that such insurance will remain available 
at rates which are regarded as reasonable by the Company, or that such insurance 
will  remain  sufficient  to  cover  all  losses  incurred  by  Euronav  or  the  cost  of  each 
compensation claim made against Euronav, or that its insurance policies will cover 
the  loss  of  income  resulting  from  a  vessel  becoming  non-operational.  Should 
compensation  claims  be  made  against  Euronav,  its  vessels  may  be  impounded  or 
subject to other judicial procedures.

Euronav’s activities are subject to important environmental legislation which may cause 
Euronav’s expenditure to increase abruptly
Euronav’s  activities  are  subject  to  extensive,  changing  environmental  legislation. 
In  the  past,  Euronav  has  incurred  significant  expenses  in  order  to  comply  with 
such  legislation  and  regulations,  including  spending  on  changes  to  vessels  and 
to  operational  procedures.  It  expects  such  expenditure  to  remain  high.  Additional 
laws and regulations could be introduced restricting Euronav’s ability to pursue its 
activities, or causing its costs to increase substantially. That could have a negative 
impact on Euronav’s activities, financial situation and operating results.

The prospects for a particular period may not be attained during that period as a result of 
unpredictable economic cycles
Although  various  analysts  provide  forecasts  regarding  the  development  of  the 
markets,  these  do  not  always  precisely  reflect  future  freight  rates,  which  tend  to 
be  unpredictable.  The  forecasting  of  freight  rates  is  difficult  due  to  the  uncertain 
prospects of the global economy.

Euronav may need additional capital in the future and may prove unable to find suitable 
funds on acceptable terms
Euronav has made considerable investments in recent years. Although most of these 
projects are satisfactorily financed, the risk exists that the financial markets will be 
unable to provide sufficient funds to continue supporting such projects.

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

9
5

 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

Euronav’s  activities  are  subject  to  fluctuations  in  exchange  rates  and  interest  rates, 
causing pronounced variations in its net results
Euronav’s  income  is  mainly  expressed  in  USD,  although  some  operating  costs  are 
expressed in other currencies, especially the Euro. This partial mismatch between 
operating income and expenses could lead to fluctuations in Euronav’s net results.

Euronav is subject to risks inherent in conversion of vessels into Floating, Storage and 
Offloading services operation (FSO) units and the operation of its FSO activities
Euronav’s FSO activities are subject to various risks, including delays, cost overruns, 
negligence of its employees, mechanical defects in its machinery, collisions, severe 
damage to vessels, damage to or loss of freight, piracy or strikes. In case of delays 
in delivering FSO under service contract to its end-user, contracts can be amended 
and/or cancelled. Moreover, the operation of FSO vessels is subject to the inherent 
possibility of maritime disasters such as oil spills and other environmental accidents, 
and  to  the  obligations  arising  from  the  ownership  and  management  of  vessels  in 
international  trade.  Euronav  has  established  sufficient  current  insurance  against 
possible accidents and environmental damage and pollution as requested by relevant 
legislation and standard practices in the sector. However, there is no guarantee that 
such insurance will remain available at rates which are regarded as reasonable by 
Euronav or that such insurance will remain sufficient to cover all losses incurred or 
the  cost  of  each  compensation  claim  made  against  Euronav,  or  that  its  insurance 
policies  will  cover  the  loss  of  income  resulting  from  a  vessel  becoming  non-
operational. Should compensation claims be made against Euronav, its vessels may 
be impounded or subject to other judicial procedures.

Refinancing of loans may not always be possible
There  is  no  assurance  that  Euronav  will  be  able  to  repay  or  refinance  its  facilities 
on  acceptable  terms  or  at  all  as  they  become  due  upon  their  respective  maturity 
dates.  Financial  markets  and  debt  markets  are  not  always  open  independently  of 
the situation of Euronav and the lack of debt finance may adversely affect Euronav’s 
operations business and results of operations.

Risks relating to the TI Pool and VLCC Chartering, the joint ventures and associates may 
adversely affect Euronav’s operations, business and results of operations
Although efforts are made to identify and manage the various potential risks within 
Euronav in the same way, this is not always possible or enforceable. In the case of 
the TI Pool and VLCC Chartering, joint ventures and associates, differing views from 
the other partner(s) may arise, as a result of which, according to Euronav, specific 
treatment of the risks may be limited or even prevented. The different approaches 
to  these  risks  may  lead  to  consequences  other  than  those  which  Euronav  would 
have incurred or would have wished to incur, which may adversely affect Euronav’s 
operations, business and results of operations.

Acts of piracy on ocean-going vessels could adversely affect Euronav’s business
Acts of piracy have historically affected ocean-going vessels trading in regions of 
the world such as the South China Sea, the Gulf of Guinea and in the Gulf of Aden 
off the coast of Somalia. Over the past few years, the frequency of piracy incidents 
in the Gulf of Aden and in the Indian Ocean has decreased significantly, whereas 
there has been an increase in the South China Sea whilst the situation in the Gulf 

 
of Guinea has now more or less stabilized. If these piracy attacks occur in regions 
in  which  the  Company’s  vessels  are  deployed  being  characterized  by  insurers 
as  ‘enhanced  risk’  areas,  premiums  payable  for  such  coverage  could  increase 
significantly and in extreme circumstances, such insurance coverage may be more 
difficult to obtain. In addition, crew costs, as well as costs which may be incurred to 
the extent the Company employs on board security guards, could increase in such 
circumstances.  Detention  as  a  result  of  an  act  of  piracy  against  the  Company’s 
vessels, or an increase in cost, or unavailability of insurance for the vessels, could 
have a material adverse impact on the Company’s business, results of operations, 
cash  flows,  financial  condition  and  ability  to  pay  dividends.  In  response  to  piracy 
incidents,  particularly  in  the  Gulf  of  Aden  off  the  coast  of  Somalia  and  the  wider 
Western Indian Ocean area and following consultation with regulatory authorities, 
Euronav follows the latest version of BMP4 (Best Management Practices) which is a 
guide that has been produced jointly by EUNAVFOR, the NATO Shipping Centre and 
UKMTO  (UK  Maritime  Trade  Operations)  in  addition  to  several  maritime  industry 
organizations or the Company may even consider to station armed guards on some 
of its vessels. Whilst use of armed guards has been proven to deter and prevent 
the hijacking of the Company’s vessels, it may also increase the risk of liability for 
death or injury to persons or damage to personal effects and third party property, 
which  could  adversely  impact  its  business,  results  of  operations,  cash  flows, 
financial condition and ability to pay dividends.

Euronav  is  subject  to  risks  related  to  the  adequate  protection  of  critical  data  and 
infrastructure from unauthorized use or any other form of cyber-criminality 
Euronav’s activities are subject to risk of discontinuity due to unauthorized use, theft, 
sabotage, viruses or any other disruptive activity on the Company’s IT infrastructure, 
which  could  impact  the  confidentiality,  integrity  and  availability  of  data  and/or  IT 
systems. Euronav has implemented, amongst other things, business continuity plans, a 
regularly tested IT controls framework, continuous access monitoring and independent 
penetration testing in our offices and on board of our vessels. The Company’s controls 
also  include  compliance  to  existing  related  rules  &  legislation  and  implement  full 
adherence to the EU General Data Protection Regulation, as approved on 14 April 2016.

6. INFORMATION TO BE INCLUDED IN THE ANNUAL REPORT AS PER ARTICLE 34 
OF THE ROYAL DECREE OF NOVEMBER 14, 2007
6.1 Capital structure
At the time of preparing this report, the registered share capital of Euronav amounts 
to USD 173,046,122.14 and is represented by 159,208,949 shares without par value. 
The  shares  are  in  registered  or  dematerialized  form.  Euronav  currently  holds 
1,042,415 own shares.

At  the  time  of  preparing  this  report,  no  convertible  bonds  or  perpetual  preferred 
equity instruments of the Company were outstanding. Besides the stock option plans 
referred to section 4.5 of this Corporate Governance Statement, there are no other 
share plans, stock options or other rights to acquire shares of the Company in place. 

6.2 Restrictions on the exercise of voting rights or on the transfer of securities
Each  share  entitles  the  holder  to  one  vote.  There  are  no  securities  issued  by  the 
Company which would entitle the holder to special voting rights or control. The articles 

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

1
6

 
 
of  association  contain  no  restrictions  on  the  voting  rights,  and  each  shareholder 
can  exercise  his  voting  rights  provided  he  is  validly  admitted  to  the  Shareholders’ 
Meeting and his rights are not suspended. Pursuant to Article 12 of the articles of 
association,  the  Company  is  entitled  to  suspend  the  exercise  of  rights  attached  to 
shares belonging to several owners. No person can vote at the Shareholders’ Meeting 
using voting rights attached to shares for which the formalities to be admitted to the 
general meeting as laid down in Article 34 of the articles of association or the law 
have not been fulfilled in time or accurately. Likewise, there are no restrictions in the 
articles of association or by law on the transfer of shares.

6.3 General Shareholders’ Meeting
The  ordinary  General  Shareholders’  Meeting  is  held  in  Antwerp  on  the  second 
Thursday of the month of May, at 11 a.m., at the registered office or any other place 
mentioned in the convening notices. If such date would be a bank holiday, the Annual 
Shareholders’ Meeting would take place on the preceding business day.

6.4 Agreements amongst shareholders or other agreements
The Board of Directors is not aware of any agreements among major shareholders 
or any other shareholders that may result in restrictions on the transfer of securities 
or  the  exercise  of  voting  rights.  The  major  shareholders  have  not  entered  into  a 
shareholders’ agreement or a voting agreement, nor do they act in concert. There 
are no agreements between the Company and its employees or Directors providing in 
any compensation in case of resignation or dismissal on account of public acquisition 
offer.  Apart  from  the  customary  change  of  control  provision  in  the  financing 
agreements, the bareboat charter parties in the framework of sale-and-lease-back 
transactions and the long-term incentive plans Euronav has entered into, there are 
no other important agreements to which the Company is a party and which enter into 
force, be amended or be terminated, in case of a change of control of the Company 
following a public offer.

6.5 Appointment and replacement of Directors
The articles of association (Article 17 and following) and section III.2 of the Euronav 
Corporate Governance Charter contain specific rules concerning the (re)appointment, 
replacement  and  the  evaluation  of  Directors.  The  General  Shareholders’  Meeting 
appoints  the  Board  of  Directors.  The  Board  of  Directors  submits  the  proposals  for 
the appointment or re-election of Directors - supported by a recommendation of the 
Corporate  Governance  and  Nomination  Committee  -  to  the  General  Shareholders’ 
Meeting  for  approval.  If  a  Director’s  mandate  becomes  vacant  in  the  course  of  the 
term  for  which  the  Director  was  appointed,  the  remaining  Board  members  may 
provisionally fill the vacancy until the following General Shareholders’ Meeting, which 
will decide on the final replacement. A Director nominated under such circumstances 
is  only  appointed  for  the  time  required  to  terminate  the  mandate  of  the  Director 
whose place he has taken. Appointments of Directors are made for a maximum of 
four years. After the end of his/her term, each Director is eligible for re-appointment.

6.6 Amendments to articles of association
The  articles  of  association  can  be  amended  by  the  Extraordinary  General  Meeting 
in accordance with the Belgian Company Code. Each amendment to the articles of 
association requires a qualified majority of votes.

6.7 Authorization granted to the Board of Directors to increase share capital
The  articles  of  association  (Article  5)  contain  speci  fic  rules  concerning  the 
authorization  to  increase  the  share  capital  of  the  Company.  By  decision  of  the 
Shareholders’  Meeting  held  on  May  13,  2015,  the  Board  of  Directors  has  been 
authorized to increase the share capital of the Company in one or several times by 
a total maximum amount of USD 150,000,000 during a period of five years as from 
the  date  of  publication  of  the  decision,  subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  to  be 
determined by the Board of Directors.

6.8 Authorization granted to the Board of Directors to acquire or sell the Company’s 
own shares
The articles of association (Article 15 and 16) contain specific rules concerning the 

T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

 
authorization to acquire or sell the Company’s own shares. Pursuant to a decision 
of  the  Extraordinary  Shareholders’  Meeting  of  February  24,  2014  which  has  been 
adopted  in  accordance  with  the  relevant  legal  provisions,  the  Company  has  been 
authorized to acquire and sell the Company’s own shares or profit shares, without 
a  decision  of  the  Shareholders’  Meeting  being  required,  for  a  period  of  three 
years  as  from  the  publication  in  the  annexes  to  the  Belgian  State  Gazette  of  the 
aforementioned  decision,  irrespective  of  whether  these  include  the  entitlement  to 
vote, by way of a purchase or an exchange, directly or through a person acting in its 
own  name  but  for  the  account  of  the  Company,  if  such  acquisition  is  necessary  to 
prevent  imminent  and  serious  harm  to  the  Company,  including  a  public  purchase 
offer  for  the  Company’s  securities  (Article  15  of  the  articles  of  association).  The 
Board of Directors can, in accordance with the Belgian Company Code, without prior 
permission of the Shareholders’ Meeting, to prevent imminent and serious harm to 
the  Company,  including  a  public  purchase  offer  for  the  Company’s  securities,  sell 
acquired shares or profit shares of the Company on the Stock Exchange or by way 
of an offer to sell, addressed to all shareholders under the same conditions, during 
a period of three years as from the publication in the Annexes to the Belgian Official 
Gazette, of the decision, taken by the General Meeting of February 24, 2014 (Article 
16 of the articles of association).

7. APPROPRIATION OF PROFITS 
The  Board  of  Directors  may  from  time  to  time,  declare  and  pay  cash  dividends 
in  accordance  with  the  Articles  of  Association  and  applicable  Belgian  law.  The 
declaration and payment of dividends, if any, will always be subject to the approval of 
either the Board of Directors (in the case of ‘interim dividends’) or of the shareholders 
(in the case of ‘regular dividends’ or ‘intermediary dividends’).

The current dividend payment policy as adopted by the Board is the following: the 
company intends to pay a minimum fixed dividend of at least USD 0.12 in total per 
share  per  year  provided  (a)  the  company  has  in  the  view  of  the  board,  sufficient 
balance sheet strength and liquidity combined (b) with sufficient earnings visibility 
from  fixed  income  contracts.  In  addition,  if  the  results  per  share  are  positive  and 
exceed the amount of the fixed dividend, that additional income* will be allocated to 
either: additional cash dividends, share buy-back, accelerated amortization of debt 
or the acquisition of vessels which the board considers at that time to be accretive to 
shareholders’ value. 

* Treatment  of  capital  losses  and  capital  gains
As  part  of  its  distribution  policy  Euronav  will 
continue  to  include  exceptional  capital  losses 
when  assessing  additional  dividends  but  also 
continue  to  exclude  exceptional  capital  gains 
when assessing additional dividend payments.
* Treatment  of  Deferred  Tax  Assets  (DTA)  and 

Deferred Tax Liabilities (DTL)

   As part of its distribution policy Euronav will not 
include  non-cash  items  affecting  the  results 
such as DTA or DTL.

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

3
6

 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

In general, under the terms of the debt agreements, Euronav is not permitted to pay 
dividends if there is or will be as a result of the dividend a default or a breach of a loan 
covenant. Belgian law generally prohibits the payment of dividends unless net assets 
on the closing date of the last financial year do not fall beneath the amount of the 
registered capital and, before the dividend is paid out, 5% of the net profit is allocated 
to the legal reserve until this legal reserve amounts to 10% of the share capital. No 
distributions may occur if, as a result of such distribution, the net assets would fall 
below  the  sum  of  (i)  the  amount  of  the  registered  capital,  (ii)  the  amount  of  such 
aforementioned legal reserves, and (iii) other reserves which may be required by the 
Articles of Association or by law, such as the reserves not available for distribution 
in the event Euronav holds treasury shares. Euronav may not have sufficient surplus 
in the future to pay dividends and the subsidiaries may not have sufficient funds or 
surplus to make distributions to the Company. Euronav can give no assurance that 
dividends will be paid at all. In addition, the corporate law of jurisdictions in which 
the subsidiaries are organized may impose restrictions on the payment or source of 
dividends under certain circumstances.

8. CODE OF CONDUCT 
The  Board  of  Directors  reconfirmed  the  Euronav  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and 
Ethics  at  its  meeting  of  7  December  2017.  The  purpose  of  the  Code  of  Business 
Conduct and Ethics is to assist all the Euronav employees to enhance and protect the 
good reputation of Euronav. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics articulates the 
policies and guidelines that highlight the values of Euronav, more particularly in its 
relationship with customers, shareholders and other stakeholders as well as society 
in general. The full text of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics can be found on 
the Company’s website www.euronav.com. 

9. MEASURES REGARDING INSIDER DEALING AND MARKET MANIPULATION
In view of Regulation (EU) No 596/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council 
of April 16, 2014 on market abuse (market abuse regulation) and repealing Directive 
2003/6/EC of the European Parliament and of the Council and Commission Directives 
2003/124/EC, 2003/125/EC and 2004/72/EC (the ‘Market Abuse Regulation' or ‘MAR’), 
at its meeting of December 7, 2017, the Board of Directors reconfirmed the Company’s 
Dealing  Code  and  Policies  and  Procedures  to  Detect  and  Prevent  Insider  Trading, 
also called the ‘Dealing Code’. The Dealing Code includes restrictions on trading in 
Euronav shares during so called ‘closed periods’, which have been in application for 
the first time in 2006, as well as other procedures and safeguards the Company has 
implemented in compliance with the Market Abuse Regulation. 

The Officers, Directors, Managers and employees of the Euronav Group who intend 
to deal in Euronav shares must first request clearance from the Compliance Officer. 
Transactions that are to be disclosed in accordance with the Market Abuse Regulation 
are being disclosed at the appropriate time.

10. GUBERNA
As Euronav strongly believes in the merits of corporate governance principles and 
is  keen  on  further  developing  its  corporate  governance  structure,  Euronav  joined 
Guberna as institutional member at the end of 2006. Guberna (www.guberna.be) is 
a  knowledge  center  promoting  corporate  governance  in  all  its  forms  and  offers  a 
platform for the exchange of experiences, knowledge and best practices.

 
"

The Board of Directors 
of Euronav currently 
(cid:726)(cid:738)(cid:737)(cid:742)(cid:732)(cid:742)(cid:743)(cid:742)(cid:3)(cid:738)(cid:729)(cid:3)(cid:1025)(cid:745)(cid:728)(cid:3)(cid:736)(cid:728)(cid:737)(cid:3)
and two women 
with varying yet 
complementary
knowledge bases and 
(cid:1025)(cid:728)(cid:735)(cid:727)(cid:742)(cid:3)(cid:738)(cid:729)(cid:3)(cid:728)(cid:747)(cid:739)(cid:728)(cid:741)(cid:732)(cid:728)(cid:737)(cid:726)(cid:728)(cid:673)(cid:3)

11. GENDER DIVERSITY
In  accordance  with  provision  2.1  of  the  Corporate  Governance  Code,  the  Board  of 
Directors  must  be  composed  in  a  manner  compliant  with  the  principles  of  gender 
diversity as well as of diversity in general. The Board of Directors of Euronav currently 
consists of five men and two women with varying yet complementary knowledge bases 
and fields of experience. The Board of Directors has been made aware of the law of 
July 28, 2011 on gender diversity and the recommendations issued by the Corporate 
Governance and Nomination Committee following the enacting of the law with regard 
to the representation of women on Boards of Directors of listed companies.

In  January  2018  Euronav  was  selected  as  one  of  over  100  companies  from  ten 
sectors  to  join  the  inaugural  2018  Bloomberg  Gender-Equality  Index  (GEI).  This 
comprehensive index measures gender equality across internal company statistics, 
employee  policies,  external  community  support  and  engagement,  and  gender-
conscious  product  offerings.  Inclusion  in  this  index  recognises  efforts  made  by 
Euronav to create a work environment that supports gender equality and the growing 
demand for diverse and inclusive workplaces.

In order to become a participant in this Index, Euronav submitted a survey created by 
Bloomberg in partnership with third-party experts Catalyst, Women's World Banking, 
Working Mother Media, National Women's Law Center and National Partnership for 
Women & Families. Those included on this year’s index scored at or above a global 
threshold  established  by  Bloomberg  to  reflect  disclosure  and  the  achievement  or 
adoption of best-in-class statistics and policies.

The Executive Committee consists of four men, three of whom are based in Belgium and 
one in the U.K. They all hold academic degrees in various disciplines such as Law, Finance, 
Shipping, and Science. Before they started working with Euronav, they were employed in 
the financial, legal and shipping sector. Their ages vary between 44 and 59 years old and 
include their average experience of 12 years in their current executive position. 

The  Senior  Management  (Head  of  Investor  Relations,  Secretary  General,  General 
Manager Nantes office, General Manager Greek office, HSQE Manager) consists of 
four men and one woman (one is based in the UK, one in Belgium, one in France and 
two in Greece). They all have an academic degree in various disciplines (Economics, 
Law,  History,  and  Shipping).  They  started  their  careers  in  the  financial,  legal  and 
shipping sector and have been working in their current Euronav role for an average 
of five years. Their ages vary between 41 and 61 years old. 

12. APPROPRIATION ACCOUNTS 
The  result  to  be  allocated  for  the  financial  year  amounts  to  USD  -25,023,826.30. 
Together with the transfer of USD 199,652,152.68 from the previous financial year, 
this gives a profit balance to be appropriated of: USD 174,628,326.38. 

The Board of Directors will propose to the Annual Shareholders’ Meeting of May 9, 
2018 to distribute a full year gross dividend in the amount of USD 0.12 per share to 
all shareholders. Taking into account the interim dividend of USD 0.06 per share paid 
as of October 5, 2017, and subject to shareholders’ approval, a final dividend of USD 
0.06 per share will be paid after the Annual General Meeting of Shareholders. The 
dividend will be payable as from May 23, 2018. The share will trade ex-dividend as 
from May 14,  2018  (record  date  May  15,  2018).  The dividend to holders of Euronav 
shares listed and tradable on Euronext Brussels will be paid in EUR at the USD/EUR 
exchange rate of the record date.

If this proposal is agreed upon, the allocation of profits will be as follows:

• capital and reserves
• dividends
• carried forward 

USD 0.00
USD 19,105,073.88
USD 155,523,252.50

March 20, 2018
Board of Directors

T
N
E
M
E
T
A
T
S
E
C
N
A
N
R
E
V
O
G
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

5
6

 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R

'

S
R
O
T
C
E
R
D

I

The Euronav Group

Euronav Ship Management SAS 
Euronav Ship Management SAS, with head office in Nantes in the South of Brittany, 
France  and  branch  office  in  Antwerp,  Belgium,  is  besides  the  traditional  shipping 
activities,  responsible  for  Euronav’s  offshore  projects  and  the  management  of 
vessels for the offshore industry. That includes tender projects, conversion works as 
well as performing the management of these vessels including crewing, technical 
procurement, accounting and quality. The Nantes office and the Antwerp office also 
provide crew management for Euronav’s trading oil tankers.

Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd
In  November  2005  Euronav  Ship  Management  (Hellas)  Ltd.  was  established  in 
Piraeus, Greece, as branch office. Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd. engages in 
the ship management of the ocean-going oil tankers of Euronav and the supervision 
of the construction of newbuildings. Ship management includes crewing, technical 
procurement,  accounting,  health,  safety,  environmental  protection  and  quality 
assurance, legal advice, as well as fleet IT support. 

Euronav (UK) Agencies Ltd. 
Located in the heart of London, Euronav (UK) Agencies Ltd. is a commercial agency 
of the Euronav Group. Having a London presence enables Euronav to work closely 
with the major London-based clients and international brokering houses. 

Euronav Hong Kong Ltd
Euronav Hong Kong Ltd. is the holding company of six wholly owned subsidiaries 
(two of which are in process of winding up) and three 50% joint venture companies 
(one of which is in process of winding up). The wholly owned subsidiaries that fall 
under  Euronav  Hong  Kong  Ltd.  are  Euronav  Ship  Management  (Hellas)  Ltd.  (see 
short summary above), Euronav Singapore Pte. Ltd, Euronav Luxembourg SA, and 
E.S.M.C. Euro-Ocean Ship Management (Cyprus) Ltd, a ship management company 
that handles the crew management of the FSOs. Euronav Hong Kong Ltd. also fully 
owns Fiorano Shipholding Ltd. and Larvotto Shipholding Ltd. which both are former 
joint venture companies that following the termination of the relevant joint venture 
sold the Suezmax vessel they each owned to Euronav NV. Both Fiorano Shipholding 
Ltd. and Larvotto Shipholding Ltd. are now in process of winding up. 

TI Asia Ltd. and TI Africa Ltd, 50 per cent. joint venture companies with a company 
which  belongs  to  the  International  Seaways  (INSW)  group,  are  the  owners  of 
respectively  the  FSO Asia  and  FSO Africa,  both  currently  employed  at  the  Al 
Shaheen  field  offshore  Qatar.  The  50  per  cent.  joint  venture  company  Kingswood 
Co. Ltd. with a company which belongs to the Oak Maritime group fully owns Seven 
Seas  Shipping  Ltd.  which  following  the  termination  of  the  relevant  joint  venture 
sold the VLCC it owned to Euronav NV. Both Kingswood Co. Ltd. and Seven Seas 
Shipping Ltd. are now in process of winding up.

 
Euronav Shipping NV and Euronav Tankers NV
Following the acquisition of 15 VLCCs in January 2014, Euronav Shipping NV and 
Euronav Tankers NV were incorporated as subsidiaries of Euronav NV, in January 
and February 2014 respectively. Each of these companies applied for the Belgian 
tonnage tax regime and obtained the authorization as of January 1, 2016.

Euronav MI Inc. 
In  the  fourth  quarter  of  2017,  Euronav  NV  incorporated  a  new  wholly-owned 
subsidiary, Euronav MI Inc., a company incorporated and existing under the laws 
of the Republic of the Marshall Islands, for the purposes of the upcoming merger 
(the  'Merger')  with  Gener8  Maritime  Inc.  ('Gener8').  Pursuant  to  the  merger 
agreement  entered  into  between  Euronav  and  Gener8  on  20  December  2017, 
Euronav MI Inc. will merge with and into Gener8. The exact process of the Merger 
and  the  transactions  related  thereto,  are  described  in  detail  in  the  information 
memorandum for the listing of the newly issued shares following the Merger and 
which shall be made available in the investors section on the Euronav website.

Tankers UK Agencies Ltd. (TI Pool)
In  2017,  the  corporate  structure  of  Tankers  International  pool  ('TI  Pool')  was 
rationalized.  Under  the  new  structure,  the  shares  of  Tankers  UK  Agencies  Ltd. 
('TUKA'), fully held at the time by Tankers International LLC ('TI LLC'), an entity 
incorporated  under  the  laws  of  the  Marshall  Islands,  have  been  distributed  to 
the  two  remaining  founding  members  of  the  TI  Pool,  (namely  Euronav  NV  and 
International Seaways INC), to form a 50-50 joint venture.

Additionally, a new company, Tankers International Ltd. ('TIL'), was incorporated 
under  the  laws  of  the  United  Kingdom,  and  is  now  fully  owned  by  TUKA.  TIL 
became the disponent owner of all of the vessels in the TI Pool as all the vessels 
are now time chartered to TIL at a floating rate equivalent to the average spot rate 
achieved by the pool times the pool point assigned to each vessel. 

This  new  structure  allowed  the  TI  Pool  to  arrange  for  a  credit  line  financing  in 
order  to  lower  the  working  capital  requirement  for  the  Pool  participants  which 
potentially can attract additional pool participants.

Current structure

Euronav NV Belgium

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

100% 

50%

Euronav 
Ship Management 
SAS France

Euronav 
Shipping NV
Belgium

Euronav 
Tankers NV
Belgium

Euronav SAS 

Euronav(UK) 
Agencies Ltd

France

United Kingdom

Euronav 
Hong Kong Ltd
Hong Kong

Euronav MI Inc

Tankers UK
Agencies Ltd

Marshall Islands

United Kingdom

50%
Tankers 
International 
LLC 
Marshall Islands

100% 

100% 

50%

100% 

100% 

100%

100%

50%

50%

100% 

Euronav Ship 
Management 
(Antwerp) 
Branch Office
Belgium

Euronav Ship 
Management 
(Hellas) Ltd

Liberia

Kingswood

Marshall 
Islands*

Euronav 
Singapore 
Pte. Ltd 

Euronav 
Luxembourg 
SA

Larvotto
Shipholding 
Ltd

Fiorano
Shipholding 
Ltd

TI Africa 
Ltd

TI Asia 
Ltd

Singapore

Luxembourg

Hong Kong*

Hong Kong*

Hong Kong

Hong Kong

E.S.M.C. 
Euro-Ocean 
Ship Manage
ment Ltd
Cyprus

100% 

Tankers
International
Ltd

UK

100% 

100% 

 Euronav Ship 
Management 
(Hellas) 
Branch Office 
Greece

Seven Seas  
Shipping Ltd

Marshall 
Islands*

100% 

100% 

  TI Africa 

Qatar
Branch

TI Asia
Qatar
Branch

Qatar

Qatar

* to be dissolved

P
U
O
R
G
V
A
N
O
R
U
E
E
H
T

7
6

 
 
 
 
 
T
R
O
P
E
R
Y
T
V
T
C
A

I

I

Products
and services

Tanker shipping 
Euronav is a vertically integrated owner, operator and manager able to provide complete 
shipping services in addition to the carriage of crude oil on its fleet of modern large 
tankers. The crude oil seaborne transportation market is cyclical and highly volatile 
requiring flexible and proactive management of assets in terms of fleet composition 
and employment. Euronav increases exposure to the market through opportunistically 
entering the market by chartering vessels from other owners and tonnage providers 
whilst maintaining a core fleet of high quality owned or controlled tonnage. On March 
19, 2018 the Euronav core fleet (owned and operated) has a weighted average age of 
8.1  years.  Euronav  operates  its  fleet  both  on  the  spot  and  the  period  market.  Most 
of  Euronav’s  VLCCs  are  operated  in  the  Tankers  International  (TI)  Pool.  Euronav’s 
Suezmax fleet is partly fixed on long-term charter. The Euronav Suezmax fleet that is 
operated on the spot market is partly traded through Suezmax Chartering.

VLCC fleet
THE TANKERS INTERNATIONAL (TI) POOL
Euronav’s  owned  VLCC  fleet  flies  Belgian,  Greek,  French,  Marshall  Islands  or 
Panamanian flag. Euronav is a founding member of the TI Pool, which commenced 
operation in January 2000. The TI Pool was established by Euronav and other leading 
tanker  companies  to  meet  the  global  transportation  requirements  of  international 
oil companies and other major charterers. The TI Pool operates one of the largest 
modern  fleets  available  in  the  world.  The  Pool  consisted  of  38  double  hull  VLCCs 
on  March  19,  2018.  By  participating  in  a  pool,  Euronav  and  its  customers  benefit 

Average age 
profile 
of Euronav 
owned VLCC 
and V-Plus 
(and TC-in)

(cid:5072)(cid:609)(cid:461)
(cid:609)(cid:461)

0-5 years old

5-10 years old

24% 

48% 

24% 

10-15 years old

4% 

> 15 years old

(cid:5072)
(cid:461)
(cid:3235)
(cid:2668)
(cid:461)
(cid:474)
 
from the economies of scale inherent to such an arrangement. Furthermore, the TI 
Pool  has  been  able  to  enhance  vessel  earnings  by  improved  utilization  (increased 
proportion of laden days versus ballast days) through use of combination voyages, 
contracts of affreightment and other efficiencies facilitated by the size and quality of 
its modern VLCC fleet. By operating together scores of modern vessels, the TI Pool 
aims to have a modern high quality VLCC available in the right place at the right time. 

Suezmax fleet
Euronav’s  owned  Suezmax  fleet  flies  Greek  or  Belgian  flag.  The  use  of  a  national 
flag  together  with  operational  and  maintenance  standards  in  terms  of  age  and 
performance, which are higher than industry norm, enables Euronav to employ part 
of its fleet on time charter. Euronav chooses to employ a part of its Suezmax fleet on 
long-term time charter. This strategy allows the Company to benefit from a source 
of  secure,  steady  and  visible  flow  of  income.  Another  part  of  the  Suezmax  fleet  is 
traded on the spot market as part of Suezmax Chartering, a commercial joint venture 
with  Diamond  S  Management  LLC  and  Frontline  Ltd.  On  March  19,  2018  Euronav 
owns and employs 14 Suezmax vessels which are traded on the spot market. After 
taking delivery of hull S909, hull S910, hull S911 and hull S912, Suezmax vessels with 
specialized Ice Class 1C capability which are under construction at the Hyundai Heavy 
Industries shipyard in South Korea, Euronav will own and employ 22 Suezmaxes. 

Average age 
profile of 
Euronav owned 
Suezmax 
(and TC-in)

(cid:790)(cid:525)(cid:3157)
(cid:525)(cid:790)

0-5 years old

24% 

59% 

17% 

0% 

5-10 years old

10-15 years old

> 15 years old

Far East

US Gulf

U

S

G

ulf – A

sia

VLCC

Suezmax

Both VLCC and Suezmax 

Europe

W
e
s
t 
A
f
r
i
c

a

West Africa

W

e

st A

 – Euro p e
frica – US Gul f

L

a

t

a

m - F

E

u

r

o

p

ar E

ast

e - F

a

r E

a

st

E

a

s

t – E u r ope

Mid East – Europe
Mid East – U

ulf
S G

W

e
s
t

A

f

r

i

c

a

-

A

s

i

a

L

atam - Far East

Mid East

M

i

d

Asia

M

i

d East   -   A s i a

M
i

FSO and FPSO market
FPSO (Floating Production Storage and Offloading)* and FSO (Floating Storage and 
Offloading)* systems have become the primary method today for many offshore oil 
and gas producing regions around the world. 

The offshore industry is a highly technical one with many risk factors but with an equally 
high reward. Each offshore unit is unique because of the additional engineering and 
logistical requirements in designing, transporting, installing and operating facilities 
in  the  remote  offshore  environment  as  opposed  to  onshore  production  or  storage 
plants. Each unit is specifically designed for the field’s geological and environmental 
characteristics. 

Most FPSOs and FSOs are ship-shaped and can be secured to the seabed via a variety 
of mooring systems, the choice of which is determined by the specific environment. 

d

E

a

s

t 

– Pacific Rim

* See the annual report glossary for further 

details.

S
E
C
I
V
R
E
S
D
N
A
S
T
C
U
D
O
R
P

1
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
(cid:2040)
(cid:474)
(cid:461)
(cid:461)
(cid:461)
(cid:515)
(cid:461)
 
 
They  are  suitable  for  a  wide  range  of  water  depth,  environmental  conditions  and 
can be designed with the capability of staying on location for continuous operations 
for  20  years  or  longer.  Over  the  years,  advanced  mooring  systems  as  well  as 
advancements in subsea equipment have made FPSO and FSOs useful in deeper and 
rougher waters. 

For  areas  without  pipeline  infrastructure  and  where  the  production  platform  has 
no  storage  capabilities  (fixed  platform,  MOPU,  Spar,  TLP,  Semi),  FSOs  are  perfect 
because of their very large storage capacity and ability to be moored in almost any 
water  depth.  They  have  no  process  topsides,  which  makes  them  relatively  simple 
to  convert  from  existing  tankers,  as  compared  to  an  FPSO.  FSOs  can  be  relocated 
to other fields and some have also been converted to FPSOs. Furthermore, there is 
an established market for leasing FSOs, which can help commercialize marginal or 
remote fields. The FSO system is now one of the most commercially viable concepts 
for remote or deep-water oil field developments.

Euronav’s initial exposure to those markets was with VLCC deployments in the Gulf 
and in West Africa back in 1998. The Maersk Oil Qatar (MOQ) project (cf. below) was 
engaged in because of the specific assets that Euronav owned: two of the only four 
V-Plus vessels (also known as ULCCs – Ultra Large Crude Carriers) that exist in the 
world,  the TI Asia  (which  belonged  to  Euronav)  and  the TI Africa  (which  belonged 
to OSG, now International Seaways Inc.). The TI Europe (fully owned by Euronav) is 
one of the only two remaining unconverted V-Plus vessels worldwide. The Company 
strongly believes that the long-term employment of this not yet converted unit lies in 
the offshore market. Most of the new oil field discoveries are done offshore and many 
of them are gigantic oil fields (Brazil, West Africa, Australia) which should require 
very large FSOs. Euronav therefore believes there will be a demand for this unit by 
offshore field operators. 

FSOs provide field storage (ranging from 60,000 to 3 million barrels) and offloading 
in a variety of situations. Most of them store oil although there are a few LPG or LNG 
FSOs. 

The cost of a converted FSO ranges from USD 30 million to USD 200 million, depending 
on the size, field location, mooring and design life. A newbuild FSO can range from 
USD 100 million to USD 300 million.

On  May  17,  2017,  Euronav  announced  that  the  joint  venture  with  International 
Seaways ('INSW') signed a contract for five years for the FSO Africa and FSO Asia 
in direct continuation of the previous contractual service. The contract was signed 
with  North  Oil  Company  ('NOC'),  the  new  operator  of  the  Al-Shaheen  oil  field, 
whose shareholders are Qatar Petroleum Oil & Gas Limited and Total E&P Golfe 
Limited. 

The new contracts for these custom-made 3 million barrels capacity units, which 
have been significantly converted and that have been serving the Al-Shaheen field 
without interruption since 2010, have a duration of five years and became effective 
at the expiry of the previous contracts with Maersk Oil Qatar in the third quarter 
of 2017. 

The FSO Africa and FSO Asia floating storage platforms are both high specification 
and long duration assets with a potential trading life to 2032. 

Also,  at  the  end  of  2017  Euronav  sold  the  VLCC  Flandre  to  a  global  supplier  and 
operator  of  offshore  floating  platforms  and  will  be  converted  into  an  FPSO  by  her 
new owner.

An FPSO is a floating production system that receives fluids (crude oil, water,…) from 
a subsea reservoir through risers, which then separate fluids into crude oil, natural 
gas,  water  and  impurities  within  the  topsides  production  facilities  onboard.  Crude 
oil stored in the storage tanks of the FPSO is offloaded onto shuttle tankers to go to 
market or for further refining onshore.

"

For our clients: 
To operate in a manner 
that is intended to 
contribute to the 
success of their 
business by setting 
increasingly higher 
standards of quality 
and reliability.

T
R
O
P
E
R
Y
T
V
T
C
A

I

I

 
Ship
Management

Fleet  management  is  conducted  by  three  wholly-owned  subsidiaries:  Euronav  Ship 
Management SAS, Euronav SAS and Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd. Euronav 
has also established an office in Singapore, Euronav Singapore Pte Ltd, to enhance 
the support services offered to the vessels that frequently call Asian ports. The skills 
of its seagoing officers, crew and shore-based staff, including skilled and experienced 
captains  and  marine  engineers,  give  Euronav  a  competitive  edge  in  high  quality, 
maintenance and operation of vessels, as well as project development and execution. 

Euronav manages in-house the vast majority of its fleet of modern double hull crude 
oil carriers ranging from Suezmax to Very Large and V-Plus and FSO. Euronav’s fleet
trades  worldwide  in  some  of  the  most  difficult  weather  conditions  and  sea  states, 
such  as  the  North  Atlantic  and  East  Canada,  and  for  charterers  with  the  strictest 
requirements. The vessels and crews are in constant interaction with the shore staff 
through regular onboard visits, briefing and debriefing discussions upon signing on 
and off, sophisticated communication systems and conferences ashore and onboard 
or  in-house  training  sessions.  Superintendents,  internal  and  external  auditors, 
customers,  as  well  as  national  and  international  regulatory  bodies  assess  vessel 
and  crew  performance.  Euronav  has  excellent  relations  with  all  oil  majors.  The 
organization,  as  well  as  the  vessels,  has  successfully  passed  numerous  oil  major 
vetting assessments. 

T
N
E
M
E
G
A
N
A
M
P
H
S

I

3
7

 
All services are provided with the ultimate regard for the health, safety, security, 
environmental  and  quality  standards  applicable  to  the  maritime  transportation 
industry as a primary concern. Euronav is committed to continuous enhancement 
of the safety, security and quality of the fleet’s operation and employment as well 
as to the protection of the environment. Euronav is devoted to a teamwork culture 
where people work together for the overall success of the Company, on shore and 
at sea. 

Euronav  practices  genuine  performance  planning  and  appraisal,  training  and 
development, and encourages the promotion from within while offering opportunities 
to  competent  professionals  to  join  the  Company.  Its  policies  aim  to  enhance  and 
reward performance, engage its people and retain key talent.

Euronav  maintains  an  integrated  ship  management  approach  with  the  following 
qualities:

• proven experience in managing oil tankers;
• experienced officers and crews with professional credentials;
• professional relations based on merit and trust;
• commitment to improving the quality of working life at sea;
• safety and quality assurance including training, auditing and vetting;
• modern and effective computer-based management and training systems;
• human resources policies where people work together for common goals;
• hands-on technical management backed by the latest software platforms and 

communication systems;

• commitment to long-term asset protection and upgrade;
• open communication and transparency in reporting.

Full range of services
The Euronav Group provides a full range of ship management services:

• full technical services;
• fleet personnel comprising experienced officers and crew;
• comprehensive health, safety, quality and environmental protection management 

system;

• insurance claims handling;
• global sourcing of bunkering, equipment and services for optimum synergies, 

pricing and quality;

• financial,  information  technology,  human  resources  and  legal  services  to 

support the Group’s assets’ values;

• project management for:

⋅ newbuilding supervision, including pre- and post-contract consultancy and

technical support;
⋅ FSO conversions;
⋅ upgrade of assets for improved operational efficiency;

• commercial management;
• operational management.

Euronav  utilizes  a  set  of  clearly  defined  Key  Performance  Indicators  (KPIs)  for  its 
ship  management  services  as  well  as  standardized  inspection  reports  which  are 
thoroughly evaluated to facilitate the measurement of performance such as:

• safety and environmental performance;
• vessel reliability;
• crew and shore staff retention and wellbeing;
• vessel energy efficiency;
• vetting and port state controls;
• planned and condition-based maintenance;
• dry-docking planning and repairs based on work list from dry-dock to dry-dock.

Quarterly management review meetings and weekly fleet management coordination 
meetings monitor the trend and set the course of actions.

"

The Euronav 
Group provides a 
full range of ship 
management
services.

T
R
O
P
E
R
Y
T
V
T
C
A

I

I

 
Fleet of the Euronav 
group as per 
December 31, 2017

Marsh I = Marshall Islands 
1 In  2017  the  Alsace,  the  Ilma,  the  Iris,  the 
Nectar,  the  Simone,  the  Sonia  and  the  TI
Europe have been in dry-dock and underwent 
a special survey (standard procedure for ships 
every  five  years).  The  Alsace  in  Singapore 
(March),  the Ilma  in  Singapore  (May),  the Iris
in  Singapore  (March),  the  Nectar  in  China 
(October), the Simone in Singapore (April), the 
Sonia in Singapore (August) and the TI Europe 
in China (September).
2 Vessel sold on November 17, 2017 and delivered 
to its new owners on December 4, 2017.
3 Vessel sold on November 10, 2017 and delivered 
to its new owners on December 20, 2017.
4 Vessel sold on May 23, 2017 and delivered to its 
new owners on June 9, 2017.

Owned VLCCs and V-Plus

Name

Owned

Built

Dwt

Draft

Flag

Length (m)

Shipyard

Alex

Alice

Alsace1

Anne

Antigone

Aquitaine

Ardeche

Artois2

Flandre3

Hakata

Hakone

Hirado

Hojo

Ilma1

Ingrid

Iris1

Nautic

Nectar1

Newton

Noble

Sandra

Sara

Simone1

Sonia1

TI Europe1

TI Hellas

TI Topaz4

V.K. Eddie

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

2016

2016

2012

2016

2015

2017

2017

2001

2004

2010

2010

2011

2013

2012

2012

2012

2008

2008

2009

2008

2011

2011

2012

2012

2002

2005

2002

2005

299,445

299,320

320,350

299,533

299,421

298,767

298,642

298,330

305,688

302,550

302,624

302,550

302,965

314,000

314,000

314,000

307,284

307,284

307,284

307,284

323,527

323,183

313,988

314,000

441,561

319,254

319,430

305,261

21.60

21.60

22.50

21.60

21.60

21.62

21.62

21.13

22.42

21.03

21.03

21.03

21.64

22.37

22.38

22.37

22.72

22.72

22.30

22.72

21.32

22.62

22.10

22.10

24.53

22.52

22.52

22.42

Belgian

Belgian

French

French

Greek

Belgian

Belgian

French

French

French

Greek

Greek

Belgian

Belgian

Belgian

Belgian

Marsh I

Marsh I

Belgian

Belgian

French

French

Belgian

French

French

Belgian

Belgian

Panama

333.00

333.00

330.00

333.00

333.00

333.00

333.00

333.00

332.00

333.00

333.00

333.00

330.00

319.03

319.03

333.14

321.67

321.60

321.66

321.67

319.57

319.57

319.57

319.57

380.00

332.99

332.99

332.00

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hitachi Zosen

Daewoo H.I.

Universal

Universal

Universal

Japan Marine United 

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

STX O&S

STX O&S

STX O&S

STX O&S

Daewoo H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Daewoo H.I.

7
1
0
2
,
1
3
R
E
B
M
E
C
E
D
R
E
P
S
A
P
U
O
R
G
V
A
N
O
R
U
E
E
H
T
F
O
T
E
E
L
F

5
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1 Vessels sold on December 16, 2016 as part of 
a sale and leaseback agreement. Euronav has 
leased  back  the  four  VLCCs  under  a  five-year 
bareboat contract.
2 In  2017  the  Navarin,  the  Neptun  and  the 
Nucleus have been in dry-dock and underwent 
a special survey (standard procedure for ships 
every  five  years).  The  Navarin  in  Singapore 
(April),  the  Neptun  in  China  (June)  and  the 
Nucleus in China (May).

Name

Owned

Nautilus1

Navarin1,2

Neptun1,2

Nucleus1,2

100%

100%

100%

100%

Name

Artois1

Flandre2

TI Topaz3

Owned

100%

100%

100%

Built

2006

2007

2007

2007

Built

2001

2004

2002

1 Vessel sold on November 17, 2017 and delivered 
to its new owners on December 4, 2017.
2 Vessel sold on November 10, 2017 and delivered 
to its new owners on December 20, 2017. 
3 Vessel sold on May 23, 2017 and delivered to its 
new owners on June 9, 2017.

VLCCs chartered in

Dwt

307,284

307,284

307,284

307,284

Draft

22.72

22.72

22.72

22.72

Flag

Marsh I

Marsh I

Marsh I

Marsh I

Length (m)

Shipyard

321.70

321.65

321.70

321.64

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

Dalian S.I.

VLCCs sold in the course of 2017

Dwt

298,330

305,688

319,430

Draft

21.13

22.42

22.52

Flag

French

French

Belgian

Length (m)

Shipyard

333.00

332.00

332.99

Hitachi Zosen

Daewoo H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

T
R
O
P
E
R
Y
T
V
T
C
A

I

I

 
TBO = to be owned / TBA = to be announced
1 Vessel sold on November 16, 2017 and delivered 
to its new owners on November 29, 2017.
2 In 2017 the Cap Lara, the Capt. Michael and the 
Filikon  have  been  in  dry-dock  and  underwent 
a  special  survey  (standard  procedure  for  ships 
every  five  years).  The  Cap Lara  in  Singapore 
(January), the Capt. Michael in Dubai (January) 
and the Filikon in China (August). 

Flag

Greek

Greek

Belgian

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Greek

Belgian

Greek

Greek

Belgian

Greek

TBA

TBA

TBA

TBA

Length (m)

Shipyard

274.00

277.32

274.00

274.06

Samsung H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

274.00

Samsung H.I.

274.06

274.00

274.29

274.00

274.29

274.06

274.00

274.00

274.82

274.00

274.20

274.20

274.20

274.82

277.00

277.00

277.00

277.00

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Universal

Universal

Samsung H.I.

Samsung H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Hyundai H.I.

Owned Suezmax vessels

Name

Owned

Built

Dwt

Cap Charles

100%

Cap Diamant

100%

Cap Felix

100%

Cap Georges1 100%

Cap
Guillaume

Cap Jean

Cap Lara2

Cap Leon

100%

100%

100%

100%

Cap Philippe

100%

Cap Pierre

100%

Cap Romuald 100%

Cap Theodora 100%

Cap Victor

100%

Capt. Michael2 100%

Felicity

Filikon2

Finesse

Fraternity

Maria

Hull S909

Hull S910

Hull S911

Hull S912

100%

100%

100%

100%

100%

TBO

TBO

TBO

TBO

2006

2001

2008

1998

2006

1998

2007

2003

2006

2004

1998

2008

2007

2012

2009

2002

2003

2009

2012

2018

2018

2018

2018

158,881

160,044

158,765

146,652

Draft

17.00

15.62

17.02

17.00

158,889

17.00

146,643

158,826

159,049

158,920

159,083

146,640

158,819

158,853

157,648

157,667

149,989

149,994

157,714

157,523

156,600

156,600

156,600

156,600

16.12

17.00

17.02

17.00

17.02

16.12

17.00

17.00

17.00

17.02

15.95

15.95

17.02

17.00

17.15

17.15

17.15

17.15

Suezmax vessels sold in the course of 2017

Name

Owned

Cap Georges1 100%

Built

1998

Dwt

146,652

Draft

17.00

Flag

Greek

Length (m)

Shipyard

274.06

Samsung H.I.

Owned FSOs (Floating, Storage and Offloading)

Name

Owned

FSO Africa

FSO Asia

50%

50%

Built

2002

2002

Dwt

442,000

442,000

Draft

24.53

24.53

Flag

Marsh I

Marsh I

Length (m)

Shipyard

380.00

380.00

Daewoo H.I.

Daewoo H.I.

7
1
0
2
,
1
3
R
E
B
M
E
C
E
D
R
E
P
S
A
P
U
O
R
G
V
A
N
O
R
U
E
E
H
T
F
O
T
E
E
L
F

7
7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
I

Y
T
I
L
I
B
S
N
O
P
S
E
R
L
A
C
O
S
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

I

Health, Safety, 
Quality, Environment 
and Society

Corporate Social Responsibility 
At  Euronav  we  define  Corporate  Social  Responsibility  (CSR)  as  responsible 
citizenship  within  the  environment  and  communities  in  which  we  operate.  We  do 
this by continuously improving anti-pollution control measures and waste handling 
and reducing processes, by maintaining a fleet of high standards irrespective of the 
vessels’  age  and  by  actively  contributing  to  environmental,  educational  and  social 
programs, including philanthropy and volunteering.

Moreover, we consider our Health, Safety, Quality and Environment (HSQE) standards as 
part of the Company’s wider CSR policy. The Company’s vision, mission, its Corporate 
Governance  Charter,  Code  of  Conduct,  Compliance  Officer  and  relevant  policies  all 
underpin the Company’s strong commitment to responsible business and to CSR. We 
believe that all these factors have enabled us to retain the trust and support of our 
customers, shareholders, employees and the communities in which we operate. 

Health
The  health  of  Euronav  personnel  both  on  board  and  ashore  is  a  very  important 
aspect of the Company’s management system. The working environment is regularly 
monitored for proper health conditions. Health standards and guidelines of Euronav 
highlight important issues such as general living conditions, crew wellbeing, physical 
exercise and storage of food and nutritional practices. 

HEALTH AWARENESS
Targeted for seafarers, the health awareness focuses on the following main elements:

• fitness: providing necessary equipment on board;
• healthy food: giving healthy food preparation tips and menus;
• food safety: realizing the importance of the receipt and handling of provisions 
(personal hygiene in the galley and the cleaning and disinfection of the aliments);
• pre-joining  medical  examinations  are  extensive  and  above  the  minimum 

regulatory standards.

"

For our society: 
To transport an 
essential source of 
energy in a manner 
that is economically, 
socially and 
environmentally
viable now and in the 
future.

 
 
DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY
Euronav is fully committed to maintaining a safe and healthy working environment by 
implementing  a  strict  drug  and  alcohol  policy.  Any  violation  of  that  policy,  including 
illegal  possession,  consumption,  distribution  or  sale  of  drugs  or  alcohol  by  any 
shipboard personnel, shall lead to instant dismissal and will expose the person to legal 
proceedings.

Safety
Euronav is committed to operating in accordance with the highest standards of safety 
in the marine transportation industry and employs competent and experienced crew 
to ensure that its vessels are operated in a safe and environmentally sound manner. 
By promoting an active safety culture among its personnel, both ashore and on board, 
Euronav is committed not only to providing a quality service to its clients, but especially 
to ensuring consistent protection of the environment and working conditions. Focusing 
on safety also means making sure the crew is qualified, regularly trained, informed 
of current issues and looked after as far as their health and wellbeing is concerned. 

FLEET
The  Euronav  fleet  has  been  built  in  the  world’s  most  established  shipyards  and 
the  vessels  built  for  Euronav  are  constructed  in  accordance  with  Euronav’s  own 
specifications,  which  in  many  cases  exceed  the  requirements  of  the  international 
regulatory agencies. All vessels are adequately recruited as per needs and maintained 
throughout their lifetime. All vessels above 15 years of age have undergone a condition 
assessment program (CAP) with the highest rating (CAP 1).

MANAGEMENT OF EMERGENCIES
The main potential risk for the environment related to the transport of crude oil is the 
accidental release of cargo into the sea due to breaching the vessel’s containment, 
as  a  result  of  grounding,  collision  etc.  Hence,  the  focus  on  safety  of  transportation 
is  paramount  in  our  organization.  To  deal  with  possible  emergencies,  the  following 
procedures have been put into place:

• Emergency and Contingency Manual (ECM) dealing with all possible emergencies 

other than oil pollution;

• Ship Oil Pollution Emergency Plan (SOPEP) dealing with oil pollution emergencies 

and the response thereto;

• Vessel  Response  Plan  (VRP)  dealing  with  oil  pollution  emergencies  and  the 
response thereto in U.S. waters (as required by U.S. law – Oil Pollution Act 1990);
• California Contingency Plan (CCP) dealing with oil pollution emergencies and the 

response in Californian waters;

• Panama  Canal  SOPEP  (PC  SOPEP)  dealing  with  similar  emergencies  and  the 

response in transiting Panama Canal;

• a range of Table Top Exercises (TTX): emergency drills including officers, vessel 
staff  and  external  participants  such  as  qualified  individual  or  salvage  and  fire 
experts;

• monthly security drills on board dealing with possible security threats.

Quality
By focusing on quality, Euronav ensures its employees to receive a level of care and 
training designed to deliver the best service to its clients, whilst striving to have the 
least  possible  negative  impact  on  the  environment.  One  way  of  delivering  the  best 
quality is setting measurable annual objectives and key performance indicators and 
regularly monitoring the actual performance against these. Regular communication 
and feedback exchange with the clients, as well as prompt response to their requests 
is a key parameter for ensuring the quality of our services.

ISM COMPLIANCE
Euronav  has  developed  a  Health,  Safety,  Quality  and  Environmental  Maritime 
Management  System  which  integrates  health,  safety,  environment  and  quality 
management into one seamless system that fully complies with the ISM Code for the 
‘Safe Operation of Ships and Pollution Prevention’.

I

Y
T
E
C
O
S
D
N
A
T
N
E
M
N
O
R
I
V
N
E

,
Y
T
I

L
A
U
Q

,
Y
T
E
F
A
S

,

H
T
L
A
E
H

1
8

 
 
 
 
 
the  public 

* RvA  (Dutch  Accreditation  Council  -  'Raad 
voor  Accreditatie'  in  Dutch)  and  UKAS 
(United Kingdom Accreditation Service) are 
organizations  responsible  for  determining, 
technical 
interest, 
in 
competence  and  integrity  of  companies 
such  as  those  offering  testing,  calibration 
and  certification  services.  Accreditations 
are  provided  by  certifications  bodies 
directly.  However,  Euronav  chose  to  be 
audited  by  subject  certification  bodies  as 
those accreditations increase credibility. 

the 

CERTIFICATES
Euronav Ship Management SAS is in possession of an ISM Document of Compliance 
(DOC) from the French Administration for French flag vessels, as well as from Bureau 
Veritas on behalf of the Marshall Islands Flag Administration. It is also in possession 
of the Certification for Quality Management Systems (ISO 9001 (RvA*)), Certification 
for  Environmental  Management  Systems  (ISO  14001  (UKAS*))  and  Certification  for 
Occupational, Health and Safety Management Systems (OHSAS 18001 (UKAS)).

Euronav Ship Management (Hellas) Ltd. is in possession of a DOC from the American 
Bureau of Shipping on behalf of Greek and Marshall Islands Flag Administration, as 
well as from the Belgian Maritime Inspectorate for the Belgian flag vessels and from 
the French Flag Administration for the French flag vessels. The ISO 9001 (RvA) as well 
as 14001 (RvA) certifications are obtained by the American Bureau of Shipping. 

TRAINING
Euronav  built  a  comprehensive  system  of  continuous  training  programs  and 
seminars  both  on  board  and  ashore,  ensuring  a  constant  awareness  among  all 
personnel  in  their  day-to-day  operational  duties.  The  training  needs  are  identified 
during the appraisal process and the training plan is prepared based on these needs. 
Training activities are carried out in a training room or online through a computer-
based program.

ANTI-CORRUPTION
Euronav  is  committed  to  conduct  all  of  its  business  operations  around  the  world 
in  an  honest,  fair,  transparent  and  ethical  manner.  The  Anti-Corruption  Policy  is 
applicable to employees and persons who act on behalf of Euronav in a long-term 
relationship  such  as  commercial  agents,  sub-contractors,  consultants,  brokers, 
lawyers and accountants. Specific attention is given to dealing with those ‘Third Party 
Associates’ which are required to certify their compliance with the Anti-Corruption 
Policy.  In  general,  any  third  parties  who  intend  to  trade  with  Euronav  are  subject 
to  detailed  scrutiny  by  the  Internal  Control  department,  which  also  considers  the 
appropriateness of the business relation in view of the Company’s Anti-Corruption 
Policy in addition to the Third Party Risk Policy. Euronav’s Code of Business Conduct 
and Ethics also offers guidelines for the relationships with colleagues, customers, 
suppliers and government agencies. An in-house training of the Company’s policies 
and codes is conducted on a regular basis for all employees. Any concerns in relation 
to  the  Anti-Corruption  Policy  or  inappropriate  conduct  of  employees  or  business 
relationships in the commercial business environment, may be raised through the 
Company’s Whistleblower Hotline Platform.

Environment
Euronav  aims  for  safety  and  environmental  excellence.  In  order  to  accomplish 
this,  key  personnel,  corporate  and  contract  personnel  must  clearly  adhere  to  the 
complete contents of our internal Health, Safety, Quality and Environmental Protection 
Management System that was developed based on international and industry standards.

During  quarterly  management  review  meetings,  management  reassesses  and 
initiatives  regarding  the  Company’s  environmental  performance. 
implements 
Euronav  also  actively  participates  in  several  industry  associations  (Intertanko, 
Helmepa,  Namepa,  TSCF,  Oil  Majors  and  Industry  Conferences  and  Classification 
Societies  Committees)  which  promote  safe  and  environmentally  sound  ship  design 
and operations.

"

Euronav aims 
for safety and 
environmental
excellence

HANDLING OF EMISSIONS TO THE ATMOSPHERE
World trade and ship numbers have seen a steady increase over recent years, but 
in parallel there have been economies of scale with larger, more efficient ships. On 
a per unit basis, emissions both of harmful substances, pollutants and greenhouse 
gases  from  ships  have  been  reduced,  allowing  shipping  to  assert  it  is  the  most 
environmentally  friendly  and  the  most  energy  efficient  transport  mode.  Even  if 
shipping will never replace all the other transport modes, more shipping is part of 
the solution to the challenges of air emissions and global warming which the world 
faces today.

I

Y
T
I
L
I
B
S
N
O
P
S
E
R
L
A
C
O
S
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

I

 
 
Euronav’s dedication to reducing emissions is demonstrated by:

• active Fleet Energy Management i.e. development of plan and implementation of 

measures to reduce emissions and fuel consumption;

• the development of an effective policy on reduction of harmful emissions to air;
• the  development  of  an  advanced  performance  management  system  including 

online reporting.

Euronav  takes  a  systematic  approach  towards  monitoring  the  fuel  efficiency  and 
evaluating potential improvements in order to reduce the fuel oil consumption and 
CO2 emissions. Energy efficiency measures include: 

• installing devices that improve propulsion efficiency;
• installing electric heaters for minimizing fuel consumption when the vessel is 

idle or slow steaming;

• painting  vessels  with  modern  anti-fouling  paint  which  improves  propulsion 
efficiency and results in lower carbon emissions, as well as reducing the toxic 
effect of the paint on marine life;

• hull and propeller cleaning based on observation;
• slow steaming as part of voyage optimization where necessary; 
• installing hardware and software for close monitoring of a vessel’s speed and 

consumption performance.

The  data  below  show  that  Euronav’s  efforts  do  result  in  a  substantial  decrease  of 
greenhouse gas emissions.

ANNUAL GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS
Euronav seeks to develop a climate and sustainability strategy which meets the needs 
of stakeholders, regulators, and the environment, to take a proactive role in achieving 
environmental 
improvements  within  the  shipping  sector.  Total  organisational 
emissions  have  been  normalised  by  total  freight  moved  to  provide  an  intensity  of 
3.3 gCO2e/t.km.

Type of Emissions

2017 Emissions (tCO2e)1

Scope 1 (Direct)

2,473,927

Scope 2 (Indirect Energy)

192

Scope 3 (Indirect Other)

Total

 478,189 

2,952,308

Scope 1: Emissions from Euronav’s sources that are controlled directly by the Company, 
including the combustion of fuel from vehicles and vessels, and building operations.

Scope 2: Emissions from imported energy, such as purchased electricity, heat or steam.

Scope  3:  Emissions  from  non-owned  sources  that  are  related  to  the  Company’s 
activities. This includes business travel, the Well-to-Tank emissions related to the 
processing of fuels, and the transmission and distribution of electricity.

Results
Euronav’s  carbon  footprint  for  the  period  of  January  1,  2017  to  December  31, 
2017 is 2,952,308 tonnes of CO2 equivalent. 

83.6% of total emissions originate from Scope 1 fuel combustion on ships, with 
a  further  15.9%  associated  with  the  Scope  3  Well-to-Tank  emissions  of  these 
fuels. Business travel contributes to 0.3% of total emissions.

Methodology
In  accordance  with  the  GHG  Protocol,  all  Scope  1  and  2  emissions  have  been 
reported for the period January 1, 2017 - December 31, 2017. Scope 3 business 
travel and energy related emissions have also been reported.

1 Certain  aspects  of  the  Company's  operations 
have  been  excluded,  due  to  a  lack  of  data 
availability.  These  account  for  less  than  2%  of 
total emissions so are not considered material. 
This  includes  electricity  from  two  one-person 
offices, sludge incineration from non-managed 
ships.  Values  have  been  rounded  so  may  not 
tally completely in the table.

I

Y
T
E
C
O
S
D
N
A
T
N
E
M
N
O
R
I
V
N
E

,
Y
T
I

L
A
U
Q

,
Y
T
E
F
A
S

,

H
T
L
A
E
H

3
8

 
 
 
 
 
I

Y
T
I
L
I
B
S
N
O
P
S
E
R
L
A
C
O
S
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

I

The  disclosed  emissions  cover  all  sources  within  our  operational  control.  As 
such,  we  have  included  all  operations  that  are  directly  managed  by  us,  or  for 
third party managed vessels adhering to our Ship Management Agreements and 
leased ships. 

Emissions from lone workers in Doha and Hong Kong, and sludge incineration 
within  a  small  part  of  our  operations  have  not  been  included  in  these 
calculations. These are believed to be immaterial when compared to emissions 
from shipping fuel. 

HANDLING OF WASTE
During  normal  vessels’  operations,  Euronav  tries  to  reduce  vessels’  waste  to  a 
maximum by:

• reducing the plastic packaging on board to a strict minimum;
• recycling packing material;
• compacting rubbish prior to discharging;
• keeping  on  board  minimum  cargo  residues  and  delivering  ashore  at  proper 

reception facilities;

• participating  in  the  International  Maritime  Organisation  (IMO)  initiatives  to 
improve the port reception facilities by reporting any deficiencies by using the 
IMO relevant questionnaire;

• placing sewage treatment plants on board handling the black and grey waters in 

order to minimize the impact on the environment.

FURTHER INITIATIVES
The safety of human life and the protection of the environment are primary concerns 
to  Euronav.  Euronav  is  committed  to  implement  the  following  safety,  quality  and 
environmental objectives:

• provide  a  safe  working  environment  ashore  and  afloat  by  encouraging  all 
employees to identify potentially unsafe conditions or practices and to undertake 
corrective measures;

• take effective measures to avoid pollution incidents;
• cooperate  with  maritime  organizations  and  government,  trade  and  industry 
associations to achieve the highest standards of safety and preservation of the 
environment;

 
 
"

At Euronav, the 
human rights of 
our personnel 
both on board and 
offshore is a very 
important aspect 
of the Company’s 
management.

• protect  and  preserve  resources,  preventing  pollution  by  an  environmentally 

conscious operation of vessels;

• reduce waste;
• consider environmental issues in all design and development projects;
• introduce efficient fuel saving measures;
• continuously  improve  safety  management  skills  of  personnel  ashore  and  on 
board  ships,  including  preparing  for  emergencies  related  both  to  safety  and 
environmental protection;

• continuously  improve  all  processes  by  reviewing  the  available  information 
against  stated  policies  and  objectives,  evaluating  audit  results,  and  analyzing 
available records of corrective and preventive actions;

• participate in the voluntary global search and rescue system (AMVER).

SHIP RECYCLING
Although  our  fleet  is  relatively  young,  vessel  recycling  is  an  important  matter 
which  Euronav  is  actively  working  on.  The  green  passport  is  a  significant  item  of 
the  recycling  policy  and  is  a  document  that  follows  the  entire  life  of  a  vessel, 
beginning with its construction. Other notations (i.e. ENVIRO) have also proven their 
significance. These documents need to be updated on a regular basis by all different 
parties involved during the life cycle of a vessel. It contains information such as ship 
particulars, details on the construction yard but, most importantly information about 
every  product  used  during  the  construction  and  operation  of  the  vessel.  Because 
of  the  importance  of  the  green  passport  within  the  recycling  policy,  all  Euronav’s 
newbuildings and the majority of the vessels in the fleet are carrying a green passport 
and/or other notations (i.e. ENVIRO).

Society
HUMAN RIGHTS
At Euronav the human rights of our personnel both on board and offshore is a very 
important aspect of the Company’s management. We believe the greatest impact of 
our business on human rights lays in the area of human rights in the workplace on 
board. It is indeed in the workplace on board where a great number of persons from 
all kinds of nationalities and believes work and live together, day in day out, without 
the opportunity to return to their family every evening. 

More specifically, Euronav focuses on the wellbeing of its seafarers by providing fair 
working conditions on board through offering fitness facilities, healthy food prepared 
in compliance with the safety standards in addition to extensive pre-joining medical 
examinations.  Euronav  also  endeavors  to  ensure  equal  and  non-discriminatory 
treatment  and  offers  ample  opportunities  for  continuous  education.  To  ensure  the 
personnel  a  continuous  development  of  their  skills  and  in  order  to  maintain  the 
quality  of  service,  Euronav  foresees  a  level  of  care  and  training  for  its  employees 
both on board and offshore by setting measurable annual objectives and KPIs. The 
Company’s vision on equal and non-discriminatory treatment is detailed in the Code 
of  Conduct,  the  Staff  Handbook  and  supervised  by  the  Compliance  Officer.  Both 
policies have chapters with respect to the social and ethical behavior that is expected 
from Euronav personnel.

Euronav has adopted a Whistleblower Protection Policy in order to protect individuals 
who  want  to  lawfully  raise  a  legitimate  concern.  If  an  individual  does  not  feel 
comfortable  reporting  concerns  to  a  supervisor  or  manager,  he  or  she  can  use  a 
free  telephone  service  or  web-based  platform  that  enables  him  or  her  to  report  a 
concern  in  complete  confidentiality.  Euronav's  Whistleblower  Hotline  is  hosted  by 
an independent third party, in order to ensure a straightforward, confidential, secure 
and convenient way of reporting. Whenever a complaint is made, the Chairman of the 
Audit  and  Risk  Committee  and  the  General  Counsel  will  receive  a  notification  and 
they will be in charge of the investigation of the complaint. 

COMMUNITY INVOLVEMENT
Euronav wants to positively impact the communities where we live and work. We do 
this by building relationships and inspiring philanthropy and goodwill both inside 
and  outside  the  Company.  We  actively  encourage  staff  to  engage  in  community 

I

Y
T
E
C
O
S
D
N
A
T
N
E
M
N
O
R
I
V
N
E

,
Y
T
I

L
A
U
Q

,
Y
T
E
F
A
S

,

H
T
L
A
E
H

5
8

 
 
 
 
 
initiatives  and  support  employee  involvement,  be  it  volunteering,  fundraising  or 
donations through options such as fund-matching or sponsoring specific events. A 
few of the charities to which Euronav contributes financially, in line with its policy, 
are described hereafter. 

Benefit for children 2017
The  Valero  Texas  Open  Benefit  for  Children  Golf  Classic  which  has  been  running 
since 2002 is a project of the Valero Energy Corporation raising money for children’s 
charities  in  the  communities  where  Valero  has  major  operations.  The  2017  Valero 
Texas Open Benefit for Children Golf Classic and the Valero Texas Open contributed 
USD 11 million to children. As for previous years, Euronav specifically requested for 
its  donation  to  be  oriented  towards  children’s  charities  based  in  Quebec  where  a 
large number of our vessels trade.

The Ocean Cleanup
Rather than sending a traditional season’s greetings card, Euronav sent an electronic 
card  to  all  sea  staff  and  associates.  The  amount  otherwise  allocated  to  cards  and 
postage  was  donated  to  the  Ocean  Cleanup.  The  Ocean  Cleanup’s  mission  is  to 
develop advanced technologies to rid the world’s oceans of plastic. The organization 
was founded in 2013 by Boyan Slat (1994), a Dutch student. In 2014 the United Nations 
Environment Program awarded Slat with the ‘Champion of the Earth’ accolade. The 
Ocean Cleanup has received over USD 31 million in funding since inception. In 2018 
they will start the cleanup, by deploying their very first cleanup system in the Great 
Pacific Garbage Patch, after which they will scale up to a fleet of around 50 systems. 
They estimate to be able to remove 50 % of the Great Pacific Garbage Patch within 
five years’ time from full-scale deployment.
The Care
The  Association  of  Care  is  a  Panhellenic  Association  which  facilitates  prevention, 
information and support for people with cerebral palsy, mental retardation and Down 
syndrome. Founded in 2008 in Piraeus, the organization provides community service to 
families fleeing while seeking help for health problems. They adopt families, focusing 
on  children  with  special  abilities  and  help  them  in  various  ways  by  offering  basic 
necessities and accommodating care thanks to collaboration with health specialists.

Mitera - Center for the Protection of the Child of Attica
The center hosts 102 children ranging from infants to children six years of age. Roughly 
half  the  children  who  reside  at  the  center  are  orphans;  others  were  abandoned  by 
their biological parents. A number of children cope with physical or mental disabilities 
such as Down syndrome. Single pregnant women also receive aid as the center covers 
their birth expenses. 

ARGO Foundation for Seamen's children with special needs
ARGO is dedicated to assisting families of Greek seamen of which the children battle 
with  intellectual  deprival,  autism  or  infirmities.  The  organization  offers  education 
and care to those with special needs. The charity was founded in 1985 by seamen’s 
wives with disabled children. Nowadays, Piraeus based ARGO arranges services for 
60 individuals from 17 to 45 years old, mainly children of seamen, with medium and 
heavy learning disabilities. 

is  an 

Doctors without Borders
Doctors  without  Borders 
international  humanitarian  non-governmental 
organization  (NGO)  best  known  for  its  projects  in  war-torn  regions  and  developing 
countries  affected  by  endemic  diseases.  In  2015,  over  30,000  personnel  provided 
medical  aid  in  over  70  countries.  The  organization  was  founded  in  the  aftermath 
of the Biafra secession in 1971, by a small group of French doctors and journalists 
who sought to expand accessibility to medical care across national boundaries and 
irrespective of race, religion, creed or political affiliation.

Hatzikyriakio - foundation for orphans
Hatzikyriakio Childcare Institution admits girls six years of age and older, coming from 
disturbed family backgrounds facing serious financial and social issues. Along with 
accommodation,  the  Institution  provides  these  girls  with  a  well-rounded  education 

"

Euronav has a long 
history of supporting 
apprentices,
cadets, interns and 
trainees on our ships 
and in our shore 
(cid:725)(cid:724)(cid:742)(cid:728)(cid:727)(cid:3)(cid:738)(cid:729)(cid:1025)(cid:726)(cid:728)(cid:742)(cid:673)

I

Y
T
I
L
I
B
S
N
O
P
S
E
R
L
A
C
O
S
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

I

 
 
preparing  them  to  become  responsible  and  self-dependent  adults,  with  love  and 
emotional support being the key factors in the Institution’s mission.

SOS Children's Villages
SOS  Children's  Villages 
international 
development organization which strives to meet the needs and protect the interests 
and  rights  of  children  since  1949.  The  organization's  work  focuses  on  abandoned, 
destitute and orphaned children requiring family-based child care. 

independent  non-governmental 

is  an 

The Ark of the World - caring for poor, underprivileged children and families
The Ark of the World is a charity that welcomes and cares for abandoned children. The 
Ark operates a main facility in Kolonos, one of the poorest districts in the Greek capital 
and two additional centers near Ioannina and the island of Chios. The Ark has cared 
for thousands of children since its founding. Currently 200 children, of which three 
quarters are Greek, as well as others from nations throughout the world who ended 
up on the streets of Athens receive care. The Ark operates as an orphanage, caring 
for newborns and children up to 18 years old, as well as a day-care center for low-
income families whose parents need a safe place to leave their children while they 
go to work. Over the years The Ark started assisting low-income single mothers to 
ensure the children stay with their mothers instead of being institutionalized. The Ark 
also provides a safe haven for mothers who need protection from abusive partners.

Education
SCHOOL AND TRAINING PROGRAM
Euronav has a long history of supporting apprentices, cadets, interns and trainees 
on  our  ships  and  in  our  shore  based  offices.  Being  committed  to  learning  about 
life  at  sea  and  about  obtaining  the  special  skills  needed  to  be  successful  in  this 
environment  are  key  factors  to  inviting  young  professionals  to  join  our  Company. 
Having  the  capability  and  potential  to  thrive  in  this  challenging  sector  are  vital 
characteristics we look for in students. 

I

Y
T
E
C
O
S
D
N
A
T
N
E
M
N
O
R
I
V
N
E

,
Y
T
I

L
A
U
Q

,
Y
T
E
F
A
S

,

H
T
L
A
E
H

7
8

 
 
 
 
 
We  work  with  the  following  prestigious  higher  education  bodies  to  take  students, 
apprentices,  graduates  and  cadets  into  our  ships  for  practical  training,  and  this 
includes a limited number of student sponsorships:

• National Technical University of Athens, 
• Technological  Education  Institute  of  Piraeus,  Naval  Architects  and  Marine 

Engineers,

• University of Piraeus, School of Maritime and Industrial Studies, 
• University of the Aegean, School of Shipping, Trade and Transport,
• French Maritime School (Ecole Supérieure de la Marine Marchande),
• Antwerp Maritime Academy. 

The  Company  attends  student  events  to  discuss  the  opportunities  involved  in 
maritime  careers  and  to  encourage  wider  environmental  debate.  In  2017  we 
supported  Isalos.net,  an  educational  initiative  which  invites  students  of  marine 
academies and universities in maritime studies to conferences. Its panel consists 
of executives and experts in the maritime industry and from other well established 
companies in Greece. In 2017 Euronav participated in three Isalos.net events.

The Euronav Nantes office participates in the local school Ship Owner Careers Day, 
which  shares  information  about  the  shipping  sector  with  young  people  who  are 
contemplating their future careers. We also invite high potential 5th year students 
to Junior Officers Conferences. Our Athens office has been supporting the Engineer 
School  of  Marine  Academies  in  Chios  and  Macedonia  to  visit  the  engine  makers’ 
factories in Germany and Italy for wider understanding.

Euronav  Ship  Management  (Hellas)  Ltd.  is  participating  in  internship  programs 
of  Greek  Universities,  focusing  on  Marine  studies,  by  offering  their  students  the 
opportunity to work in shipping companies for a couple of months, usually during 
the  summer.  The  Company  has  also  been  sponsoring  distinguished  graduates  of 
these schools.

The  Euronav  Antwerp  office  participates  in  the  Open  Campus  Day  of  the  Antwerp 
Maritime  Academy,  where  we  present  our  Company  and  share  information  with 
students  considering  a  career  at  sea.  Each  year  during  the  summer  months,  we 
also give students of the Antwerp Maritime Academy the opportunity to do a Cadet 
traineeship  on  board  our  vessels  to  experience  the  life  and  work  of  a  seafarer. 
This  training  program  is  established  in  cooperation  with  the  Royal  Belgian  Ship 
Owners’ Association. In 2017 we hired seven Cadets in this program, five in the Deck 
Department and two in the Engine Department. 

Additionally, Euronav collaborated with AIESEC, an international student body which 
helps  young  people  discover  and  develop  their  potential.  The  specific  program  in 
2017 was named International Kindergarten with the scope to eliminate any form 
of  xenophobia  and  school  bullying  for  students,  three  to  six  years  old.  Euronav 
supported international AIESEC students who visited Greece to run this program in 
selected kindergartens in Athens.

I

Y
T
I
L
I
B
S
N
O
P
S
E
R
L
A
C
O
S
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

I

 
 
Human
Resources

One  cornerstone  of  the  Euronav  mission  is  dedicated  to  our  people:  to  inspire  and 
enable  talented,  hard-working  people  to  achieve  their  career  goals  in  a  healthy, 
challenging  and  rewarding  environment.  Throughout  its  shore-based  offices  in 
London,  Nantes,  Antwerp,  Singapore  and  Piraeus,  Euronav  has  approximately  150 
employees.  This  geographic  span  across  Europe  reflects  a  deep-rooted  maritime 
history and culture built up over generations. Over 2,800 seafarers of many different 
nationalities  work  aboard  Euronav  vessels.  In  an  environment  where  there  is  a 
shortening  supply  of  competent  seafarers,  Euronav  has  qualified  and  experienced 
masters to man all the vessels. Masters’ conferences and crew conferences are held 
regularly. Euronav is devoted to a teamwork culture and an environment where people 
work together for the overall success of the Company, on shore and at sea. Euronav 
practices genuine performance planning and appraisal, training and development and 
promotion from within. Our policies aim to enhance and reward performance, engage 
our people and retain key talent. We celebrate the diversity in our workforce. Many 
of  our  employees  and  officers  have  a  wealth  of  long  service  and  experience  in  the 
business  while  others  are  new  entrants  with  fresh  perspectives.  This  commitment 
and  stability  enriched  with  diversity  has  enabled  us  to  achieve  excellent  results  in 
an extremely competitive industry. Euronav people bring to the job a rich diversity of 
educational and professional qualifications, including professionals with engineering, 
finance,  business  administration,  legal  and  humanities  backgrounds,  whom  have 
specialized in tanker operations, crewing, marine and technical areas and shipping 
corporate services. Virtually everyone speaks at least two languages fluently and half 
the staff speaks three or more languages.

"

For our employees: 
To inspire and 
enable talented, 
hard-working people 
to achieve their 
career goals in a 
healthy, challenging 
and rewarding 
environment.

S
E
C
R
U
O
S
E
R
N
A
M
U
H

9
8

 
21 Belgium

97 Bulgaria

2 Canada

36 France

143 Greece

Total officers and apprentices on board = 563

1 Slovenia

1 Colombia

1 Netherlands

1 Ecuador

2 Pakistan

47 Ukraine

11 Russia

14 Romania

89 Philippines

33 Panama

29 Indonesia

35 Croatia

105 El Salvador

16 Romenia

Total ratings on board = 618

1 Chile

93 Honduras

18 Indonesia

385 Philippines(cid:516)(cid:461)

OUR CULTURE
Euronav is an integrated shipping services provider with high quality standards and 
ambitious goals. To empower its people to meet these challenges, Euronav’s identity 
is characterized by:

• common culture with local authority to act;
• high  involvement  and  flexibility  in  which  much  of  the  work  is  carried  out  by 

cross-functional, cross-branch, self-directed work teams;

• clarity in roles, expectations and authorities;
• professional  growth  and  development  opportunities  aligned  with  business 

needs;

• quality and professionalism in matters large and small;
• communication and a no-blame culture cultivated by example.

We  encourage  corporate  social  responsibility  and  have  values  of  fairness  and 
responsibility  embedded  in  our  operating  ethos.  We  are  an  equal  opportunity 
employer; people are selected, rewarded and advanced based on performance and 
merit.  We  strive  to  fully  comply  with  law  and  regulations  in  the  markets  in  which 
we  operate.  Euronav  strives  to  be  an  exemplary  employer  among  its  peers  and 
participates in forums for an open exchange of best practices.

I

Y
T
I
L
I
B
S
N
O
P
S
E
R
L
A
C
O
S
E
T
A
R
O
P
R
O
C

I

(cid:2708)
(cid:461)
(cid:3339)
(cid:461)
(cid:2597)
(cid:461)
(cid:876)
(cid:461)
(cid:857)
(cid:461)
(cid:470)
 
 
ACCOMPLISHMENTS IN 2017

In 2017 the human resources department has invested a great deal of work in the 
following areas:

• staff changes: HR has been actively involved in the selection, recruitment and 
induction  of  staff  due  to  the  need  for  additional  resources  following  the  fleet 
growth;

• performance appraisals: the annual performance review which took place from 
December 2017 through January 2018, using an established online process;
• training: the human resources department partnered with all departments to 
help  define,  develop  and  deliver  customized  training  solutions.  As  part  of  the 
performance  process,  individual  training  plans  were  developed  for  each  staff 
member across the group as guidance for the whole year;

• HR software: internal procedure for the selection and evaluation of new software 

to cover the expanding needs of the Company;

• Maritime HR Association (part of Spinnaker Global): active participation to the 

forum of which Euronav is a founding member.

S
E
C
R
U
O
S
E
R
N
A
M
U
H

1
9

 
Aframax  –  A  medium-sized  crude  oil  tanker  of  approximately  80,000  to  120,000 
deadweight tons. Aframaxes can generally transport from 500,000 to 800,000 barrels 
of crude oil and are also used in lightering. A coated Aframax operating in the refined 
petroleum products trades may be referred to as an LR2.

Ballast – Seawater taken into a vessel’s tanks in order to increase draft, to change 
trim or to improve stability. Ballast can be taken into cargo tanks, double bottoms, 
fore and aft peak tanks and/or segregated ballast tanks (SBT). All Euronav vessels 
are equipped with segregated ballast tanks.

Bareboat Charter – A Charter under which a customer pays a fixed daily or monthly 
rate for a fixed period of time for use of the vessel. The customer pays all costs of 
operating the vessel, including voyage and vessel expenses. Bareboat charters are 
usually long term.

Barrel – A volumetric unit of measurement equal to 42 U.S. gallons or 158.99 liter. 
There are 6.2898 barrels in one cubic meter. Note that while oil tankers do not carry 
oil in barrels (although ships once did in the 19th century), the term is still used to 
define the volume.

BITR – Baltic Index Tanker Routes. The Baltic Exchange is a source of independent, 
freight  market  data.  Information  collected  from  a  number  of  major  shipbrokers 
around  the  world  is  collated  and  published  daily.  The  Exchange  publishes  the 
following  daily  indices:  the  Baltic  Panamax  Index,  the  Baltic  Capesize  Index,  the 
Baltic Handymax Index and the Baltic International Tanker Routes - clean and dirty. 
The Exchange also publishes a daily fixture list.

Bulk cargo – Bulk cargo is commodity cargo that is transported unpackaged in large 
quantities. The containment for this type of cargo is the tanks of the ship.

Charter – Contract entered into with a customer for the use of the vessel for a specific 
voyage at a specific rate per unit of cargo (Voyage Charter), or for a specific period of 
time at a specific rate per unit (day or month) of time (Time Charter).

Aframax  –  A  medium-sized  crude  oil  tanker  of  approximately  80,000  to  120,000 
deadweight tons. Aframaxes can generally transport from 500,000 to 800,000 barrels 
of crude oil and are also used in lightering. A coated Aframax operating in the refined 
petroleum products trades may be referred to as an LR2.

Ballast – Seawater taken into a vessel’s tanks in order to increase draft, to change 
trim or to improve stability. Ballast can be taken into cargo tanks, double bottoms, 
fore and aft peak tanks and/or segregated ballast tanks (SBT). All Euronav vessels 
are equipped with segregated ballast tanks.

Bareboat Charter – A Charter under which a customer pays a fixed daily or monthly 
rate for a fixed period of time for use of the vessel. The customer pays all costs of 
operating the vessel, including voyage and vessel expenses. Bareboat charters are 
usually long term.

Barrel – A volumetric unit of measurement equal to 42 U.S. gallons or 158.99 liter. 
There are 6.2898 barrels in one cubic meter. Note that while oil tankers do not carry 
oil in barrels (although ships once did in the 19th century), the term is still used to 
define the volume.

BITR – Baltic Index Tanker Routes. The Baltic Exchange is a source of independent, 
freight  market  data.  Information  collected  from  a  number  of  major  shipbrokers 
around  the  world  is  collated  and  published  daily.  The  Exchange  publishes  the 
following  daily  indices:  the  Baltic  Panamax  Index,  the  Baltic  Capesize  Index,  the 
Baltic Handymax Index and the Baltic International Tanker Routes - clean and dirty. 
The Exchange also publishes a daily fixture list.

Bulk cargo – Bulk cargo is commodity cargo that is transported unpackaged in large 

Y
R
A
S
S
O
L
G

quantities. The containment for this type of cargo is the tanks of the ship.

Charter – Contract entered into with a customer for the use of the vessel for a specific 
voyage at a specific rate per unit of cargo (Voyage Charter), or for a specific period of 
time at a specific rate per unit (day or month) of time (Time Charter).

Charterer – The company or person to whom the use of the vessel is granted for the 
transportation of cargo or passengers for a specified time.

Classification Societies – Organizations that establish and administer standards for 
the  design,  construction  and  operational  maintenance  of  vessels.  Vessels  cannot 
trade unless they meet these standards.

Commercial  Management  or  Commercially  Managed  –  The  management  of  the 
employment, or chartering, of a vessel and associated functions, including seeking 
and  negotiating  employment  for  vessels,  billing  and  collecting  revenues,  issuing 
voyage instructions, purchasing fuel and appointing port agents.

Contango  –  Is  a  term  used  in  the  futures  market  to  describe  an  upward  sloping 
forward curve. Such a forward curve is said to be “in contango”. Formally, it is the 
situation where and the amount by which, the price of a commodity for future delivery 
is higher than the spot price, or a far future delivery price higher than a nearer future 
delivery. The opposite market condition to contango is known as backwardation.

Contract of Affreightment or COA – An agreement providing for the transportation 
between specified points for a specific quantity of cargo over a specific time period 
but  without  designating  specific  vessels  or  voyage  schedules,  thereby  allowing 
flexibility in scheduling since no vessel designation is required. COAs can either have 
a fixed rate or a market-related rate. 

Crude oil – Oil in its natural state that has not been refined or altered.

Deadweight – Deadweight Tonnage (dwt) – The lifting or carrying capacity of a ship when 
fully loaded. This measure is expressed in metric tons when the ship is in salt water and 
loaded to her marks. It includes cargo, bunkers, water, stores, passengers and crew.

Demurrage – Additional revenue paid to the ship owner on its Voyage Charters for 
delays experienced in loading and/or unloading cargo that are not deemed to be the 
responsibility of the ship owner, calculated in accordance with specific Charter terms.

Y
R
A
S
S
O
L
G

5
9

Double hull – A design of tanker with double sides and a double bottom. The spaces 
created  between  the  double  sides  and  bottom  are  used  for  ballast  and  provide  a 
protective distance between the cargo tanks and the outside world.

Draft – The vertical distance measured from the lowest point of a ship’s hull to the 
water surface. Draft marks are cut into or welded onto the surface of a ship’s plating. 
They are placed forward and aft on both sides of the hull and also amidships. The 
Plimsoll lines which designate maximum drafts allowed for vessels under various 
conditions are also found amidships.

Dry-dock – An out-of-service period during which planned repairs and maintenance 
are carried out, including all underwater maintenance such as external hull painting. 
During  the  dry-docking,  certain  mandatory  Classification  Society  inspections  are 
carried out and relevant certifications issued. Modern vessels are designed to operate 
for five years between dry-dockings. Normally, as the age of a vessel increases, the 
cost and frequency of dry-docking increase. After the third Special Survey, Dry-docks 
will be conducted every 2.5 years. 

FPSO – Stands for Floating Production, Storage and Offloading. FPSOs are designed 
to  receive  all  of  the  hydrocarbon  fluids  pumped  by  nearby  offshore  platforms  (oil 
and  gas),  to  process  it  and  to  store  it.  FPSOs  are  typically  moored  offshore  ship-
shaped  vessels,  with  processing  equipment,  or  topsides,  aboard  the  vessel’s  deck 
and hydrocarbon storage below, in the hull of the vessel.

FSO – A Floating, Storage and Offloading vessel is commonly used in oil fields where 
it is not possible or efficient to lay a pipeline to the shore. The production platform 
will  transfer  the  oil  to  the  FSO  where  it  will  be  stored  until  a  tanker  arrives  and 
connects to the FSO to offload it.

IMO – International Maritime Organization – IMO’s main task is to develop and maintain 
a comprehensive regulatory framework for shipping including safety, environmental 
concerns, legal matters, technical co-operation, maritime security and the efficiency 
of  shipping.  The  Convention  establishing  the  International  Maritime  Organization 
(IMO) was adopted in Geneva in 1948. 

Intertanko – International Association of Independent Tanker Owners.

ISM – International Safety Management is a set of regulations that operators of tankers 
must comply with, which aims to improve the safety standards of the tanker industry.

Knot – A unit of speed equal to one nautical mile (1.852 km) per hour, approximately 
1.151 mph. 

KPI  –  Key  Performance  Indicator.  A  performance  indicator  or  key  performance 
indicator (KPI) is a type of performance measurement. An organization may use KPIs 

Y
R
A
S
S
O
L
G

to evaluate its success, or to evaluate the success of a particular activity in which it 
is engaged.

Mewis Duct – A device that can be positioned ahead of the propeller. It can significantly 
enhance the efficiency of the propulsion and can also be retrofitted on an existing 
ship. It provides significant fuel savings at a given speed. The device consists of a duct 
together with an integrated fin system. 

MOPU – Mobile Offshore Production Unit.

OCIMF –  The  Oil  Companies  International  Marine  Forum  (OCIMF)  is  a  voluntary 
association  of  oil  companies  with  an  interest  in  the  shipment  and  terminalling  of 
crude oil, oil products, petrochemicals and gas.

P&I  Insurance  -  Protection  and  indemnity  insurance,  commonly  known  as  P&I 
insurance, is a form of marine insurance provided by a P&I club. A P&I club is a mutual 
(i.e. a co-operative) insurance association that provides cover for its members, who 
will typically be ship owners, ship operators or charterers.

Pool - A pool is a group of similar size and quality vessels with different ship owners that 
are placed under one administrator or manager. Pools allow for scheduling and other 
operating efficiencies such as multi-legged charters and Contracts of Affreightment.

Pool points – A system of pool points creates a model for a ship with a performance 
equating to the average of those being pooled. This ship is awarded 100 pool points. 
All other ships in the pool are then given more or less pool points adjusted for the 
characteristics of each vessel. Pool points, by their nature, can only be used to address 
the differences between the ships as described, and not the ship as performed.

Profit share – A mechanism where, depending on the outcome of the negotiations 
and under certain Time Charter contracts it is being agreed that the owner of the 
vessel  is  entitled  to  an  increase  of  the  agreed  base  hire  rate  (minimum  or  floor) 
amounting to a certain percentage of the difference between that base rate and the 
average of rates applicable for a certain period on certain routes.

Rate – The cost or revenue for a particular voyage based on a standard reference, e.g. 
Worldscale, INTASCALE, ATRS. 

Scrapping - The disposal of vessels by demolition for scrap metal.

Semi - A semi-submersible (semi-submerged ship) is a specialized marine vessel 
used  in  a  number  of  specific  offshore  roles  such  as  offshore  drilling  rigs,  safety 
platforms,  oil  production  platforms  and  heavy  lift  cranes.  They  are  designed  with 
good stability and seakeeping characteristics. Other terms include semisubmersible, 
semi-sub, or simply semi.

Y
R
A
S
S
O
L
G

7
9

Shale  oil  -  Crude  oil  that  is  extracted  from  oil  shale  (fine-grained  sedimentary 
rock containing kerogen) by using techniques other than the conventional (oil well) 
method, for example heating and distillation.

Spar - Single Point Mooring and Reservoir - A spar is a type of floating oil platform 
typically used in very deep waters and is named for logs used as buoys in shipping 
that are moored in place vertically. Spar production platforms have been developed 
as an alternative to conventional platforms.

Special Survey – The survey required by the Classification Society that usually takes 
place every five years and usually in a dry-dock. During the Special Survey all vital 
pieces  of  equipment  and  compartments  and  steel  structures  are  opened  up  and 
inspected by the classification surveyor.

Spill – Oil getting into the sea, in any amount, for any reason.

Spot (Voyage) Charter – A charter for a particular vessel to transport a single cargo 
between  specified  loading  port(s)  and  discharge  port(s)  in  the  immediate  future. 
The contract rate (spot rate) covers total operating expenses such as port charges, 
bunkering,  crew  expenses,  insurance,  repairs  and  canal  tolls.  The  charterer  will 
generally  pay  all  cargo-related  costs  and  is  liable  for  Demurrage,  if  incurred.  The 
rate is usually quoted in terms of Worldscale (see below).

Spot Market – The market for the immediate charter of a vessel.

Suezmax  –  The  maximum  size  vessel  that  can  sail  through  the  Suez  Canal.  This  is 
generally  considered  to  be  between  120,000  and  199,999  dwt  depending  on  a  ship’s 
dimensions and draft. These tankers can transport up to one million barrels of crude oil.

(Super) slow steaming - Reducing operating speeds in order to save fuel. Operating 
laden speeds are reduced from 15 knots to 13 knots and operating ballast speeds 
from 15 knots to 8 knots.

Technical  Management  -  The  management  of  the  operation  of  a  vessel,  including 
physically maintaining the vessel, maintaining necessary certifications and supplying 
necessary stores, spares and lubricating oils. Responsibilities also generally include 
selecting,  engaging  and  training  crew  and  could  also  include  arranging  necessary 
insurance coverage.

Time Charter (T/C) – A Charter for a fixed period of time, usually between one and 
ten years, under which the owner hires out the vessel to the Charterer fully manned, 
provisioned  and  insured.  The  Charterer  is  usually  responsible  for  bunkers,  port 
charges, canal tolls and any extra cost related to the cargo. The Charter rate (hire) 
is quoted in terms of a total cost per day. Subject to any restrictions in the Charter, 
the customer decides the type and quantity of cargo to be carried and the ports of 
loading and unloading. 

Time  Charter  Equivalent  (TCE)  –  TCE  revenues,  which  are  voyage  revenues  less 
voyage  expenses,  serve  as  an  industry  standard  for  measuring  and  managing 
fleet revenue and for comparing results between geographical regions and among 
competitors.

Tension  Leg  Platform  (TLP)  -  A  tension-leg  platform  (TLP)  or  extended  tension 
leg platform (ETLP) is a vertically moored floating structure normally used for the 
offshore production of oil or gas and is particularly suited for water depths greater 
than 300 meters (about 1,000 ft.) and less than 1,500 meters (about 4,900 ft). Use of 
tension-leg platforms has also been proposed for wind turbines.

Tonnage Tax Regime - An alternative way of calculating taxable income of operating 
qualifying ships. Taxable profits are calculated by reference to the net tonnage of the 
qualifying vessels a company operates, independent of the actual earnings (profit or 
loss).

Y
R
A
S
S
O
L
G

Ton-mile – A unit for freight transportation equivalent to a ton of freight moved one 
mile.

Ton-mile demand - A calculation that multiplies the average distance of each route 
a tanker travels by the volume of cargo moved. The greater the increase in long-haul 
movement compared with shorter haul movements, the higher the increase in ton-
mile demand.

Tramp - As opposed to freight liners, tramp ships trade on the spot market with no 
fixed  schedule,  itinerary  or  ports-of-call.  Trampers  go  wherever  the  cargo  is  and 
carry it to wherever it wants to go, within reason, like taxi cabs.

Ultra Deep Water (UDW) – Water depth of more than 1500 meters. 

Vessel Expenses—Includes crew costs, vessel stores and supplies, lubricating oils, 
maintenance and repairs, insurance and communication costs associated with the 
operation of vessels.

Vetting - The Oil Companies International Maritime Forum (OCIMF) set up a system 
for  inspecting  ships  to  ensure  they  are  fit  for  purpose.  They  use  a  system  called 
Ship Inspection Report Programme (SIRE) which requires six-monthly inspections. 
Most cargo moves require a SIRE inspection within the last six months and each oil 
company is free to decide if it considers the inspection report satisfactory. The SIRE 
report system can only be viewed by the members of OCIMF and not by brokers or 
ship owners.

VLCC  –  The  abbreviation  for  Very  Large  Crude  Carrier.  Tankers  with  a  capacity 
between  200,000  and  320,000  dwt.  These  tankers  can  transport  up  to  two  million 
barrels of crude oil. 

Voyage Expenses - Includes fuel, port charges, canal tolls, cargo handling operations 
and brokerage commissions paid by the ship owner under Voyage Charters. These 
expenses are subtracted from shipping revenues to calculate Time Charter Equivalent 
revenues for Voyage Charters.

V-Plus - A crude oil tanker (ULCC or Ultra Large Crude Carrier) of more than 350,000 
dwt which makes it one of the biggest oil tankers in the world. These tankers can 
transport up to three million barrels or more of crude oil and are mainly used on the 
same long-haul routes as VLCCs. 

Worldscale  –  The  New  Worldwide  Tanker  Nominal  Freight  Scale  is  a  catalogue  of 
theoretical freight rates expressed as USD per ton for most of the conceivable spot 
voyages in the tanker trade. The final rate agreed will be determined as a percentage 
of the ‘Worldscale’ rate, based upon a guaranteed minimum quantity of cargo. That 
allows for charter parties to cover a wide range of possible voyage options without 
the need to calculate and negotiate each one separately.

Y
R
A
S
S
O
L
G

9
9

Consolidated financial statements
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
Statutory auditor's report to the general meeting of Euronav NV as of and 
for the year ended December 31, 2017
Statutory financial statements Euronav NV

102
107

184
190

Een  Nederlandstalige  versie  van  de  geconsolideerde  jaarrekening  zal  beschikbaar  worden 
gesteld  op  de  website  van  de  Vennootschap  www.euronav.com.  Een  papieren  versie  van  de 
geconsolideerde jaarrekening in het Nederlands is tevens verkrijgbaar op eenvoudig verzoek.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(in thousands of USD)

Assets

Non-current assets
Vessels
Assets under construction
Other tangible assets
Intangible assets
Receivables
Investments in equity accounted investees
Deferred tax assets

Total non-current assets

Current assets
Trade and other receivables
Current tax assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Non-current assets held for sale

Total current assets

TOTAL ASSETS

Equity and Liablities

Equity
Share capital
Share premium
Translation reserve
Treasury shares
Retained earnings

Equity attributable to owners of the Company

Non-current liabilities
Bank loans
Other notes
Other payables
Employee benefits
Provisions

Total non-current liabilities

Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
Current tax liabilities
Bank loans
Other borrowings
Provisions

Total current liabilities

Note

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016 

8
8
8
-
10
25
9

11
-
12
3

-
-
-
13
-

15
15
17
16
-

17
-
15
15
-

2,271,500
63,668
1,663
72
160,352
30,595
2,487

2,383,163
86,136
777
156
183,914
18,413
964

2,530,337

2,673,523

136,797
191
143,648
-

280,636

166,342
357
206,689
-

373,388

2,810,973

3,046,911

173,046
1,215,227
568
(16,102)
473,622

173,046
1,215,227
120
(16,102)
515,665

1,846,361

1,887,956

653,730
147,619
539
3,984
-

805,872

61,355
11
47,361
50,010
3

158,740

966,443
-
533
2,846
38

969,860

69,859
-
119,119
-
117

189,095

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

2,810,973

3,046,911

The accompanying notes on pages 107 to 183 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS

(in thousands of USD except per share amounts)

2017
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2017

2016
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2016

2015
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2015

Note

Shipping income
Revenue
Gains on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets
Other operating income

Total shipping income

Operating expenses
Voyage expenses and commissions
Vessel operating expenses
Charter hire expenses
Loss on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets
Impairment on non-current assets held for sale
Loss on disposal of investments in equity 
accounted investees
Depreciation tangible assets
Depreciation intangible assets
General and administrative expenses

Total operating expenses

RESULT FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

Finance income
Finance expenses

Net finance expenses

Share of profit (loss) of equity accounted investees 
(net of income tax)

PROFIT (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAX

Income tax benefit (expense)

PROFIT (LOSS) FOR THE PERIOD

Attributable to:
Owners of the company

Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share

Weighted average number of shares (basic)
Weighted average number of shares (diluted)

4
8
4

5
5
5
8
3

24

8
-
5

6
6

25

7

-

14
14

14
14

513,368
36,538
4,902

554,808

(62,035)
(150,427)
(31,173)
(21,027)
-

-

(229,777)
(95)
(46,868)

684,265
50,397
6,996

741,658

(59,560)
(160,199)
(17,713)
(2)
-

(24,150)

(227,664)
(99)
(44,051)

846,507
13,302
7,426

867,235

(71,237)
(153,718)
(25,849)
(8,002)
-

-

(210,156)
(50)
(46,251)

(541,402)

(533,438)

(515,263)

13,406

7,266
(50,729)

(43,463)

208,220

6,855
(51,695)

(44,840)

351,972

3,312
(50,942)

(47,630)

30,082

40,495

51,592

25

1,358

1,383

1,383

0.01
0.01

203,875

174

204,049

355,934

(5,633)

350,301

204,049

350,301

1.29
1.29

2.25
2.22

158,166,534
158,297,057

158,262,268
158,429,057

155,872,171
157,529,562

The accompanying notes on pages 107 to 183 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

3
0
1

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands of USD)

2017
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2017

2016
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2016

2015
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2015

Note

Profit/(loss) for the period

1,383

204,049

350,301

Other comprehensive income, net of tax
Items that will never be reclassified to profit 
or loss:
Remeasurements of the defined benefit 
liability (asset)

Items that are or may be reclassified to profit 
or loss:
Foreign currency translation differences
Equity-accounted investees - share of other 
comprehensive income

Other comprehensive income, net of tax

16

6

25

64

448

483

995

(646)

(44)

170

1,224

748

(429)

1,610

1,136

Total comprehensive income for the period

2,378

204,797

351,437

Attributable to:
Owners of the company

2,378

204,797

351,437

The accompanying notes on pages 107 to 183 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY

(in thousands of USD)

Note

Share 
capital

Share 
premium

Trans-
lation
reserve

Hedging
reserve

Treasury 
shares

Retained 
earnings

Capital 
and
reserves

Other
equity
interest

Total 
equity

Balance at January 1, 2015

142,441

941,770

379

Profit (loss) for the period
Total other comprehensive 
income

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(429)

-

(429)

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners of 
the company
Issue of ordinary shares
Conversion perpetual convertible 
preferred equity
Dividends to equity holders
Treasury shares sold
Equity-settled share-based 
payment

13 20,324

208,738

13 10,281

64,719

-
13

22

-
-

-

-
-

-

Total transactions with owners

30,605

273,457

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 
2015

173,046

1,215,227

(50)

Balance at January 1, 2016

173,046

1,215,227

(50)

-

-

-
13
13

22

Profit (loss) for the period
Total other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners of 
the company
Dividends to equity holders
Treasury shares acquired
Treasury shares sold
Equity-settled share-based 
payment

Total transactions with owners

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 
2016

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

170

170

-
-
-

-

-

173,046

1,215,227

120

Balance at January 1, 2017

173,046

1,215,227

-

-

13

22

Profit (loss) for the period
Total other comprehensive 
income

Total comprehensive income

Transactions with owners of 
the company
Dividends to equity holders
Equity-settled share-based 
payment

Total transactions with owners

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 
2017

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

173,046

1,215,227

568

-

-

-
-

-

-

120

-

448

448

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

(46,062)

359,180 1,397,708

75,000 1,472,708

-

-

-

-

-

350,301

350,301

1,565

1,136

-

-

350,301

1,136

351,866

351,437

351,437

(19,357)

209,705

-

209,705

-

75,000 (75,000)

-

- (138,001)
(25,516)

33,779

(138,001)
8,263

- (138,001)
8,263
-

-

1,637

1,637

-

1,637

33,779 (181,237)

156,604 (75,000)

81,604

(12,283)

529,809 1,905,749

- 1,905,749

(12,283)

529,809 1,905,749

- 1,905,749

-

-

-

204,049

204,049

578

748

204,627

204,797

-

-

-

204,049

748

204,797

- (216,838)
-
(2,339)

(6,889)
3,070

(216,838)
(6,889)
731

- (216,838)
(6,889)
-
731
-

-

406

406

-

406

(3,819)

(218,771)

(222,590)

-

(222,590)

(16,102)

515,665 1,887,956

- 1,887,956

(16,102)

515,665 1,887,956

- 1,887,956

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,383

547

1,383

995

1,930

2,378

(44,286)

(44,286)

313

313

(43,973)

(43,973)

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,383

995

2,378

(44,286)

313

(43,973)

(16,102)

473,622 1,846,361

- 1,846,361

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

The accompanying notes on pages 107 to 183 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

5
0
1

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands of USD)

2017
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2017

2016
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2016

2015
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2015

Note

Cash flows from operating activities

Profit (loss) for the period

Adjustments for:
Depreciation of tangible assets
Depreciation of intangible assets
Loss (gain) on disposal of investments in equity 
accounted investees
Provisions
Tax (benefits)/expenses
Share of profit of equity-accounted investees, 
net of tax
Net finance expense
(Gain)/loss on disposal of assets
Equity-settled share-based payment transactions
Amortization of deferred capital gain

Changes in working capital requirements
Change in cash guarantees
Change in trade receivables
Change in accrued income
Change in deferred charges
Change in other receivables
Change in trade payables
Change in accrued payroll
Change in accrued expenses
Change in deferred income
Change in other payables
Change in provisions for employee benefits

Income taxes paid during the period
Interest paid
Interest received
Dividends received from equity-accounted 
investees

Net cash from (used in) operating activities

Acquisition of vessels
Proceeds from the sale of vessels
Acquisition of other tangible assets and 
prepayments
Acquisition of intangible assets
Proceeds from the sale of other (in)tangible assets
Loans from (to) related parties
Proceeds from capital decreases in joint ventures
Acquisition of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired

Net cash from (used in) investing activities

Proceeds from issue of share capital
Transaction costs related to issue of share capital
(Purchase of) Proceeds from sale of treasury 
shares
Proceeds from new borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Transaction costs related to issue of loans and 
borrowings
Dividends paid

-

8
-

24

-
7

25

6
8
5
-

-
11
11
11
10-11
17
17
17
17
17
16

-
6-18
6-11

25

8
8

8

-
-
25
25
24

13
13

13

15
15

15

13

1,383

225,527
229,777
95

-

(160)
(1,358)

(30,082)

43,463
(15,511)
313
(1,010)

22,083
(52)
5,938
(1,499)
(3,648)
28,773
1,165
1,014
(6,727)
(3,726)
18
827

11
(39,595)
636

1,250

211,295

(176,687)
96,880

(1,203)

(11)
29
40,750
-
-

204,049

205,457
227,664
99

24,150

(603)
(174)

(40,495)

44,839
(50,395)
406
(34)

38,487
107
(755)
21,049
239
35,905
(6,817)
(138)
(7,547)
(3,591)
(226)
261

(100)
(33,378)
209

23,478

438,202

(342,502)
223,016

(178)

(18)
38
22,047
3,737
(6,755)

350,301

208,305
210,156
50

-

91
5,633

(51,592)

47,630
(5,300)
1,637
-

(57,692)
1
12,330
(13,175)
11,090
(34,654)
1,190
255
(1,649)
6,612
(39,800)
108

(109)
(50,810)
262

275

450,532

(351,596)
112,890

(8,289)

(258)
95
39,785
1,500
-

(40,242)

(100,615)

(205,873)

-
-

-

526,024
(710,993)

(5,874)

(44,133)

-
-

(6,157)

740,286
(774,015)

(4,436)

(216,838)

229,063
(19,357)

8,263

931,270
(1,367,871)

(8,680)

(138,003)

Net cash from (used in) financing activities

(234,976)

(261,160)

(365,315)

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS (CONTINUED)

(in thousands of USD)

2017
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2017

2016
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2016

2015
Jan. 1 - Dec 31, 2015

Note

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash 
equivalents
Net cash and cash equivalents at the beginning 
of the period
Effect of changes in exchange rates

Net cash and cash equivalents at the end of the 
period

12

-

12

(63,923)

206,689

882

76,427

131,663

(1,401)

(120,656)

254,086

(1,767)

143,648

206,689

131,663

The accompanying notes on pages 107 to 183 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Notes to the consolidated financial statements for the year 
ended 31 December 2017

Note 1 - Significant accounting policies
Note 2 - Segment reporting
Note 3 - Assets and liabilities held for sale and discontinued operations
Note 4 - Revenue and other operating income
Note 5 - Expenses for shipping activities and other expenses from operating activities
Note 6 - Net finance expense
Note 7 - Income tax benefit (expense)
Note 8 - Property, plant and equipment
Note 9 - Deferred tax assets and liabilities
Note 10 - Non-current receivables
Note 11 - Trade and other receivables - current
Note 12 - Cash and cash equivalents
Note 13 - Equity
Note 14 - Earnings per share
Note 15 - Interest-bearing loans and borrowings
Note 16 - Employee benefits
Note 17 - Trade and other payables
Note 18 - Financial instruments - market and other risks
Note 19 - Operating leases
Note 20 - Provisions and contingencies
Note 21 - Related parties
Note 22 - Share-based payment arrangements
Note 23 - Group entities
Note 24 - Business combinations
Note 25 - Equity-accounted investees
Note 26 - Subsidiaries
Note 27 - Major exchange rates
Note 28 - Audit fees
Note 29 - Subsequent events
Note 30 - Statement on the true and fair view of the consolidated financial statements 

and the fair overview of the management report

Note 1 - Significant accounting policies

1.REPORTING ENTITY
Euronav  N.V.  (the  “Company”)  is  a  company  domiciled  in  Belgium.  The  address  of 
the  Company’s  registered  office  is  De  Gerlachekaai  20,  2000  Antwerpen,  Belgium. 
The consolidated financial statements of the Company comprise the Company and 
its  subsidiaries  (together  referred  to  as  the  “Group”)  and  the  Group’s  interests  in 
associates and joint ventures.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

7
0
1

 
Euronav  NV  is  a  fully-integrated  provider  of  international  maritime  shipping  and 
offshore  services  engaged  in  the  transportation  and  storage  of  crude  oil.  The 
Company was incorporated under the laws of Belgium on June 26, 2003, and grew out 
of three companies that had a strong presence in the shipping industry; Compagnie 
Maritime Belge NV, or CMB, formed in 1895, Compagnie Nationale de Navigation SA, 
or CNN, formed in 1938, and Ceres Hellenic formed in 1950. The Company started 
doing business under the name “Euronav” in 1989 when it was initially formed as the 
international tanker subsidiary of CNN.

Euronav  NV  charters  its  vessels  to  leading  international  energy  companies.  The 
Company  pursues  a  chartering  strategy  of  primarily  employing  its  vessels  on  the 
spot  market,  including  through  the  Tankers  International  (TI)  Pool  and  also  under 
fixed-rate  contracts  and  long-term  time  charters,  which  typically  include  a  profit 
sharing component.

A spot market voyage charter is a contract to carry a specific cargo from a load port 
to a discharge port for an agreed freight per ton of cargo or a specified total amount. 
Under  spot  market  voyage  charters,  the  Company  pays  voyage  expenses  such  as 
port, canal and bunker costs. Spot charter rates have historically been volatile and 
fluctuate due to seasonal changes, as well as general supply and demand dynamics 
in the crude oil marine transportation sector. Although the revenues generated by 
the  Company  in  the  spot  market  are  less  predictable,  the  Company  believes  their 
exposure to this market provides them with the opportunity to capture better profit 
margins during periods when vessel demand exceeds supply leading to improvements 
in  tanker  charter  rates.  The  Company  principally  employs  and  commercially 
manages their VLCCs through the TI Pool, a leading spot market-oriented VLCC pool 
in which other shipowners with vessels of similar size and quality participate along 
with the Company. The Company participated in the formation of the TI Pool in 2000 
to allow themselves and other TI Pool participants, consisting of third-party owners 
and operators of similarly sized vessels, to gain economies of scale, obtain increased 
cargo flow of information, logistical efficiency and greater vessel utilization.

Time charters provide the Company with a fixed and stable cash flow for a known 
period of time. Time charters may help the Company mitigate, in part, their exposure 
to the spot market, which tends to be volatile in nature, being seasonal and generally 
weaker in the second and third quarters of the year due to refinery shutdowns and 
related maintenance during the warmer summer months. The Group may when the 
cycle matures or otherwise opportunistically employ more of their vessels under time 
charter contracts as the available rates for time charters improve. The Group may 
also enter into time charter contracts with profit sharing arrangements, which the 
Company believes will enable them to benefit if the spot market increases above a 
base charter rate as calculated either by sharing sub charter profits of the charterer 
or by reference to a market index and in accordance with a formula provided in the 
applicable charter contract.

The Group currently deploys their two FSOs as floating storage units under service 
contracts with North Oil Company, in the offshore services sector.

2.BASIS OF PREPARATION
(a) Statement of compliance
These  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International 
Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) issued by the International Accounting Standards 
Board (IASB) and as adopted by the European Union on December 31, 2017.

All accounting policies have been consistently applied for all periods presented in the 
consolidated financial statements, unless disclosed otherwise.

The  consolidated  financial  statements  were  authorized  for  issue  by  the  Board  of 
Directors on March 20, 2018.

(b) Basis of measurement
The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  the  historical  cost 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
basis except for the following material items in the statement of financial position:

• Derivative financial instruments are measured at fair value

(c) Functional and presentation currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in USD, which is the Company’s 
functional and presentation currency. All financial information presented in USD has 
been rounded to the nearest thousand except when otherwise indicated.

(d) Use of estimates and judgements
The  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  IFRS 
requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions that affect 
the  application  of  policies  and  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities,  income 
and  expenses.  The  estimates  and  associated  assumptions  are  based  on  historical 
experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the 
circumstances, the results of which are the basis of making the judgements about 
carrying  values  of  assets  and  liabilities  that  are  not  readily  apparent  from  other 
sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates.

The  estimates  and  underlying  assumptions  are  reviewed  on  an  ongoing  basis. 
Revisions to accounting estimates are recognized in the period in which the estimate 
is revised if the revision affects only that period, or in the period of the revision and 
future periods if the revision affects both current and future periods.

Information  about  critical  judgements  in  applying  accounting  policies  that  have 
the most significant effect on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial 
statement is included in the following note:

• Note 8 – Impairment

Information about assumptions and estimation uncertainties that have a significant 
risk of resulting in a material adjustment within the next financial year is included in 
the following note:

• Note 8 – Impairment test: key assumptions underlying the recoverable amount

Measurement of fair values
A number of the Group’s accounting policies and disclosures require the measurement 
of fair values, for both financial and non-financial assets and liabilities.

The Group has an established control framework with respect to the measurement 
of  fair  values.  This  includes  a  valuation  team  that  has  overall  responsibility  for 
overseeing all significant fair value measurements, including Level 3 fair values, and 
reports directly to the CFO.

The valuation team regularly reviews significant unobservable inputs and valuation 
adjustments. If third party information, such as broker quotes or pricing services, is 
used to measure fair values, then the valuation team assesses the evidence obtained 
from  the  third  parties  to  support  the  conclusion  that  such  valuations  meet  the 
requirements of IFRS, including the level in the fair value hierarchy in which such 
valuations should be classified. Significant valuation issues are reported to the Group 
Audit and Risk Committee.

When  measuring  the  fair  value  of  an  asset  or  a  liability,  the  Group  uses  market 
observable data as far as possible. Fair values are categorized into different levels in 
a fair value hierarchy based on the inputs used in the valuation techniques as follows.
• Level  1:  quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  in  active  markets  for  identical  assets  or 

liabilities.

• Level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable 
for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived 
from prices).

• Level 3: inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market 

data (unobservable inputs).

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

If the inputs used to measure the fair value of an asset or a liability might be categorized 

9
0
1

 
in  different  levels  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy,  then  the  fair  value  measurement  is 
categorized in its entirety in the same level of the fair value hierarchy as the lowest 
level input that is significant to the entire measurement.

The Group recognizes transfers between levels of the fair value hierarchy at the end 
of the reporting period during which the change has occurred.

(e) Changes in accounting policies
Except  for  the  changes  below,  the  accounting  policies  adopted  in  the  preparation 
of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017 
are  consistent  with  those  applied  in  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.  The  Group  has  adopted  the 
following  new  standards,  interpretations  and  amendments  to  standards,  including 
any consequential amendments to other standards, with a date of initial application 
of January 1, 2017:

• Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2014-2016 cycle (amendments to IFRS 12)
• Amendments to IAS 7: Disclosure Initiative
• Amendments  to  IAS  12:  Recognition  of  Deferred  Tax  Assets  for  Unrealized 

Losses

The adoption of these standards, interpretations and amendments to standards did 
not have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

(f) Basis of Consolidation
(i) Business Combinations
Business  combinations  are  accounted  for  using  the  acquisition  method  as  at  the 
acquisition date, which is the date on which control is transferred to the Group. The 
Group controls an entity when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from 
its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its 
power over the entity.

For  acquisitions  on  or  after  January  1,  2010,  the  Group  measures  goodwill  at  the 
acquisition date as:

• the fair value of the consideration transferred; plus
• the recognized amount of any non-controlling interests in the acquiree; plus if 
the  business  combination  is  achieved  in  stages,  the  fair  value  of  the  existing 
equity interest in the acquiree; less

• the  net  recognized  amount  (generally  fair  value)  of  the  identifiable  assets 

acquired and liabilities assumed.

• When the excess is negative, a bargain purchase gain is recognized immediately 

in profit or loss.

The consideration transferred does not include amounts related to the settlement of 
pre-existing relationships. Such amounts generally are recognized in profit or loss.
Transaction  costs,  other  than  those  associated  with  the  issue  of  debt  or  equity 
securities,  that  the  Group  incurs  in  connection  with  a  business  combination  are 
expensed as incurred.

Any  contingent  consideration  payable  is  measured  at  fair  value  at  the  acquisition 
date. If the contingent consideration is classified as equity, then it is not remeasured 
and settlement is accounted for within equity. Otherwise, subsequent changes in the 
fair value of the contingent consideration are recognized in profit or loss.

(ii) Non-controlling interests (NCI)
NCI  are  measured  at  their  proportionate  share  of  the  acquiree’s  identifiable  net 
assets at the date of acquisition. Changes in the Group’s interest in a subsidiary that 
do not result in a loss of control are accounted for as equity transactions.

(iii) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are those entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity 
when it is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the 
entity  and  has  the  ability  to  affect  those  returns  through  its  power  over  the  entity. 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
The  financial  statements  of  subsidiaries  are  included  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements from the date on which the control commences until the date on which 
control ceases.

(iv) Loss of control
On  the  loss  of  control,  the  Group  derecognizes  the  assets  and  liabilities  of  the 
subsidiary, any non-controlling interests and the other components of equity related 
to the subsidiary. Any surplus or deficit arising on the loss of control is recognized 
in profit or loss. If the Group retains any interest in the former subsidiary, then such 
interest is measured at fair value at the date that control is lost. Subsequently it is 
accounted for as an equity-accounted investee or as an available-for-sale financial 
asset depending on the level of influence retained.

(v) Interests in equity-accounted investees
The Group’s interests in equity-accounted investees comprise interest in associates 
and joint ventures.

Associates  are  those  entities  in  which  the  Group  has  significant  influence,  but  not 
control or joint control, over the financial and operating policies. A joint venture is 
an arrangement in which the Group has joint control, whereby the Group has rights 
to the net assets of the arrangement, rather than rights to its assets and obligations 
for its liabilities.

Interests in associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method. 
They are recognized initially at cost, which includes transaction costs. Subsequent to 
initial recognition, the consolidated financial statements include the Group’s share 
of  the  profit  or  loss  and  other  comprehensive  income  (“OCI”)  of  equity-accounted 
investees, until the date on which significant influence or joint control ceases.

Interests  in  associates  and  joint  ventures  include  any  long-term  interests  that,  in 
substance, form part of the Group’s investment in those associates or joint ventures 
and  include  unsecured  shareholder  loans  for  which  settlement  is  neither  planned 
nor  likely  to  occur  in  the  foreseeable  future,  which,  therefore,  are  an  extension  of 
the Group’s investment in those associates and joint ventures. The Group’s share of 
losses that exceeds its investment is applied to the carrying amount of those loans. 
After  the  Group’s  interest  is  reduced  to  zero,  a  liability  is  recognized  to  the  extent 
that the Group has a legal or constructive obligation to fund the associates’ or joint 
ventures’ operations or has made payments on their behalf.

(vi) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intragroup balances and transactions, and any unrealized gains arising from intra-
group transactions, are eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements. 
Unrealized  gains  arising  from  transactions  with  equity-accounted  investees  are 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

1
1
1

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

eliminated against the underlying asset to the extent of the Group’s interest in the 
investee. Unrealized losses are eliminated in the same way as unrealized gains, but 
only to the extent that there is no evidence of impairment.

(g) Foreign currency
(i) Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to USD at the foreign exchange rate 
applicable at the date of the transaction. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated 
in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated to USD at the foreign 
exchange  rate  applicable  at  that  date.  Foreign  exchange  differences  arising  on 
translation are recognized in profit or loss. Non-monetary assets and liabilities that 
are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency are translated using 
the exchange rate at the date of the transaction.

(ii) Foreign operations
The  assets  and  liabilities  of  foreign  operations,  including  goodwill  and  fair  value 
adjustments arising on acquisition, are translated to USD at exchange rates at the 
reporting date. The income and expenses of foreign operations are translated to USD 
at rates approximating the exchange rates at the dates of the transactions.
Foreign currency differences are recognized directly in equity (Translation reserve). 
When a foreign operation is disposed of, in part or in full, the relevant amount in the 
translation reserve is transferred to profit or loss.

(h) Financial Instruments
(i) Non-derivative financial assets
The  group  initially  recognizes  loans  and  receivables  on  the  date  that  they  are 
originated.  All  other  financial  assets  (including  assets  designated  as  at  fair  value 
through profit and loss) are recognized initially on the trade date, which is the date 
that the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the instrument.

The  Group  derecognizes  a  financial  asset  when  the  contractual  rights  to  the  cash 
flows from the asset expire, or it transfers the rights to receive the contractual cash 
flows in a transaction in which substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of 
the financial asset are transferred. Any interest in such transferred financial assets 
that is created or retained by the Group is recognized as a separate asset or liability.

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  and  the  net  amount  presented  in  the 
statement of financial position when, and only when, the Group has a legal right to 
offset the amounts and intends either to settle on a net basis or to realize the asset 
and settle the liability simultaneously.

The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices. If the market 
for a financial asset is not active (and for unlisted securities), the Group establishes 
fair  value  by  using  valuation  techniques.  These  include  the  use  of  recent  arm’s 
length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same, 

 
discounted  cash  flow  analysis,  and  option  pricing  models  refined  to  reflect  the 
issuer’s specific circumstances.

The  Group  classifies  non-derivative  financial  assets  into  the  following  categories: 
financial assets at fair value through profit or loss, loans and receivables, cash and 
cash equivalents, held-to-maturity financial assets and available-for-sale financial 
assets.  The  Company  determines  the  classification  of  its  investments  at  initial 
recognition and re-evaluates this designation at every reporting date.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
A financial asset is classified as at fair value through profit or loss if it is classified 
as held for trading or is designated as such on initial recognition. Financial assets 
are  designated  as  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  if  the  Group  manages  such 
investments  and  makes  purchase  and  sale  decisions  based  on  their  fair  value  in 
accordance  with  the  Group’s  treasury  policy.  Attributable  transaction  costs  are 
recognized in profit or loss as incurred. Financial assets at fair value through profit 
or loss are measured at fair value and changes therein, which takes into account any 
dividend income, are recognized in profit or loss.

Assets  in  this  category  are  classified  as  current  assets  if  they  are  expected  to  be 
realized within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that 
are not quoted in an active market. Such assets are recognized initially at fair value 
plus  any  directly  attributable  transaction  costs.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition, 
loans  and  receivables  are  measured  at  amortized  cost  using  the  effective  interest 
method, less any impairment losses.

They  arise  when  the  Group  provides  money,  goods  or  services  directly  to  a  debtor 
with  no  intention  of  trading  the  receivable.  They  are  included  in  current  assets, 
except  for  maturities  greater  than  12  months  after  the  balance  sheet  date.  These 
are classified as non-current assets. Loans and receivables are included in trade and 
other receivables in the statement of financial position.

Held-to-maturity financial assets
If the Group has the positive intent and ability to hold debt securities to maturity, then 
such financial assets are classified as held-to-maturity. Held-to-maturity financial 
assets are recognized initially at fair value plus any directly attributable transaction 
costs.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  held-to-maturity  financial  assets  are 
measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method, less any impairment 
losses. Held-to-maturity financial assets comprise debentures.

Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale  financial  assets  are  non-derivatives  that  are  either  designated 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

3
1
1

 
in  this  category  or  not  classified  in  any  of  the  other  categories.  Available-for-sale 
financial  assets  are  recognized  initially  at  fair  value  plus  any  directly  attributable 
transaction costs.

Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  they  are  measured  at  fair  value  and  changes 
therein, other than impairment losses and foreign currency differences on available-
for-sale  debt  instruments,  are  recognized  in  OCI  and  presented  in  the  fair  value 
reserve in equity. When an investment is derecognized, the gain or loss accumulated 
in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.

Available-for-sale financial assets comprise equity securities and debt securities.

They are included in non-current assets unless the Company intends to dispose of 
the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date.

(ii) Non-derivative financial liabilities
The Group initially recognizes debt securities issued and subordinated liabilities on 
the  date  that  they  are  originated.  All  other  financial  liabilities  (including  liabilities 
designated as at fair value through profit or loss) are recognized initially on the trade 
date, which is the date that the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions 
of the instrument.

The  Group  derecognizes  a  financial  liability  when  its  contractual  obligations  are 
discharged, canceled or expire.

Non-derivative financial liabilities are recognized initially at fair value less any directly 
attributable  transaction  costs.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  these  financial 
liabilities are measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method.

Non-derivative financial liabilities comprise loans and borrowings, bank overdrafts, 
and trade and other payables.

Bank  overdrafts  that  are  repayable  on  demand  and  form  an  integral  part  of  the 
Group’s cash management are included as a component of cash and cash equivalents 
for the purpose of the statement of cash flows.

(iii) Share capital
Ordinary share capital
Ordinary share capital is classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable 
to the issue of ordinary shares are recognized as a deduction from equity, net of any 
tax effects.

Repurchase of share capital
When  share  capital  recognized  as  equity  is  repurchased,  the  amount  of  the 
consideration  paid,  including  directly  attributable  costs,  net  of  any  tax  effects,  is 
recognized as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares are classified as treasury 
shares and presented in the reserve for own shares. When treasury shares are sold 
or reissued subsequently, the amount received is recognized as an increase in equity, 
and the resulting surplus or deficit on the transaction is presented in share premium.

(iv) Derivative financial instruments
The Group from time to time may enter into derivative financial instruments to hedge 
its exposure to market fluctuations, foreign exchange and interest rate risks arising 
from operational, financing and investment activities.

On  initial  designation  of  the  derivative  as  hedging  instrument,  the  Group  formally 
documents the relationship between the hedging instrument(s) and hedged item(s), 
including  the  risk  management  objectives  and  strategy  in  undertaking  the  hedge 
transaction, together with the methods that will be used to assess the effectiveness 
of the hedging relationship. The Group makes an assessment, both at the inception 
of  the  hedge  relationship  as  well  as  on  an  ongoing  basis,  whether  the  hedging 
instruments are expected to be “highly effective” in offsetting the changes in the fair 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
value or cash flows of the respective hedged items during the period for which the 
hedge is designated, and whether the actual results of each hedge are within a range 
of 80-125 percent. For a cash flow hedge of a forecast transaction, the transaction 
should be highly probable to occur and should present an exposure to variations in 
cash flows that could ultimately affect reported net income.

Derivative  financial  instruments  are  recognized  initially  at  fair  value;  attributable 
transaction  costs  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  all 
derivatives are remeasured to fair value, and changes therein are accounted for as follows:

Cash flow hedges
When a derivative is designated as the hedging instrument in a hedge of the variability 
in cash flows attributable to a particular risk associated with a recognized asset or 
liability or a highly probable forecast transaction that could affect profit or loss, the 
effective portion of changes in the fair value of the derivative is recognized in OCI and 
presented in the hedging reserve in equity.

The amount recognized in OCI is removed and included in profit or loss in the same 
period as the hedged cash flows affect profit or loss under the same line item in the 
statement of profit or loss as the hedged item. Any ineffective portion of changes in 
the fair value of the derivative is recognized immediately in profit or loss.

When the hedged item is a non-financial asset, the amount accumulated in equity is 
included in the carrying amount of the asset when the asset is recognized. In other 
cases, the amount accumulated in equity is reclassified to profit or loss in the same 
period that the hedged item affects profit or loss.

If the hedging instrument no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, expires 
or is sold, terminated, exercised, or the designation is revoked, then hedge accounting 
is  discontinued  prospectively.  If  the  forecast  transaction  is  no  longer  expected  to 
occur, then the balance in equity is reclassified to profit or loss.

Other non-trading derivatives
When a derivative financial instrument is not held for trading, and is not designated 
in  a  qualifying  hedge  relationship,  all  changes  in  its  fair  value  are  recognized 
immediately in profit or loss.

(v) Compound financial instruments
Compound financial instruments issued by the Group comprise Notes denominated 
in USD that can be converted to ordinary shares at the option of the holder, when the 
number of shares is fixed and does not vary with changes in fair value.

The liability component of compound financial instruments is initially recognized at 
the  fair  value  of  a  similar  liability  that  does  not  have  an  equity  conversion  option. 
The equity component is initially recognized at the difference between the fair value 
of the compound financial instrument  as  a  whole and the fair value of the  liability 
component. Any directly attributable transaction costs are allocated to the liability 
and equity component in proportion to their initial carrying amounts.

Subsequent  to  initial  recognition,  the  liability  component  of  a  compound  financial 
instrument is measured at amortized cost using the effective interest method. The 
equity component of a compound financial instrument is not remeasured.

Interest related to the financial liability is recognized in profit and loss. On conversion, 
the financial liability is reclassified to equity and no gain or loss is recognized.

(i) Goodwill and intangible assets
(i) Goodwill
Goodwill that arises on the acquisition of subsidiaries is presented as an intangible 
asset. For the measurement of goodwill at initial recognition, see accounting policy (f).

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

After initial recognition goodwill is measured at cost less accumulated impairment 

5
1
1

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

losses (refer to accounting policy (k)). In respect of equity accounted investees, the 
carrying amount of goodwill is included in the carrying amount of the investment, 
and any impairment loss is allocated to the carrying amount of the equity accounted 
investee as a whole.

(ii) Intangible assets
Intangible  assets  that  are  acquired  by  the  Group  and  have  finite  useful  lives  are 
measured  at  cost  less  accumulated  amortization  and  impairment  losses  (see 
accounting policy k).

The cost of an intangible asset acquired in a separate acquisition is the cash paid or 
the fair value of any other consideration given. The cost of an internally generated 
intangible asset includes the directly attributable expenditure of preparing the asset 
for its intended use.

(iii) Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure on intangible assets is capitalized only when it increases the 
future economic benefits embodied in the specific asset to which it relates and its 
cost can be measured reliably. All other expenditure is expensed as incurred.

(iv) Amortization
Amortization  is  charged  to  the  income  statement  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the 
estimated useful lives of the intangible assets from the date they are available for 
use. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

• software: 3 - 5 years

Amortization methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting 
date and adjusted if appropriate.

(j) Vessels, property, plant and equipment
(i) Owned assets
Vessels  and  items  of  property,  plant  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost  or  deemed 
cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  (see  below)  and  impairment  losses  (refer  to 
accounting policy (k)).

Cost includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the asset. 
The cost of self-constructed assets includes the following:

• the cost of materials and direct labour;
• any other costs directly attributable to bringing the assets to a working condition 

for their intended use;

• when  the  Group  has  an  obligation  to  remove  the  asset  or  restore  the  site,  an 
estimate of the costs of dismantling and removing the items and restoring the 
site on which they are located; and

• capitalized borrowing costs.

Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major components having 

 
different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and 
equipment (refer to accounting policy (j) vii).

Gains  and  losses  on  disposal  of  a  vessel  or  of  another  item  of  property,  plant  and 
equipment  are  determined  by  comparing  the  net  proceeds  from  disposal  with  the 
carrying amount of the vessel or the item of property, plant and equipment and are 
recognized in profit or loss.

For the sale of vessels or other items of property, plant and equipment, transfer of 
risk and rewards usually occurs upon delivery of the vessel to the new owner.

(ii) Leased assets
Leases  in  terms  of  which  the  Group  assumes  substantially  all  of  the  risks  and 
rewards of ownership are classified as finance leases. Vessels, property, plant and 
equipment acquired by way of finance lease is stated at an amount equal to the lower 
of its fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments at inception of 
the lease, less accumulated depreciation (see below) and impairment losses (refer 
accounting policy (k)). Lease payments are accounted for as described in accounting 
policy (q). Other leases are operating leases and are not recognized in the Group’s 
statement of financial position.

(iii) Assets under construction
Assets  under  construction,  especially  newbuilding  vessels,  are  accounted  for  in 
accordance with the stage of completion of the newbuilding contract. Typical stages 
of  completion  are  the  milestones  that  are  usually  part  of  a  newbuilding  contract: 
signing  or  receipt  of  refund  guarantee,  steel  cutting,  keel  laying,  launching  and 
delivery. All stages of completion are guaranteed by a refund guarantee provided by 
the shipyard.

(iv) Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent  expenditure  is  capitalized  only  when  it  increases  the  future  economic 
benefits embodied in the item of property, plant and equipment and its cost can be 
measured  reliably.  The  carrying  amount  of  the  replaced  part  is  derecognized.  All 
other expenditure is recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss as an 
expense as incurred.

(v) Borrowing costs
Borrowing  costs  that  are  directly  attributable  to  the  acquisition,  construction  or 
production of a qualifying asset are capitalized as part of the cost of that asset.

(vi) Depreciation
Depreciation is charged to the consolidated statement of profit or loss on a straight-
line basis over the estimated useful lives of vessels and items of property, plant and 
equipment.  Leased  assets  are  depreciated  over  the  shorter  of  the  lease  term  and 
their useful lives unless it is reasonably certain that the Group will obtain ownership 
by the end of the lease term. Land is not depreciated.

Vessels and items of property, plant and equipment are depreciated from the date 
that they are available for use. Internally constructed assets are depreciated from the 
date that the assets are completed and ready for use.

The estimated useful lives of significant items of property, plant and equipment are 
as follows:

• tankers
• FSO/FpSO/FPSO
• plant and equipment
• fixtures and fittings
• other tangible assets
• dry-docking

20 years
25 years
5 - 20 years
5 - 10 years
3 - 20 years
2.5 - 5 years

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

Vessels are estimated to have a zero residual value.

7
1
1

 
Depreciation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting 
date and adjusted if appropriate.

(vii) Dry-docking – component approach
Where an item of property, plant and equipment comprises major components having 
different useful lives, they are accounted for as separate items of property, plant and 
equipment. Costs associated with routine repairs and maintenance are expensed as 
incurred including routine maintenance performed whilst the vessel is in dry-dock. 
Components installed during dry-dock with a useful life of more than 1 year will be 
amortized over their estimated useful-life.

(k) Impairment
(i) Non-derivative financial assets
A  financial  asset  not  classified  as  at  fair  value  through  profit  or  loss  is  assessed 
at  each  reporting  date  to  determine  whether  there  is  objective  evidence  that  it  is 
impaired.

A financial asset is impaired if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result 
of one or more events that occurred after the initial recognition of the asset, and that 
loss event(s) had an impact on the estimated future cash flows of that asset that can 
be estimated reliably.

impaired 

Objective  evidence  that  financial  assets  are 
includes  default  or 
delinquency  by  a  debtor,  restructuring  of  an  amount  due  to  the  Group  on  terms 
that  the  Group  would  not  consider  otherwise,  indications  that  a  debtor  or  issuer 
will  enter  bankruptcy,  adverse  changes  in  the  payment  status  of  borrowers  or 
issuers, economic conditions that correlate with defaults or the disappearance of 
an active market for a security. In addition, for an investment in an equity security 
a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is 
objective evidence of impairment.

Financial assets measured at amortized cost
The  Group  considers  evidence  of  impairment  for  financial  assets  measured  at 
amortized cost (loans and receivables and held-to-maturity financial assets) at both 
a specific asset and collective level. All individually significant assets are assessed for 
specific impairment. Those found not to be specifically impaired are then collectively 
assessed for any impairment that has been incurred but not yet identified. Assets that 
are not individually significant are collectively assessed for impairment by grouping 
together assets with similar risk characteristics.

In assessing collective impairment, the Group uses historical trends of the probability 
of  default,  the  timing  of  recoveries  and  the  amount  of  loss  incurred,  adjusted  for 
management’s  judgement  as  to  whether  current  economic  and  credit  conditions 
are  such  that  the  actual  losses  are  likely  to  be  greater  or  less  than  suggested  by 
historical trends.

An  impairment  loss  in  respect  of  a  financial  asset  measured  at  amortized  cost  is 
calculated as the difference between its carrying amount and the present value of the 
estimated future cash flows discounted at the asset’s original effective interest rate. 
Losses are recognized in profit or loss and reflected in an allowance account against 
loans and receivables or held-to maturity financial assets. Interest on the impaired 
asset  continues  to  be  recognized.  When  an  event  occurring  after  the  impairment 
was recognized causes the amount of impairment loss to decrease, the decrease in 
impairment loss is reversed through profit or loss.

Available-for-sale financial assets
Impairment  losses  on  available-for-sale  financial  assets  are  recognized  by 
reclassifying  the  losses  accumulated  in  the  fair  value  reserve  in  equity  to  profit 
or  loss.  The  cumulative  loss  that  is  reclassified  from  equity  to  profit  or  loss  is 
the  difference  between  the  acquisition  cost,  net  of  any  principal  repayment  and 
amortization,  and  the  current  fair  value,  less  any  impairment  loss  recognized 
previously in profit or loss. Changes in cumulative impairment losses attributable 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
to the application of the effective interest method are reflected as a component of 
interest income. If, in a subsequent period, the fair value of an impaired available-
for-sale debt security increases and the increase can be related objectively to an 
event  occurring  after  the  impairment  loss  was  recognized,  then  the  impairment 
loss  is  reversed,  with  the  amount  of  the  reversal  recognized  in  profit  or  loss. 
However,  any  subsequent  recovery  in  the  fair  value  of  an  impaired  available-for-
sale equity security is recognized in OCI.

Equity-accounted investees
An impairment loss in respect of an equity-accounted investee is measured by 
comparing the recoverable amount of the investment with its carrying amount. 
An impairment loss is recognized in profit or loss, and is reversed if there has 
been  a  favourable  change  in  the  estimates  used  to  determine  the  recoverable 
amount.

(ii) Non-financial assets
The  carrying  amounts  of  the  Group’s  non-financial  assets,  other  than  deferred 
tax  assets  (refer  to  accounting  policy  (s)),  are  reviewed  at  each  reporting  date  to 
determine  whether  there  is  any  indication  of  impairment.  If  any  such  indication 
exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is estimated.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are tested annually for impairment. 
An impairment loss is recognized whenever the carrying amount of an asset or its 
cash-generating unit (CGU) exceeds its recoverable amount.

The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its fair value less cost to 
sell and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are 
discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current 
market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset or 
CGU. Future cash flows are based on current market conditions, historical trends as 
well as future expectations.

For the purpose of impairment testing, assets are grouped together into the smallest 
group  of  assets  that  generates  cash  inflows  from  continuing  use  that  are  largely 
independent  of  the  cash  inflows  of  other  assets  or  CGU’s.  Goodwill  acquired  in  a 
business  combination  is  allocated  to  groups  of  CGU’s  that  are  expected  to  benefit 
from the synergies of the combination.

Impairment losses are recognized in profit or loss. Impairment losses recognized in 
respect of CGU’s are allocated first to reduce the carrying amount of any goodwill 
allocated to the CGU (group of CGU’s), and then to reduce the carrying amounts of the 
other assets in the CGU (group of CGU’s) on a pro rata basis.

An impairment loss recognized for goodwill shall not be reversed. For other assets, 
an impairment loss is reversed only to the extent that the asset’s carrying amount 
does  not  exceed  the  carrying  amount  that  would  have  been  determined,  net  of 
depreciation or amortization, if no impairment loss had been recognized.

(l) Assets held for sale
Non-current  assets,  or  disposal  groups  comprising  assets  and  liabilities,  that  are 
expected to be recovered primarily through sale rather than through continuing use 
are classified as held for sale. Immediately before classification as held for sale, the 
assets, or components of a disposal group, are remeasured in accordance with the 
Group’s accounting policies. Thereafter generally the assets or disposal group are 
measured at the lower of their carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell. Any 
impairment loss on a disposal group is allocated first to goodwill, and then to the 
remaining assets and liabilities on a pro rata basis, except that no loss is allocated 
to  inventories,  financial  assets,  deferred  tax  assets,  employee  benefit  assets  or 
investment property, which continue to be measured in accordance with the Group’s 
accounting policies. Impairment losses on initial classification as held for sale and 
subsequent  gains  and  losses  on  remeasurement  are  recognized  in  profit  or  loss. 
Gains are not recognized in excess of any cumulative impairment loss.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

9
1
1

 
Once classified as held for sale, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment 
are  no  longer  amortized  or  depreciated,  and  any  equity-accounted  investee  is  no 
longer equity accounted.

(m) Employee benefits
(i) Defined contribution plans
A defined contribution plan is a post-employment benefit plan under which an entity 
pays  fixed  contributions  into  a  separate  entity  and  has  no  legal  or  constructive 
obligation to pay further amounts. Obligations for contributions to defined contribution 
plans are recognized as an employee benefit expense in profit or loss in the periods 
during  which  related  services  are  rendered  by  employees.  Prepaid  contributions 
are recognized as an asset to the extent that a cash refund or a reduction in future 
payments  is  available.  Contributions  to  a  defined  contribution  plan  that  are  due 
more than 12 months after the end of the period in which the employees render the 
services are discounted to their present value.

(ii) Defined benefit plans
The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit plans is calculated separately 
for each plan by estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned 
in  the  current  and  prior  periods,  discounting  that  amount  and  deducting  the  fair 
value of any plan assets.

The  calculation  of  defined  benefit  obligations  is  performed  annually  by  a  qualified 
actuary  using  the  projected  unit  credit  method.  When  the  calculation  results  in  a 
potential  asset  for  the  Group,  the  recognized  asset  is  limited  to  the  present  value 
of  economic  benefits  available  in  the  form  of  any  future  refunds  from  the  plan  or 
reductions  in  future  contributions  to  the  plan.  To  calculate  the  present  value  of 
economic  benefits,  consideration  is  given  to  any  applicable  minimum  funding 
requirements.

Remeasurements of the net defined benefit liability, which comprise actuarial gains 
and losses, the return of plan assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset 
ceiling  (if  any,  excluding  interest),  are  recognized  immediately  in  OCI.  The  Group 
determines  the  net  interest  expense  (income)  on  the  net  defined  benefit  liability 
(asset)  for  the  period  by  applying  the  discount  rate  used  to  measure  the  defined 
benefit obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit 
liability  (asset),  taking  into  account  any  changes  in  the  net  defined  benefit  liability 
(asset)  during  the  period  as  a  result  of  contributions  and  benefit  payments.  Net 
interest expense and other expenses related to defined benefit plans are recognized 
in profit and loss.

When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting 
change in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is 
recognized immediately in profit or loss. The Group recognizes gains and losses on 
the settlement of a defined plan when the settlement occurs.

(iii) Other long term employee benefits
The  Group’s  net  obligation  in  respect  of  long-term  employee  benefits,  other  than 
pension plans, is the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in return 
for their service in the current and prior periods. The obligation is calculated using 
the projected unit credit method and is discounted to its present value and the fair 
value of any related assets is deducted. The discount rate is the yield at the reporting 
date  on  AA  credit  rated  bonds  that  have  maturity  dates  approximating  the  terms 
of  the  Group’s  obligations  and  that  are  denominated  in  the  currency  in  which  the 
benefits are expected to be paid. Remeasurements are recognized in profit or loss in 
the period in which they arise.

(iv) Termination benefits
Termination benefits are recognized as an expense when the Group is demonstrably 
committed,  without  realistic  possibility  or  withdrawal,  to  a  formal  detailed  plan 
to  either  terminate  employment  before  the  normal  retirement  date,  or  to  provide 
termination benefits as a result of an offer made to encourage voluntary redundancy. 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Termination benefits for voluntary redundancies are recognized as an expense if the 
Group has made an offer of voluntary redundancy, it is probable that the offer will be 
accepted, and the number of acceptances can be estimated reliably. If benefits are 
payable more than 12 months after the reporting date, then they are discounted to 
their present value.

(v) Short-term employee benefit
Short-term employee benefit obligations are measured on an undiscounted basis and 
are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is recognized for the amount 
expected to be paid under short-term cash bonus or profit-sharing plans if the Group 
has a present legal or constructive obligation to pay this amount as a result of past 
service provided by the employee, and the obligation can be estimated reliably.

(vi) Share-based payment transactions
The grant-date fair value of equity-settled share-based payment awards granted to 
employees is generally recognized as an expense, with a corresponding increase in 
equity, over the vesting period of the awards. The amount recognized as an expense 
is adjusted to reflect the number of awards for which the related service and non-
market  performance  conditions  are  expected  to  be  met,  such  that  the  amount 
ultimately recognized is based on the number of awards that meet the related service 
and non-market performance conditions at the vesting date.

The  fair  value  of  the  amount  payable  to  beneficiaries  in  respect  of  “phantom 
stock  unit”  grants,  which  are  settled  in  cash,  is  recognized  as  an  expense  with  a 
corresponding increase in liabilities, over the period during which the beneficiaries 
become  unconditionally  entitled  to  payment.  The  amount  is  remeasured  at  each 
reporting date and at settlement based on the fair value of the phantom stock units. 
Any changes in the liability are recognized in profit or loss.

(n) Provisions
A  provision  is  recognized  when  the  Group  has  a  legal  or  constructive  obligation 
that can be estimated reliably, as result of a past event, and it is probable that an 
outflow of economic benefits will be required to settle the obligation. The provisions 
are  determined  by  discounting  the  expected  future  cash  flows  at  a  pre-tax  rate 
that  reflects  current  market  assessments  of  the  time  value  of  money  and,  where 
appropriate,  the  risks  specific  to  the  liability.  The  unwinding  of  the  discount  is 
recognized as finance cost.

Restructuring
A provision for restructuring is recognized when the Group has approved a detailed 
and formal restructuring plan, and the restructuring has either commenced or has 
been announced publicly. Future operating costs are not provided for.

Onerous contracts
A  provision  for  onerous  contracts  is  recognized  when  the  expected  benefits  to  be 
derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable cost of meeting 
its  obligations  under  the  contract.  The  provision  is  measured  at  the  present  value 
of the lower of the expected cost of terminating the contract and the expected net 
cost  of  continuing  with  the  contract.  Before  a  provision  is  established,  the  Group 
recognizes any impairment loss on the assets associated with that contract.

(o) Revenue
(i) Pool Revenues
Aggregated  revenue  recognized  on  a  daily  basis  from  vessels  operating  on  voyage 
charters  in  the  spot  market  and  on  contract  of  affreightment  (“COA”)  within  the 
pool is converted into an aggregated net revenue amount by subtracting aggregated 
voyage expenses (such as fuel and port charges) from gross voyage revenue. These 
aggregated  net  revenues  are  combined  with  aggregated  time  charter  revenues  to 
determine  aggregated  pool  Time  Charter  Equivalent  revenue  (“TCE”).  Aggregated 
pool TCE revenue is then allocated to pool partners in accordance with the allocated 
pool points earned for each vessel that recognizes each vessel’s earnings capacity 
based  on  its  cargo,  capacity,  speed  and  fuel  consumption  performance  and  actual 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

1
2
1

 
on hire days. The TCE revenue earned by our vessels operated in the pools is equal 
to the pool point rating of the vessels multiplied by time on hire, as reported by the 
pool manager.

(ii) Time - and Bareboat charters
Revenues from time charters and bareboat charters are accounted for as operating 
leases and are recognized on a straight line basis over the periods of such charters, 
as service is performed.

The Group does not recognize time charter revenues during periods that vessels are 
offhire.

(iii) Spot voyages
Within the shipping industry, there are two methods used to account for voyage 
revenues:  rateably  over  the  estimated  length  of  each  voyage  and  completed 
voyage.

The recognition of voyage revenues rateably on a daily basis over the estimated length 
of each voyage is the most prevalent method of accounting for voyage revenues and the 
method used by the Group and the pools in which we participate. Under each method, 
voyages may be calculated on either a load-to-load or discharge-to-discharge basis. 
In applying its revenue recognition method, management believes that the discharge-
to-discharge basis of calculating voyages more accurately estimates voyage results 
than the load-to-load basis. Since, at the time of discharge, management generally 
knows the next load port and expected discharge port, the discharge-to-discharge 
calculation of voyage revenues can be estimated with a greater degree of accuracy. 
Euronav does not begin recognizing voyage revenue until a charter has been agreed 
to by both the Group and the customer, even if the vessel has discharged its cargo 
and is sailing to the anticipated load port on its next voyage because it is only at this 
time the charter rate is determinable for the specified load and discharge ports and 
collectability is reasonably assured.

No revenue is recognized if there are significant uncertainties regarding recovery of 
the consideration due and associated costs.

(p) Gain and losses on disposal of vessels
In view of their importance the Group reports capital gains and losses on the sale of 
vessels as a separate line item in the consolidated statement of profit or loss. For the 
sale of vessels, transfer of risks and awards usually occurs upon delivery of the vessel 
to the new owner.

(q) Leases
Lease payments

Payments  made  under  operating  leases  are  recognized  in  the  income  statement 
on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease.  Lease  incentives  received  are 
recognized as an integral part of the total lease expense, over the term of the lease.
Minimum lease payments made under finance leases are apportioned between the 
finance expense and the reduction of the outstanding liability. The finance expense 
is allocated to each period during the lease term so as to produce a constant period 
rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability.

(r) Finance income and finance cost
Net  financing  costs  comprise  interest  payable  on  borrowings  calculated  using  the 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
effective interest rate method, dividends on redeemable preference shares, interest 
receivable on  funds  invested,  dividend  income,  foreign exchange gains and  losses, 
and gains and losses on hedging instruments that are recognized in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss (refer to accounting policy (h)).

Interest  income  is  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  as  it 
accrues,  taking  into  account  the  effective  yield  on  the  asset.  Dividend  income 
is  recognized  in  the  consolidated  statement  of  profit  or  loss  on  the  date  that  the 
dividend is declared.

The  interest  expense  component  of  finance  lease  payments  is  recognized  in  the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss using the effective interest rate method.

(s) Income tax
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. Current tax and deferred 
tax are recognized in profit or loss except to the extent that it relates to a business 
combination, or items recognized directly in equity or in OCI.

Current tax is the expected tax payable on the taxable income for the year, using tax 
rates enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date, and any adjustment 
to tax payable in respect of previous years.

Deferred tax is recognized using the balance sheet method, in respect of temporary 
differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial 
reporting purposes and the amounts used for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not 
recognized for: the initial recognition of goodwill, the initial recognition of assets or 
liabilities that affect neither accounting nor taxable profit, and differences relating 
to investments in subsidiaries to the extent that they will probably not reverse in the 
foreseeable future. The amount of deferred tax recognized is based on the expected 
manner of realization or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, 
using tax rates enacted or substantially enacted at the balance sheet date. Deferred 
tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  offset  if  there  is  a  legally  enforceable  right  to  offset 
current tax liabilities and assets, and they relate to income taxes levied by the same 
tax authority on the same taxable entity.

A deferred tax asset is recognized only to the extent that it is probable that future 
taxable  profits  will  be  available  against  which  the  asset  can  be  utilized.  Deferred 
tax assets are reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that the related tax 
benefit will be realized.

In application of an IFRIC agenda decision on IAS 12 Income taxes, tonnage tax is not 
accounted for as income taxes in accordance with IAS 12 and is not presented as part 
of income tax expense in the income statement but is shown as an administrative 
expense under the heading Other operating expenses.

(t) Segment reporting
An  operating  segment  is  a  component  of  the  Group  that  engages  in  business 
activities from which it may earn revenues and incur expenses, including revenues 
and expenses that relate to transactions with any of the Group’s other components. 
The  Group  distinguishes  two  segments:  the  operation  of  crude  oil  tankers  on  the 
international markets and the floating storage and offloading operations (FSO/FpSO). 
The Group’s internal organizational and management structure does not distinguish 
any geographical segments.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

3
2
1

 
(u) Discontinued operations
A discontinued operation is a component of the Group’s business that represents a 
separate  major  line  of  business  or  geographical  area  of  operations  that  has  been 
disposed  of  or  is  held  for  sale,  or  is  a  subsidiary  acquired  exclusively  with  a  view 
to resale. Classification as a discontinued operation occurs upon disposal or when 
the  operation  meets  the  criteria  to  be  classified  as  held  for  sale,  if  earlier.  When 
an operation is classified as a discontinued operation, the comparative statement of 
profit or loss is represented as if the operation had been discontinued from the start 
of the comparative period.

(v) New standards and interpretations not yet adopted
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpretations are not 
yet  effective  for  the  year  ended  31  December  2017,  and  have  not  been  applied  in 
preparing these consolidated financial statements:

IFRS 9 Financial instruments, the IASB issued the final version of IFRS 9 Financial 
Instruments in July 2014. IFRS 9 is effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2018, with early adoption permitted. The Group will apply IFRS 9 initially 
on 1 January 2018 and will not restate comparative information for prior periods. The 
new standard will require the Group to revise its accounting processes and internal 
controls  related  to  reporting  financial  instruments.  An  analysis  indicated  that  the 
initial adoption of IFRS 9 on January 1, 2018 would result in a provision for doubtful 
debtors of USD 16k. The adoption of IFRS 9 will not have any other impact on the 
classification or measurement of financial assets.

IFRS  15  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers establishes  a  comprehensive 
framework  for  determining  whether,  how  much  and  when  revenue  is  recognized. 
It  replaces  existing  revenue  recognition  guidance,  including  IAS  18  Revenue,  IAS 
11  Construction  Contracts,  IFRIC  13  Customer  Loyalty  Programmes,  IFRIC  15 
Agreements for the Construction of Real Estate, IFRIC 18 Transfers of Assets from 
Customers and SIC 31 Barter Transactions Involving Advertising Services. IFRS 15 
is effective for the annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2018, with early 
adoption  permitted.  The  standard  establishes  a  five-step  model  that  will  apply  to 
revenue earned from a contract with a customer. The standard’s requirements will 
also apply to the sale of some non-financial assets that are not part of the entity’s 
ordinary  activities  (e.g.,  sales  of  property  or  plant  and  equipment).  Extensive 
disclosures will be required, including disaggregation of total revenue, information 
about  performance  obligations,  changes  in  contract  asset  and  liability  account 
balances between periods and key judgements and estimates.

The guidance permits two methods of adoption: retrospectively to each prior reporting 
period  presented  (full  retrospective  method),  or  the  cumulative  effect  of  initially 
applying  the  guidance  recognized  at  the  date  of  initial  application  (the  cumulative 
catch-up transition method). The Group will adopt the standard using the cumulative 
catch-up  transition  method.  The  new  standard  will  be  effective  for  us  beginning 
January 1, 2018. The Group has undertaken a comprehensive approach to assess the 
impact of the guidance on its business by reviewing the current accounting policies 
and practices to identify any potential differences that result from applying the new 
requirements to the consolidated financial statements. Part of the Group’s revenue 
is generated from time charters, where revenue is recognized on an accrual basis 
and  is  recorded  over  the  term  of  the  charter  as  the  service  is  provided.  This  new 
guidance  will  not  have  any  impact  on  this  aspect  of  the  Group’s  revenue.  For  spot 
charters,  we  recognize  revenue  on  a  discharge-to-discharge  basis  in  determining 
the  percentage  of  completion  for  all  voyage  charters.  After  consulting  with  other 
shipping companies on business assumptions, processes, systems and controls the 
Group decided to recognize revenue on a load-to-discharge basis as from January 
1, 2018. Under this new standard the Group will also capitalize the voyage expenses 
incurred between the previous discharge port and the next load port if they qualify as 
fulfillment costs under IFRS 15 and if they are expected to be recovered. An analysis 
of spot charter revenue from voyages over year-end indicated that the initial adoption 
of IFRS 15 on January 1, 2018 will result in a reduction of accrued revenue by USD 
4.4  million  and  the  recognition  of  capitalized  fulfillment  costs  of  USD  2.7  million, 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
with a corresponding net reduction of equity. The new standard will also require the 
Group to revise its accounting processes and internal controls related to reporting 
spot charter revenue and voyage expenses.

IFRS 16 Leases published on January 13, 2016 makes a distinction between a service 
contract and a lease based on whether the contract conveys the right to control the 
use of an identified asset and introduces a single, on-balance sheet lease accounting 
model for lessees. A lessee recognizes a right-of-use asset representing its right to 
use the underlying asset and a lease liability representing its obligation to make lease 
payments.  There  are  optional  exemptions  for  short  term  leases  and  leases  of  low 
value items. Lessor accounting remains similar to the current standard - i.e. lessors 
continue to classify leases as finance or operating leases. For lessors, there is little 
change to the existing accounting in IAS 17 Leases. IFRS 16 replaces existing leases 
guidance  including  IAS  17  Leases,  IFRIC  4  Determining  whether  an  Arrangement 
contains  a  Lease,  SIC-15  Operating  Leases-Incentives  and  SIC-27  Evaluating  the 
Substance  of  Transactions  Involving  the  Legal  Form  of  a  Lease.  The  standard  is 
effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2019. Early adoption is 
permitted for entities that apply IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers at 
or before the date of initial application of IFRS 16. The Group will adopt IFRS 16 as of 
January 1, 2019. No quantitative or qualitative assessment of the impact of IFRS 16 
has been made to date, but the Group expects that the most significant impact will 
be that the Group will recognize new assets and liabilities for its operating leases as 
lessee (for company cars, office rental and bare boat charters). Reference is also made 
to the disclosure on lease payments in Note 19. In addition, the nature and recognition 
of  expenses  related  to  those  leases  will  change  as  IFRS  16  replaces  the  straight-
line operating lease expense with a depreciation charge for right-of-use assets and 
interest expense on lease liabilities. The Group does not expect the adoption of IFRS 
16 to impact its ability to comply with the loan covenants described in Note 18.

Classification  and  Measurement  of  Share-based  Payment  Transactions 
(Amendments to IFRS 2) issued on 20 June 2016 covers three accounting areas: 
the  measurement  of  cash-settled  share-based  payments;  the  classification  of 
share-based  payments  settled  net  of  tax  withholdings;  and  the  accounting  for  a 
modification  of  a  share-based  payment  from  cash-settled  to  equity-settled.  The 
amendments are effective for annual periods commencing on or after 1 January 
2018. As a practical simplification, the amendments can be applied prospectively 
so that prior periods do not have to be restated. Retrospective, or early application 
is  permitted  if  companies  have  the  required  information.  The  amendments  are 
not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial 
statements.

Transfers of property assets to/from, investment property (Amendments to IAS 40) 
issued on 8 December 2016, clarifies that a property asset is transferred to, or from, 
investment property when and only when there is an actual change in use. A change 
in  management  intention  alone  does  not  support  a  transfer.  The  amendments  are 
effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  January  2018,  with  earlier 
adoption permitted. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on 
the Group’s consolidated financial statements. These amendments have not yet been 
endorsed by the EU.

Long-term  Interests  in  Associates  and  Joint  Ventures  (Amendments  to  IAS  28) 
issued on 12 October 2017, clarifies how companies should account for long-term 
interests in an associate or joint venture, to which the equity method is not applied, 
using IFRS 9. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2019, with early adoption permitted. The amendments are not expected 
to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. These 
amendments have not yet been endorsed by the EU.

IFRIC  22  Foreign  currency  transactions  and  Advance  consideration  issued  on  8 
December 2016, clarifies the transaction date to be used to determine the exchange 
rate  for  translating  foreign  currency  transactions  involving  an  advance  payment 
or  receipt.  The  interpretation  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

5
2
1

 
1 January 2018, with earlier adoption permitted. The amendments are not expected 
to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Group’s  consolidated  financial  statements.  This 
interpretation has not yet been endorsed by the EU.

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatments issued on 7 June 2017, clarifies 
how to apply the recognition and measurement requirements in IAS 12 when there 
is  uncertainty  over  income  tax  treatments.  In  such  a  circumstance,  an  entity  shall 
recognize  and  measure  its  current  or  deferred  tax  asset  or  liability  applying  the 
requirements in IAS 12 based on taxable profit (tax loss), tax bases, unused tax losses, 
unused tax credits and tax rates determined applying this Interpretation. An entity 
is required to assume that a tax authority with the right to examine and challenge 
tax treatments will examine those treatments and have full knowledge of all related 
information. Detection risk is not considered in the recognition and measurement of 
uncertain tax treatments. The entity should measure the impact of the uncertainty 
using  the  method  that  best  predicts  the  resolution  of  the  uncertainty;  either  the 
most  likely  amount  method  or  the  expected  value  method.  The  interpretation 
is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  on  or  after  1  January  2019,  with  earlier 
adoption permitted. The amendments are not expected to have a material impact on 
the Group’s consolidated financial statements. This interpretation has not yet been 
endorsed by the EU.

Annual  improvements  to  IFRSs  2014-2016  Cycle,  issued  on  8  December  2016, 
covers the following minor amendments:

• IFRS  1  First-time  Adoption  of  IFRS:  removes  outdated  exemptions  for  first-time 
adopters of IFRS (effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018);
• IFRS 12 Disclosure of Interests in Other Entities: the amendments clarify that the 
disclosure requirements for interests in other entities also apply to interests that 
are classified as held for sale or distribution (effective for annual periods beginning 
on or after 1 January 2017 and adopted by the Group as of 1 January 2017).

• IAS 28 Investments in Associates and Joint Ventures: the amendments  clarify 
that  a  venture  capital  organization,  or  other  qualifying  entity,  may  elect  to 
measure its investments in an associate or joint venture at fair value through 
profit or loss. This election can be made on an investment-by-investment basis. 
A  non-investment  entity  investor  may  elect  to  retain  the  fair  value  accounting 
applied  by  an  investment  entity  associate  or  investment  entity  joint  venture 
to  its  subsidiaries.  This  election  can  be  made  separately  for  each  investment 
entity  associate  or  joint  venture.  These  amendments  are  effective  for  annual 
periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018, with earlier adoption permitted. 
The  amendments  are  not  expected  to  have  a  material  impact  on  the  Group’s 
consolidated financial statements.

Annual  improvements  to  IFRSs  2015-2017  Cycle,  issued  on  12  December  2017, 
covers the following minor amendments:

• IFRS  3  Business  Combinations:  the  amendments  clarify  that  a  company 
remeasures  its  previously  held  interest  in  a  joint  operation  when  it  obtains 
control of the business.

• IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements: the amendments clarify that a company does not 
remeasure its previously held interest in a joint operation when it obtains joint 
control of the business.

• IAS  12  Income  Taxes:  the  amendments  clarify  that  a  company  accounts  for  all 
income tax consequences of dividend payments consistently with the transactions 
that generated the distributable profits - i.e. in profit or loss, OCI or equity.

• IAS 23 Borrowing Costs: the amendments clarify that a company treats as part 
of general borrowings any borrowing originally made to develop an asset when 
the asset is ready for its intended use or sale.

The amendments are effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after 1 
January 2019 with earlier application permitted. The amendments are not expected 
to have a material impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements. These 
amendments have not yet been endorsed by the EU.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Note 2 - Segment reporting

The Group distinguishes two operating segments: the operation of crude oil tankers on the 
international markets (Tankers) and the floating production, storage and offloading operations 
(FSO/FpSO). These two divisions operate in completely different markets, where in the latter 
the assets are tailor made or converted for specific long term projects. The tanker market 
requires a different marketing strategy as this is considered a very volatile market, contract 
duration is often less than two years and the assets are to a large extent standardized. The 
segment profit or loss figures and key assets as set out below are presented to the executive 
committee  on  at  least  a  quarterly  basis  to  help  the  key  decision  makers  in  evaluating  the 
respective  segments.  The  Chief  Operating  Decision  Maker  (CODM)  also  receives  the 
information  per  segment  based  on  proportionate  consolidation  for  the  joint  ventures  and 
not  by  applying  equity  accounting.  The  reconciliation  between  the  figures  of  all  segments 
combined  on  the  one  hand  and  with  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  position  and 
profit or loss on the other hand is presented in a separate column Equity-accounted investees.

The Group has one client in the Tankers segment that represented 10% of the Tankers 
segment total revenue in 2017 (2016: two clients which represented 10% each and 
in 2015 one client which represented 11%). All the other clients represent less than 
10% of total revenues of the Tankers segment.

The Group did not identify any relevant geographic areas.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF FINANCIAL POSITION

(in thousands of USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Tankers

FSO

Less: 
Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

Tankers

FSO

Less: 
Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

Assets

Vessels
Assets under construction
Other tangible assets
Intangible assets
Receivables
Investments in equity accounted investees
Deferred tax assets

2,271,500
63,668
1,663
72
163,382
1,695
2,487

168,100
-
-
-
10,739
-
223

(168,100) 2,271,500 2,383,163
86,136
777
156
204,079
1,546
964

63,668
1,663
72
160,352
30,595
2,487

-
-
-
(13,769)
28,900
(223)

186,170
-
-
-
9,414
-
-

(186,170) 2,383,163
86,136
777
156
183,914
18,413
964

-
-
-
(29,579)
16,867
-

Total non-current assets

2,504,467 179,062

(153,192) 2,530,337 2,676,821 195,584

(198,882) 2,673,523

Total current assets

281,132

11,581

(12,077)

280,636

375,037

43,048

(44,697)

373,388

TOTAL ASSETS

2,785,599 190,643

(165,269) 2,810,973 3,051,858 238,632

(243,579) 3,046,911

Equity and liabilities

Total equity

1,820,887

25,473

1 1,846,361 1,892,836

(4,879)

(1) 1,887,956

Bank and other loans
Convertible and other Notes
Other payables
Deferred tax liabilities
Employee benefits
Amounts due to equity-accounted joint 
ventures
Provisions

653,730
147,619
539
-
3,984

162,762
-
-
1,680
-

(162,762)
-
-
(1,680)
-

653,730
147,619
539
-
3,984

966,443
-
533
-
2,846

203,512
-
1,118
-
-

(203,512)
-
(1,118)
-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

38

-

-

-

-

966,443
-
533
-
2,846

-

38

Total non-current liabilities

805,872 164,442

(164,442)

805,872

969,860 204,630

(204,630)

969,860

Total current liabilities

158,840

728

(828)

158,740

189,162

38,881

(38,948)

189,095

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

TOTAL EQUITY AND LIABILITIES

2,785,599 190,643

(165,269) 2,810,973 3,051,858 238,632

(243,579) 3,046,911

7
2
1

 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF PROFIT OR LOSS

(in thousands of USD)

2017

Shipping income
Revenue
Gains on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets
Other operating income

Tankers

FSO

Less: Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

513,398
36,538
4,902

59,513
-
234

(59,543)
-
(234)

513,368
36,538
4,902

Total shipping income

554,838

59,747

(59,777)

554,808

Operating expenses
Voyage expenses and commissions
Vessel operating expenses
Charter hire expenses
Losses on disposal of vessels/other tangible assets
Loss on disposal of investments in equity accounted investees
Depreciation tangible assets
Depreciation intangible assets
General and administrative expenses

(62,035)
(150,390)
(31,173)
(21,027)
-
(229,777)
(95)
(46,871)

(304)
(9,157)
-
-
-
(18,071)
-
(30)

304
9,120
-
-
-
18,071
-
33

(62,035)
(150,427)
(31,173)
(21,027)
-
(229,777)
(95)
(46,868)

Total operating expenses

(541,368)

(27,562)

27,528

(541,402)

RESULT FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

13,470

32,185

(32,249)

13,406

Finance income
Finance expenses

Net finance expenses

7,267
(50,730)

197
(1,026)

(198)
1,027

7,266
(50,729)

(43,463)

(829)

829

(43,463)

Share of profit (loss) of equity accounted investees 
(net of income tax)

150

-

29,932

30,082

Profit (loss) before income tax

(29,843)

31,356

(1,488)

Income tax expense

1,358

(1,488)

1,488

Profit (loss) for the period

(28,485)

29,868

Attributable to:
Owners of the company

(28,485)

29,868

-

-

25

1,358

1,383

1,383

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands of USD)

2017

Net cash from operating activities
Net cash from (used in) investing activities
Net cash from (used in) financing activities

Capital expenditure
Impairment losses
Impairment losses reversed

Tankers

FSO

Less: Equity-
accounted 
investees

211,310
(40,243)
(234,921)

(177,901)
-
-

49,684
-
(78,421)

(49,698)
1
78,367

-
-
-

-
-
-

Total

211,295
(40,242)
(234,976)

(177,901)
-
-

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
2016

2015

Tankers

FSO

Less: Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

Tankers

FSO

Less: Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

704,766
50,397
6,765

65,125
-
327

(85,626)
-
(96)

684,265
50,397
6,996

898,495
13,302
6,798

64,504
-
808

(116,492)
-
(180)

846,507
13,302
7,426

761,928

65,452

(85,722)

741,658

918,595

65,312

(116,672)

867,235

(63,305)
(164,478)
(17,713)
(1)
(24,150)
(233,368)
(99)
(44,152)

(476)
(9,679)
-
-
-
(18,071)
-
(80)

4,221
13,958
-
(1)
-
23,775
-
181

(59,560)
(160,199)
(17,713)
(2)
(24,150)
(227,664)
(99)
(44,051)

(83,896)
(160,894)
(25,849)
(8,002)
-
(221,399)
(50)
(46,433)

(473)
(10,074)
-
-
-
(18,071)
-
(283)

13,132
17,250
-
-
-
29,314
-
465

(71,237)
(153,718)
(25,849)
(8,002)
-
(210,156)
(50)
(46,251)

(547,266)

(28,306)

42,134

(533,438)

(546,523)

(28,901)

60,161

(515,263)

214,662

37,146

(43,588)

208,220

372,072

36,411

(56,511)

351,972

6,864
(52,420)

57
(2,552)

(66)
3,277

6,855
(51,695)

3,313
(52,590)

22
(3,663)

(23)
5,311

3,312
(50,942)

(45,556)

(2,495)

3,211

(44,840)

(49,277)

(3,641)

5,288

(47,630)

334

-

40,161

40,495

185

-

51,407

51,592

169,440

34,651

(216)

203,875

322,980

32,770

184

355,934

174

(216)

216

174

(5,633)

184

(184)

(5,633)

169,614

34,435

169,614

34,435

-

-

204,049

317,347

32,954

204,049

317,347

32,954

-

-

350,301

350,301

2016

2015

Tankers

FSO

Less: Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

Tankers

FSO

Less: Equity-
accounted 
investees

Total

427,926
(90,891)
(264,714)

(342,698)
-
-

49,013
-
(32,929)

(38,737)
(9,724)
36,483

-
-
-

-
-
-

438,202
(100,615)
(261,160)

(342,698)
-
-

505,821
(248,770)
(350,429)

(361,754)
-
-

58,747
-
(20,557)

-
-
-

(114,036)
42,897
5,671

1,611
-
-

450,532
(205,873)
(365,315)

(360,143)
-
-

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

9
2
1

 
Note 3 - Assets and liabilities held for sale and discontinued operations

ASSETS HELD FOR SALE

The assets held for sale can be detailed as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

 December 31, 2015

Vessels
Of which in Tankers segment
Of which in FSO segment

-
-
-

-
-
-

24,195
24,195
-

(in thousands of USD)

At January 1, 2015

Assets transferred to assets held for sale
Famenne

Assets sold from assets held for sale
Antarctica

At December 31, 2015

At January 1, 2016

Assets sold from assets held for sale
Famenne

(Estimated) 
Sale price

Book
Value

Asset Held 
For Sale

(Expected) 
Gain

(Expected) 
Loss

-

-

89,000

-

38,016

24,195

24,195

13,821

91,065

89,000

(89,000)

2,065

-

-

-

-

24,195

15,886

24,195

-

38,016

24,195

(24,195)

13,821

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

At December 31, 2016

-

-

-

13,821

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

On January 15, 2016, the Company sold the VLCC Famenne (2001 - 298,412 dwt), for 
USD 38.4 million. This vessel was accounted for as a non-current asset held for sale 
as at December 31, 2015, and had a carrying value of USD 24.2 million as of that date. 
The vessel was delivered to its new owner on March 9, 2016. Taking into account the 
sales commissions, the gain on the sale of this vessel amounted to USD 13.8 million. 
This gain has been recorded upon delivery of the vessel and is therefore reflected in 
the consolidated statement of profit or loss for the twelve months ended December 
31, 2016.

As per December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Group had no assets held for 
sale.

Discontinued operations
As per December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the Group had no operations that 
meet the criteria of a discontinued operation.

 
Note 4 - Revenue and other operating income

(in thousands of USD)

Pool Revenue
Spot Voyages
Time Charters

Total revenue

Other operating income

Note

-
-
19

-

2017

249,303
145,360
118,705

513,368

4,902

2016

340,217
203,821
140,227

684,265

6,996

2015

455,617
264,799
126,091

846,507

7,426

For  the  accounting  treatment  of  revenue,  we  refer  to  the  accounting  policies  (o)  - 
Revenue.

The decrease in revenue is mostly related to the decrease in pool and spot voyage 
revenue which is due to lower freight market conditions.

Other  operating  income  includes  revenues  related  to  the  daily  standard  business 
operation of the fleet and that are not directly attributable to an individual voyage, 
such as insurance rebates received based on changes in our vessels' trading patterns.

Note 5 - Expenses for shipping activities and other expenses from operating activities

VOYAGE EXPENSES AND COMMISSIONS

(in thousands of USD)

Voyage related expense
Commissions paid

Total voyage expenses and commissions

Note

-
-

2017

(57,140)
(4,895)

(62,035)

2016

(52,836)
(6,724)

(59,560)

2015

(62,787)
(8,450)

(71,237)

The  majority  of  voyage  expenses  are  bunkers,  port  costs  and  agent  fees  paid  to 
operate the vessels on the spot market. These expenses increased in 2017 compared 
to  2016  because  a  lower  proportion  of  vessels  were  on  time  charter  contract  in 
2017 and because bunker costs per ton increased. For vessels under a time charter 
contract, voyage expenses are paid by the charterer and for vessels operated on the 
spot market, voyage expenses are paid by the ship owner.

VESSEL OPERATING EXPENSES

(in thousands of USD)

Operating expenses
Insurance

Note

-
-

2017

(139,832)
(10,595)

2016

(148,554)
(11,645)

2015

(142,035)
(11,683)

Total vessel operating expenses

(150,427)

(160,199)

(153,718)

The operating expenses relate mainly to the crewing, technical and other costs to 
operate  tankers.  In  2017  these  expenses  were  lower  compared  to  2016  because 
technical  operating  expenses  were  lower  thanks  to  cost  optimization  strategies 
applied in 2017.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

1
3
1

 
CHARTER HIRE EXPENSES

(in thousands of USD)

Charter hire
Bare boat hire

Total charter hire expenses

Note

19
19

2017

(62)
(31,111)

(31,173)

2016

(16,921)
(792)

(17,713)

2015

(25,849)
-

(25,849)

The  decrease  in  charter  hire  is  mainly  due  to  the  redelivery  of  the  two  chartered-
in  vessels,  the  VLCC KHK Vision  and  the  Suezmax Suez Hans,  to  their  owners  on 
October 27, 2016 and November 27, 2016 respectively.

The  increase  in  bareboat  charter-hire  expenses  in  2017  is  entirely  attributable  to 
the  sale  and  leaseback  agreement  of  four  VLCCs  (Nautilus, Navarin, Neptun  and 
Nucleus), under a five year bareboat contract agreed on December 16, 2016.

GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

(in thousands of USD)

Note

Wages and salaries
Social security costs
Provision for employee benefits
Equity-settled share-based payments
Other employee benefits

Employee benefits

Administrative expenses
Tonnage Tax
Claims
Provisions

Total general and administrative expenses

Average number of full time equivalents 
(shore staff)

-
-
16
22
-

-
-
-
-

2017

(12,853)
(2,511)
(827)
(313)
(3,148)

(19,652)

(22,579)
(4,772)
(25)
160

(46,868)

2016

(12,754)
(2,532)
(261)
(406)
(3,178)

(19,131)

(21,264)
(4,246)
(13)
603

(44,051)

2015

(12,554)
(2,379)
(108)
(1,637)
(3,715)

(20,392)

(21,389)
(4,360)
(19)
(91)

(46,251)

150.49

139.44

132.20

The  general  and  administrative  expenses  which  include  amongst  others:  shore 
staff wages, director fees, office rental, consulting and audit fees and Tonnage Tax, 
increased in 2017 compared to 2016. This increase was mainly due to an increase in 
provisions for employee benefits, and to higher administrative expenses.

The  administrative  expenses  increased  in  2017  compared  to  2016  due  to  the 
signing  and  usage  by  Tankers  International  Ltd.  of  a  senior  secured  uncommitted 
on-demand  line  of  credit  to  fund  the  working  capital  in  the  ordinary  course  of  TI 
Pool's business of operating a pool of tankers vessels, including but not limited to 
the purchase of bunker fuel, the payment of expenses relating to specific voyages 
and supplies of pool vessels, commissions payable on fixtures, port costs, expenses 
for hull and propeller cleaning, canal costs, insurance costs for the account of the 
pool, and insurance and fees payable for towage of vessels. The TI Pool's financing 
expenses are part of the Pool administrative expenses which are borne by the Pool 
participants, including Euronav.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Note 6 - Net finance expense

RECOGNIZED IN PROFIT OR LOSS

(in thousands of USD)

Interest income
Foreign exchange gains

Finance income

Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at 
amortized cost
Amortization other Notes
Other financial charges
Foreign exchange losses

Finance expense

Net finance expense recognized in profit or loss

2017

655
6,611

7,266

(38,391)

-
(5,819)
(6,519)

(50,729)

(43,463)

Interest  expense  on  financial  liabilities  measured  at  amortized  cost  decreased 
during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  compared  to  2016.  This  decrease  was 
primarily attributable to the fact that the increase in floating interest rates in 2017 
was  more  than  offset  by  a  decrease  in  average  outstanding  debt  during  the  year 
ended December 31, 2017, compared to 2016. Other financial charges increased in 
2017 compared to 2016, which was primarily attributable to commitment fees paid 
for available credit lines, of which the total availability increased in 2017.

The above finance income and expenses include the following in respect of assets 
(liabilities) not at fair value through profit or loss:

(in thousands of USD)

Total interest income on financial assets
Total interest expense on financial liabilities
Total other financial charges

Recognized directly in equity

Foreign currency translation differences for foreign 
operations

Net finance expense recognized directly in equity

Attributable to:
Owners of the Company

Net finance expense recognized directly in equity

Recognized in:
Translation reserve

2017

655
(38,391)
(5,819)

448

448

448

448

448

2016

217
6,638

6,855

(39,007)

-
(4,577)
(8,111)

(51,695)

(44,840)

2016

217
(39,007)
(4,577)

170

170

170

170

170

2015

208
3,104

3,312

(38,246)

(4,127)
(4,355)
(4,214)

(50,942)

(47,630)

2015

208
(42,373)
(4,355)

(429)

(429)

(429)

(429)

(429)

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

3
3
1

 
Note 7 - Income tax benefit (expense)

(in thousands of USD)

Current tax

Current period

Total current tax

Deferred tax

Recognition of unused tax losses/(use of tax losses)
Other

Total deferred tax

Total tax benefit/(expense)

Reconciliation of effective tax

Profit (loss) before tax

2017

2016

2015

(85)

(85)

1,473
(30)

1,443

1,358

2017

25

60

60

220
(106)

114

174

2016

(98)

(98)

(5,450)
(85)

(5,535)

(5,633)

2015

203,875

355,934

Tax at domestic rate
Effects on tax of :
Tax exempt profit / loss
Tax adjustments for previous years
Loss for which no DTA (*) has been recognized
Use of previously unrecognized tax losses
Non-deductible expenses
Tonnage Tax regime
Effect of share of profit of equity-accounted investees
Effects of tax regimes in foreign jurisdictions

(33.99)%

(8)

(33.99)%

(69,297)

(33.99)% (120,982)

499
10
—
7,146
(710)
(13,918)
10,175
(1,836)

(8,090)
70
—
1,118
(1,718)
64,637
13,761
(307)

(144)
17
(4,811)
15,668
(5,225)
91,334
17,536
974

Total taxes

5,430.01%

1,358

0.09%

174

(1.58)%

(5,633)

* DTA = Deferred Tax Asset

In application of an IFRIC agenda decision on ‘IAS 12 Income taxes’, tonnage tax is not 
accounted for as income taxes in accordance with IAS 12 and is not presented as part 
of income tax expense in the consolidated statement of profit or loss but has been 
shown as an administrative expense under the heading General and administrative 
expenses. The amount paid for tonnage tax in the year ended December 31, 2017 was 
USD 4.8 million (see Note 5).

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Note 8 - Property, plant and equipment

(in thousands of USD)

Note

Vessels

Vessels under 
construction

Other tangible 
assets

Prepayments

Total PPE

2,997
(1,771)

16,601
-

3,362,205
(1,086,044)

1,226

16,601

2,276,161

288
(3)
(428)
-
-
(35)

8,001
(8,000)
-
-
(16,600)
-

2,288,036

93,890

1,048

Net carrying amount

2,288,036

93,890

At January 1, 2015

Cost
Depreciation & impairment losses

Net carrying amount

Acquisitions
Disposals and cancellations
Depreciation charges
Transfer to assets held for sale
Transfers
Translation differences

Balance at December 31, 2015

At January 1, 2016

Cost
Depreciation & impairment losses

-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-

Acquisitions
Acquisitions through business 
combinations
Disposals and cancellations
Depreciation charges
Transfer to assets held for sale
Transfers
Translation differences

Balance at December 31, 2016

At January 1, 2017

Cost
Depreciation & impairment losses

Net carrying amount

Acquisitions
Acquisitions through business 
combinations
Disposals and cancellations
Depreciation charges
Transfer to assets held for sale
Transfers
Translation differences

Balance at December 31, 2017

At December 31, 2017

Cost
Depreciation & impairment losses

-

24

-
-
-
-
-

-
-

-

24

-
-
-
-
-

-
-

3,342,607
(1,084,273)

2,258,334

257,706
(10,681)
(209,728)
(24,195)
16,600
-

-
-

-

93,890
-
-
-
-
-

3,477,605
(1,189,569)

93,890
-

250,912

120,280

(143,457)
(227,306)
-
94,698
-

86,944

-

-
-
-
(94,698)
-

2,383,163

86,136

2,383,163

86,136

125,486

51,201

-

(81,389)
(229,429)
-
73,669
-

-

-
-
-
(73,669)
-

2,271,500

63,668

3,595,692
(1,324,192)

63,668
-

Net carrying amount

2,271,500

63,668

On January 12 and January 20, 2017, Euronav took delivery of the VLCCs Ardeche
(2017 - 298,642 dwt) and the VLCC Aquitaine (2017 - 298,767 dwt).

2,482
(1,434)

1,048

175

-

(7)
(358)
-
5
(86)

777

777

1,203

-

(9)
(348)
-
-
40

1,663

3,545
(1,882)

1,663

3,748,135
(1,364,972)

86,136
-

2,373
(1,596)

2

2
-

2

3

-

-
-
-
(5)
-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-

-

-
-

-

359,885
(18,684)
(210,156)
(24,195)
-
(35)

2,382,976

3,573,979
(1,191,003)

2,382,976

338,034

120,280

(143,464)
(227,664)
-
-
(86)

2,470,076

3,836,644
(1,366,568)

2,470,076

177,890

-

(81,398)
(229,777)
-
-
40

2,336,831

3,662,905
(1,326,074)

2,336,831

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

5
3
1

 
In 2017, the Cap Lara, Captain Michael, Alsace, Iris, Navarin, Simone, Ilma, Nucleus,
Neptun, Sonia, Filikon, TI Europe  and  Nectar  have  been  dry-docked.  The  cost  of 
planned  repairs  and  maintenance  is  capitalized  and  included  under  the  heading 
acquisitions and is depreciated over their estimated useful life (2.5-5 years).

DISPOSAL OF ASSETS – GAINS/LOSSES

(in thousands of USD)

Note Acquisitions

Sale price

Book Value

Gain

Antarctica - Sale
Cap Laurent - Sale
Other

At December 31, 2015

Famenne - Sale
Nautilus - Sale
Navarin - Sale
Neptun - Sale
Nucleus - Sale
Other

At December 31, 2016

TI Topaz - Sale
Flandre - Sale
Cap Georges - Sale
Artois - Sale
Other

At December 31, 2017

3
-
-

3
-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

91,065
21,825
-

38,016
43,250
47,250
47,250
47,250
-

20,790
45,000
9,310
21,780
28

89,000
10,682
-

24,195
32,208
36,739
37,534
36,974
-

41,817
24,693
801
14,077
8

Deferred 
Gain

-
-
-

-

-
(500)
(1,500)
(1,500)
(1,500)
-

2,065
11,143
94

13,302

13,821
11,042
10,511
9,716
10,276
31

Loss

-
-
(8,002)

(8,002)

-
-
-
-
-
(2)

(2)

55,397

(5,000)

-
20,307
8,509
7,703
20

36,538

-
-
-
-
-

-

(21,027)
-
-
-
-

(21,027)

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

On  May  23,  2017,  the  Company  sold  the  VLCC  TI Topaz  (2002  -  319,430  dwt),  for  a 
net sales price of USD 20.8 million. The loss on that sale of USD 21.0 million was 
recorded upon delivery of the vessel to its new owner in the second quarter of 2017.

On November 10, 2017, the Company sold the VLCC Flandre (2004 - 305,688 dwt) for 
USD 45.0 million to a global supplier and operator of offshore floating platforms. The 
Company recorded a gain of USD 20.3 million on the sale which was recorded upon 
delivery to its new owner on December 20, 2017.

On November 16, 2017, the Company sold the Suezmax Cap Georges (1998 - 146,652 
dwt) for USD 9.3 million. The Company recorded a gain of USD 8.5 million on the sale 
upon delivery to its new owner on November 29, 2017.

On November 17, 2017, the Company sold the VLCC Artois (2001 - 298,330 dwt) for 
USD 21.8 million. The Artois was the oldest vessel in the Company’s VLCC fleet. The 
Company  recorded  a  gain  of  USD  7.7  million  on  the  sale  upon  delivery  to  its  new 
owner on December 4, 2017.

Impairment
Tankers
Euronav  defines  its  cash  generating  unit  as  a  single  vessel,  unless  such  vessel  is 
operated in a pool, in which case such vessel, together with the other vessels in the 
pool, are collectively treated as a cash generating unit.

The  Group  has  performed  an  impairment  test  for  tankers  whereby  the  carrying 
amount  of  an  asset  or  CGU  is  compared  to  its  recoverable  amount,  which  is  the 
greater of its value in use and its fair value less cost to sell. In assessing value in use, 
the following assumptions were used:

 
• 10 year historical average spot freight rates are used as forecast charter rates 
• Weighted  Average  Cost  of  Capital  ('WACC')  of  9.70%  (2016:  6.43%  and  2015: 

6.01%)

• 20 year useful life with residual value equal to zero

Although  management  believes  that  the  assumptions  used  to  evaluate  potential 
impairment  are  reasonable  and  appropriate,  such  assumptions  are  subject  to 
judgment.  In  particular,  the  years  2008-2017  were  retained  in  the  trailing  10-year 
historical  average  spot  rates  on  the  tanker  segment  and  include  year  2008,  which 
was an exceptional high year in terms of TCE achieved by both the VLCC and Suezmax 
fleets.

The increase in WACC in 2017 compared to 2016 is mainly related to the higher cost 
of equity due to a higher Beta and higher market risk. The impairment test did not 
result in a requirement to record an impairment loss in 2017. With an increase of the 
WACC of 300bps to 12.70%, the analysis would indicate an impairment loss in 2017 
of USD 9.2 million.

Recognizing  that  the  transportation  of  crude  oil  and  petroleum  products  is  cyclical 
and subject to significant volatility based on factors beyond Euronav's control, Euronav 
believes the use of estimates based on the 10-year historical average rates calculated 
as of the reporting date to be reasonable as historically it is an appropriate reflection 
of a typical shipping cycle despite the fact that the standard deviation of the 10-year 
average  has  increased  in  2017  compared  to  2016.  When  using  5-year  historical 
charter rates in this impairment analysis, the impairment analysis indicates that an 
impairment of USD 5.7 million is required for the tanker fleet (2016: no impairment 
and 2015: USD 123.3 million), and when using 1-year historical charter rates in this 
impairment analysis, the impairment analysis indicates that an impairment is required 
for the tanker fleet of USD 427.3 million (2016 and 2015: no impairment).

FSO
In  the  context  of  the  valuation  of  the  Group's  investments  in  the  respective  joint 
ventures, the Group also performed an impairment test on the FSO vessels owned by 
TI Asia Ltd. and TI Africa Ltd. For FSOs the impairment assessment has been based 
on  a  value  in  use  calculation  to  estimate  the  recoverable  amount  from  the  vessel. 
This method is chosen as there is no efficient market for transactions of FSO vessels 
as each vessel is often purposely built for specific circumstances. In assessing value 
in use, the following assumptions were used:

• Weighted  Average  Cost  of  Capital  ('WACC')  of  9.70%  (2016:  6.43%  and  2015: 

6.01%)

• 25 year useful life with residual value equal to zero

This  assessment  did  not  result  in  a  requirement  to  record  an  impairment  loss  in 
2017.  Even  with  an  increase  of  the  WACC  of  300bps,  there  was  no  need  to  record 
an impairment loss in 2017. The value in use calculation for FSOs is based on the 
remaining useful life of the vessels as of the reporting date, and is based on fixed 
daily rates as well as management's best estimate of daily rates for future unfixed 
periods. The FSO Asia and the FSO Africa were on a timecharter contract to Maersk 
Oil Qatar until July 22, 2017 and September 22, 2017, respectively. On May 14, 2017, 
the joint ventures between the Group and International Seaways, signed a contract 
for five years for the FSO Africa and FSO Asia in direct continuation of the current 
contractual  service.  The  contract  was  signed  with  North  Oil  Company,  the  new 
operator of the Al-Shaheen oil field, whose shareholders are Qatar Petroleum Oil & 
gas Limited and Total E&P Golfe Limited.

Security
All tankers financed are subject to a mortgage to secure bank loans (see Note 15).

Vessels on order or under construction
The group has 4 vessels under construction as at December 31, 2017 for an aggregate 
amount  of  USD  63.7  million  (2016:  USD  86.1  million  and  2015:  USD  93.9  million). 
The amounts presented within "Vessels under construction" relate to four Ice Class 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

7
3
1

 
Suezmax vessels from Hyundai Heavy Industries of which the first two vessels will be 
delivered in the first half of 2018 and the other two vessels in the second half of 2018.

Capital commitment
As  at  December  31,  2017  the  Group's  total  capital  commitment  amounts  to  USD 
185.9 million (2016: USD 208.8 million). These can be detailed as follows:

As at December 31, 2016 payments scheduled for

(in thousands of USD)

Commitments in respect of VLCCs
Commitments in respect of Suezmaxes
Commitments in respect of FSOs

Total

97,035
111,793
-

2017

97,035
24,843
-

TOTAL

208,828

121,878

2018

-
86,950
-

86,950

2019

-
-
-

-

As at December 31, 2017 payments scheduled for

Commitments in respect of VLCCs
Commitments in respect of Suezmaxes
Commitments in respect of FSOs

Total

-
185,922
-

-
185,922
-

TOTAL

185,922

185,922

2018

2019

2020

-
-
-

-

-
-
-

-

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

At  December  31,  2016,  Euronav  held  the  option  to  purchase  an  additional  two  Ice 
Class  Suezmax  vessels  from  Hyundai  Heavy  Industries.  Euronav  exercised  this 
option in the second quarter of 2017 which brings the number to four ordered Ice 
Class Suezmax vessels.

Note 9 - Deferred tax assets and liabilities

RECOGNIZED DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are attributable to the following:

(in thousands of USD)

Provisions
Employee benefits
Unused tax losses & tax credits

Offset
Balance at December 31, 2016

Provisions
Employee benefits
Unused tax losses & tax credits

Offset
Balance at December 31, 2017

ASSETS

LIABILITIES

31
37
896

964
-
964

1
44
2,442

2,487

-
2,487

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-

-
-

NET

31
37
896

964

1
44
2,442

2,487

 
UNRECOGNIZED DEFERRED TAX ASSETS AND LIABILITIES

Deferred tax assets and liabilities have not been recognized in respect of the following items:

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

(in thousands of USD)

ASSETS

LIABILITIES

ASSETS

LIABILITIES

Deductible temporary differences
Taxable temporary differences
Tax losses & tax credits

Offset
Total

357
7
89,528

89,892
(14,231)
75,661

-
(14,231)
-

(14,231)
14,231
-

280
7
105,731

106,018
(25,213)
80,805

-
(25,213)
-

(25,213)
25,213
-

The  unrecognized  deferred  tax  assets  in  respect  of  tax  losses  and  tax  credits  are 
related to tax losses carried forward, investment deduction allowances and excess 
dividend received deduction. Tax losses and tax credits have no expiration date.

A deferred tax asset ('DTA') is recognized for unused tax losses and tax credits carried 
forward, to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available. 
The Group considers future taxable profits as probable when it is more likely than not 
that taxable profits will be generated in the foreseeable future. When determining 
whether  probable  future  taxable  profits  are  available  the  probability  threshold  is 
applied  to  portions  of  the  total  amount  of  unused  tax  losses  or  tax  credits,  rather 
than the entire amount.

Given the nature of the tonnage tax regime, the Group has a substantial amount of 
unused tax losses and tax credits for which no future taxable profits are probable and 
therefore no DTA has been recognized.

The  unrecognized  tax  liabilities  in  respect  of  taxable  temporary  differences  relate 
primarily to tax liabilities in respect of non distributed reserves of the Group that will 
be taxed when distributed. No deferred tax liability has been recognized because the 
Group controls whether the tax liability will be incurred and management is satisfied 
that  the  tax  liability  will  not  be  incurred  in  the  foreseeable  future.  In  addition,  no 
deferred  tax  liabilities  have  been  recognized  for  temporary  differences  related  to 
vessels for which the Group expects that the reversal of these differences will not 
have a tax effect.

In December 2017, changes to the Belgian corporate income tax rate were enacted, 
lowering the rate to 29.58% as from 2018 and to 25% from 2020. These changes have 
been reflected in the calculation of the amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities 
in respect of Belgian Group entities as at December 31, 2017.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

9
3
1

 
MOVEMENT IN DEFERRED TAX BALANCES DURING THE YEAR

(in thousands of USD)

Provisions
Employee benefits
Unused tax losses & tax credits

Total

Provisions
Employee benefits
Unused tax losses & tax credits

Total

Provisions
Employee benefits
Unused tax losses & tax credits

Total

Balance at 
Jan 1, 2015

Recognized 
in income

Recognized 
in equity

Translation 
differences

Balance at 
Dec 31, 2015

238
52
6,246

6,536

(61)
(24)
(5,450)

(5,535)

-
-
-

-

(8)
(5)
(53)

(66)

169
23
743

935

Balance at 
Jan 1, 2016

Recognized 
in income

Recognized 
in equity

Translation 
differences

Balance at 
Dec 31, 2016

169
23
743

935

(121)
15
220

114

-
-
-

-

(17)
(1)
(67)

(85)

31
37
896

964

Balance at 
Jan 1, 2017

Recognized 
in income

Recognized 
in equity

Translation 
differences

Balance at 
Dec 31, 2017

31
37
896

964

(32)
2
1,473

1,443

-
-
-

-

2
5
73

80

1
44
2,442

2,487

Note 10 - Non-current receivables

(in thousands of USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Shareholders loans to joint ventures
Other non-current receivables
Investment

Total non-current receivables

159,733
618
1

160,352

183,348
565
1

183,914

The shareholders loans to joint ventures as of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 
2016 did not bear interest.

Please  refer  to  Note  25  for  more  information  on  the  shareholders  loans  to  joint 
ventures.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
The maturity date of the non-current receivables is as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

Receivable:
Between one and two years
Between two and three years
Between three and four years
Between four and five years
More than five years

Total non-current receivables

Note 11 - Trade and other receivables - current

(in thousands of USD)

Trade receivables
Accrued income
Accrued interest
Deferred charges
Other receivables

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

-
-
-
-
-
160,352

160,352

-
-
-
-
-
183,914

183,914

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

32,758
12,465
52
24,797
66,725

38,695
10,966
33
21,149
95,499

Total trade and other receivables

136,797

166,342

The decrease in other receivables relates to income to be received by the Group from 
the  Tankers  International  Pool.  These  amounts  decreased  in  2017  due  to  overall 
declining freight market conditions.

For currency and credit risk, we refer to Note 18.

Note 12 - Cash and cash equivalents

(in thousands of USD)

Bank deposits
Cash at bank and in hand

TOTAL
Of which restricted cash

Less:
Bank overdrafts used for cash management purposes

NET CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

102,200
41,448

143,648
115

-

143,648

104,500
102,189

206,689
146

-

206,689

The bank deposits as at December 31, 2017 had an average maturity of 16 days (2016: 
10 days).

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

1
4
1

 
Note 13 - Equity

NUMBER OF SHARES ISSUED

(in shares)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

On issue at 1 January
Conversion perpetual convertible preferred equity
Capital increases

159,208,949
-
-

159,208,949
-
-

131,050,666
9,459,283
18,699,000

On issue at 31 December - fully paid

159,208,949

159,208,949

159,208,949

On January 20, 2015 the Group announced the commencement of its underwritten 
initial  public  offering  (IPO)  in  the  United  States  of  13,550,000  ordinary  shares.  On 
January  19,  2015  the  closing  price  of  the  Company’s  ordinary  shares  on  Euronext 
Brussels was USD 12.94 per share (based upon the Bloomberg Composite Rate of 
EUR  0.8604  per  USD  1.00  in  effect  on  that  date).  The  Company  received  approval 
to list its ordinary shares on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the 
symbol “EURN”. On January 28, 2015 the Group announced the closing of its IPO of 
18,699,000 common shares at a public offering price of USD 12.25 per share for gross 
proceeds of USD 229,062,750. This included the exercise in full by the underwriters 
of  their  overallotment  option.  The  transaction  costs  related  to  this  public  offering 
for a total amount of USD 19.4 million were recognized directly in retained earnings.

At  December  31,  2017  and  December  31,  2016  the  share  capital  is  represented  by 
159,208,949 shares. The shares have no par value.

At  December  31,  2017,  the  authorized  share  capital  not  issued  amounts  to  USD 
150,000,000  (2016  and  2015:  USD  150,000,000)  or  the  equivalent  of  138,005,652 
shares (2016 and 2015: 138,005,652 shares).

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends when declared and 
are entitled to one vote per share at the shareholders' meetings of the Group.

Conversion of perpetual convertible preferred equity
Following  its  IPO,  the  Group  exercised  its  right  to  request  the  conversion  of  the 
remaining 30 outstanding perpetual convertible preferred equity securities ('PCPs') 
and issued such notice on January 30, 2015. The aggregate principal amount of USD 
75,000,000 was converted to Euronav’s share capital through a contribution in kind on 
February 6, 2015 against the issuance of 9,459,283 shares. These shares are listed on 
both Euronext Brussels and the NYSE.

Translation reserve
The translation reserve comprises all foreign exchange differences arising from the 
translation of the financial statements of foreign operations.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Treasury shares
As of December 31, 2017 Euronav owned 1,042,415 of its own shares, compared to 
1,042,415 of shares owned on December 31, 2016. In the twelve months period ended 
December 31, 2017, Euronav did not buy back or dispose of any own shares.

Dividends
On May 11, 2017, the Annual Shareholders' meeting approved a full year dividend of 
USD 0.77 per share. Taking into account the interim dividend approved in August 2016 
in the amount of USD 0.55 per share, the dividend paid after the AGM was USD 0.22 
per share. The dividend to holders of Euronav shares trading on Euronext Brussels 
was paid in EUR at the USD/EUR exchange rate of the record date. During its meeting 
of August 9, 2017, the Board of Directors of Euronav approved an interim dividend 
for the first semester 2017 of USD 0.06 per share. The interim dividend of USD 0.06 
per share was payable as from October 5, 2017. The interim dividend to holders of 
Euronext shares was paid in EUR at the USD/EUR exchange rate of the record date.

On  March  20,  2018,  the  Board  of  Directors  decided  to  propose  to  the  Annual 
Shareholders'  meeting  to  be  held  on  May  9,  2018,  to  approve  a  full  year  dividend 
of USD 0.12 per share. Taking into account the interim dividend approved in August 
in the amount of USD 0.06 per share, the expected dividend payable after the AGM 
should be USD 0.06 per share.

The total amount of dividends paid in 2017 was USD 44.1 million.

Share-based payment arrangements
On December 16, 2013, the Group established a share option program that entitles 
key management personnel to purchase existing shares in the Company. Under the 
program,  holders  of  vested  options  are  entitled  to  purchase  shares  at  the  market 
price  of  the  shares  at  the  grant  date.  Currently  this  program  is  limited  to  key 
management personnel. In March 2016, the holders exercised 166,667 options and a 
corresponding number of treasury shares were sold. The key terms and conditions 
did not change after December 31, 2013. The compensation expense related to this 
share option program was recognized in prior periods and therefore, this program 
did not have any impact on the consolidated statement of profit or loss for 2017.

Long term incentive plan 2015
The Group's Board of Directors implemented in 2015 a long term incentive plan ('LTIP') 
for key management personnel. Under the terms of this LTIP, the beneficiaries will 
obtain 40% of their respective LTIP in the form of Euronav stock options, with vesting 
over  three  years  and  60%  in  the  form  of  restricted  stock  units  ('RSU's'),  with  cliff 
vesting  on  the  third  anniversary.  In  total  236,590  options  and  65,433  RSU's  were 
granted on February 12, 2015. Vested stock options may be exercised until 13 years 
after the grant date. The stock options have an exercise price of EUR 10.0475 and 
are equity-settled. All of the stock options and RSUs granted on February 12, 2015 
remained outstanding as of December 31, 2017. The fair value of the stock options 
was  measured  using  the  Black  Scholes  formula.  The  fair  value  of  the  RSUs  was 
measured  with  reference  to  the  Euronav  share  price  at  the  grant  date.  The  total 
employee benefit expense recognized in the consolidated statement of profit or loss 
during 2017 with respect to the LTIP 2015 was USD 0.3 million.

Long term incentive plan 2016
The Group's Board of Directors implemented in 2016 an additional long term incentive 
plan for key management personnel. Under the terms of this LTIP, key management 
personnel is eligible to receive phantom stock unit grants. Each phantom stock unit 
grants the holder a conditional right to receive an amount of cash equal to the fair 
market value of one share of the company on the settlement date. The phantom stock 
units will mature one-third each year on the second, third and fourth anniversary of 
the award. In total a number of 54,616 phantom stocks were granted on February 2, 
2016 and all remain outstanding as of December 31, 2017. The LTIP 2016 qualifies as 
a cash-settled share-based payment transaction. The Company recognizes a liability 
in respect of its obligations under the LTIP 2016, measured based on the Company’s 
share  price  at  the  reporting  date,  and  taking  into  account  the  extent  to  which  the 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

3
4
1

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

services have been rendered to date. The compensation expense recognized in the 
consolidated statement of profit or loss during 2017 was USD 0.4 million.

Long term incentive plan 2017
The  Group's  Board  of  Directors  implemented  in  2017  an  additional  long  term 
incentive plan for key management personnel. Under the terms of this LTIP, key 
management  personnel  are  eligible  to  receive  phantom  stock  unit  grants.  Each 
phantom stock unit grants the holder a conditional right to receive an amount of 
cash equal to the fair market value of one share of the company on the settlement 
date.  The  phantom  stock  units  will  mature  one-third  each  year  on  the  second, 
third  and  fourth  anniversary  of  the  award.  In  total  a  number  of  66,449  phantom 
stock  units  were  granted  on  February  9,  2017  and  all  remain  outstanding  as  of 
December 31, 2017. The LTIP 2017 qualifies as a cash-settled share-based payment 
transaction. The Company recognizes a liability in respect of its obligations under 
the LTIP 2017, measured based on the Company’s share price at the reporting date, 
and  taking  into  account  the  extent  to  which  the  services  have  been  rendered  to 
date. The compensation expense recognized in the consolidated statement of profit 
or loss during 2017 was USD 0.3 million.

Note 14 - Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share
The calculation of basic earnings per share at December 31, 2017 was based on a 
result  attributable  to  ordinary  shares  of  USD  1,382,530  (December  31,  2016:  USD 
204,049,212  and  December  31,  2015:  USD  350,300,535)  and  a  weighted  average 
number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period ended December 31, 2017 of 
158,166,534 (December 31, 2016: 158,262,268 and December 31, 2015: 155,872,171), 
calculated as follows:

RESULT ATTRIBUTABLE TO ORDINARY SHARES

(in thousands of USD except share and per share information)

2017

2016

2015

Result for the period
Weighted average number of ordinary shares
Basic earnings per share (in USD)

1,383
158,166,534
0.01

204,049
158,262,268
1.29

350,301
155,872,171
2.25

 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES

(in shares)

Shares 
issued

Treasury 
shares

Shares 
outstanding

Weighted 
number of 
shares

On issue at January 1, 2015

131,050,666

1,750,000

129,300,666

129,300,666

Issuance of shares
Purchases of treasury shares
Withdrawal of treasury shares
Sales of treasury shares

28,158,283
-
-
-

-
-
-
(1,283,333)

28,158,283
-
-
1,283,333

25,842,099
-
-
729,406

On issue at December 31, 2015

159,208,949

466,667

158,742,282

155,872,171

On issue at January 1, 2016

159,208,949

466,667

158,742,282

158,742,282

Issuance of shares
Purchases of treasury shares
Withdrawal of treasury shares
Sales of treasury shares

-
-
-
-

-
692,415
-
(116,667)

-
(692,415)
-
116,667

-
(575,005)
-
94,991

On issue at December 31, 2016

159,208,949

1,042,415

158,166,534

158,262,268

On issue at January 1, 2017

159,208,949

1,042,415

158,166,534

158,166,534

Issuance of shares
Purchases of treasury shares
Withdrawal of treasury shares
Sales of treasury shares

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-

On issue at December 31, 2017

159,208,949

1,042,415

158,166,534

158,166,534

Diluted earnings per share
For  the  twelve  months  ended  December  31,  2017,  the  diluted  earnings  per  share 
(in  USD)  amount  to  0.01  (2016:  1.29  and  2015:  2.22).  At  December  31,  2017  and 
December 31, 2016, 236,590 options issued under the LTIP 2015 were excluded from 
the  calculation  of  the  diluted  weighted  average  number  of  shares  because  their 
effect would have been anti-dilutive.

Weighted average number of ordinary shares (diluted)
The table below shows the potential weighted number of shares that could be created 
if  all  stock  options,  restricted  stock  units,  convertible  notes  and  PCPs  were  to  be 
converted into ordinary shares.

(in shares)

2017

2016

2015

Weighted average of ordinary shares outstanding 
(basic)

158,166,534

158,262,268

155,872,171

Effect of potential conversion of convertible Notes
Effect of potential conversion of PCPs
Effect of share-based payment arrangements

Weighted average number of ordinary shares 
(diluted)

-
-
130,523

-
-
166,789

88,689
932,971
635,731

158,297,057

158,429,057

157,529,562

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

5
4
1

 
After the conversions of the convertible Notes and the PCPs in the course of 2015, 
there  are  no  more  remaining  outstanding  instruments  at  December  31,  2017  and 
December  31,  2016  which  can  give  rise  to  dilution,  except  for  the  share-based 
payment arrangements.

Note 15 - Interest-bearing loans and borrowings

(in thousands of USD)

Note

Bank loans

Convertible and 
other Notes

More than 5 years
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 1 year
Less than 1 year

At January 1, 2016

New loans
Scheduled repayments
Early repayments
Acquisitions through business combinations
Other changes

Balance at December 31, 2016

More than 5 years
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 1 year
Less than 1 year

Balance at December 31, 2016

More than 5 years
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 1 year
Less than 1 year

At January 1, 2017

New loans
Scheduled repayments
Early repayments
Other changes

Balance at December 31, 2017

More than 5 years
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 1 year
Less than 1 year

Balance at December 31, 2017

-
-

-

-
-
-
24
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-
-
-
-

-
-

-

147,174
805,252
952,426
100,022

1,052,448

740,286
(60,015)
(714,000)
61,065
5,778

1,085,562

330,491
635,952
966,443
119,119

1,085,562

330,491
635,952
966,443
119,119

1,085,562

326,014
(43,743)
(667,250)
508

701,091

157,180
496,550
653,730
47,361

701,091

-
-
-
-

-

-
-
-
-
-

-

-
-
-
-

-

-
-
-
-

-

150,000
-
-
(2,381)

147,619

-
147,619
147,619
-

147,619

Total

147,174
805,252
952,426
100,022

1,052,448

740,286
(60,015)
(714,000)
61,065
5,778

1,085,562

330,491
635,952
966,443
119,119

1,085,562

330,491
635,952
966,443
119,119

1,085,562

476,014
(43,743)
(667,250)
(1,873)

848,710

157,180
644,169
801,349
47,361

848,710

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
The amounts shown under "New Loans" and "Early Repayments" include drawdowns 
and repayments under revolving credit facilities during the year.

Bank Loans
On March 25, 2014, the Group entered into a USD 500.0 million senior secured credit 
facility. This facility bore interest at LIBOR plus a margin of 2.75% per annum and 
was  repayable  over  a  term  of  six  years  with  maturity  in  2020  and  was  secured  by 
the  fifteen  (15)  Very  Large  Crude  Carriers  (VLCC)  that  the  Group  purchased  from 
Maersk Tankers Singapore Pte Ltd. ('the Maersk Acquisition Vessels'). The proceeds 
of  the  facility  were  drawn  and  used  to  partially  finance  the  purchase  price  of  the 
Maersk  Acquisition  Vessels.  This  USD  500.0  million  loan  facility  was  repaid  in  full 
on December 21, 2016 using a portion of the borrowing under the USD 409.5 million 
senior secured amortizing revolving credit facility entered into on December 16, 2016.

On  October  13,  2014,  the  Group  entered  into  a  USD  340.0  million  senior  secured 
credit  facility  with  a  syndicate  of  banks.  Borrowings  under  this  facility  have  been 
used to partially finance the acquisition of the four (4) modern Japanese built VLCC 
vessels  ('the  VLCC  Acquisition  Vessels')  from  Maersk  Tankers  Singapore  Pte  Ltd. 
and  to  repay  USD  153.1  million  of  outstanding  debt  and  retire  the  Group's  USD 
300.0 million Secured Loan Facility dated April 3, 2009. This facility is comprised of 
(i) a USD 148.0 million non-amortizing revolving credit facility and (ii) a USD 192.0 
million  term  loan  facility.  This  facility  has  a  term  of  7  years  and  bears  interest  at 
LIBOR  plus  a  margin  of  2.25%  per  annum.  This  credit  facility  is  secured  by  eight 
of our wholly-owned vessels, the Fraternity, Felicity, Cap Felix, Cap Theodora and, 
upon their respective deliveries, the Hojo, Hakone, Hirado and Hakata. On October 
22, 2014 a first drawdown under this facility was made to repay a former USD 300 
million  secured  loan  facility,  followed  by  additional  drawdowns  on  December  22, 
2014 and December 23, 2014 for an amount of 60.3 million and 50.3 million following 
the  delivery  of  the  Hojo  and  Hakone  respectively.  On  March  3,  2015  and  April  13, 
2015  additional  drawdowns  of  53.4  million  and  50.4  million  were  made  following 
the  delivery  of  the  Hirado  and  Hakata  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2017  and 
December 31, 2016, the outstanding balances on this facility were USD 111.7 million 
and USD 207.3 million, respectively.

On  August  19,  2015,  the  Group  entered  into  a  USD  750.0  million  senior  secured 
amortizing revolving credit facility with a syndicate of banks. The facility is available 
for  the  purpose  of  (i)  refinancing  21  vessels;  (ii)  financing  four  newbuilding  VLCCs 
vessels as well as (iii) Euronav's general corporate and working capital purposes. The 
credit facility will mature on 1 July 2022 and carries a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 
195 bps. As of December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the outstanding balances 
under this facility were USD 330.0 million and USD 612.1 million, respectively.

On November 9, 2015, the Group entered into a USD 60.0 million unsecured revolving 
credit  facility.  As  of  December  31,  2017  and  December  31,  2016,  there  were  no 
outstanding balances under this facility.

On June 2, 2016, the Group entered into a share swap and claim transfer agreement 
(see  Note  24)  whereby  as  of  that  date,  Fiorano  Shipholding  Ltd.  and  Larvotto 
Shipholding  Ltd.  were  fully  consolidated  and  all  assets  acquired  and  liabilities 
assumed  were  recognized.  Their  respective  loans  are  related  to,  and  are  secured 
by,  the  vessels  owned  by  Fiorano  and  Larvotto  at  the  date  of  the  aforementioned 
transaction.  As  of  December  31,  2017  and  December  31,  2016,  the  outstanding 
balances on these facilities were USD 48.7 million and USD 57.0 million, respectively.

On December 16, 2016, the Group entered into a USD 409.5 million senior secured 
amortizing revolving credit facility for the purpose of refinancing 11 vessels as well as 
Euronav’s general corporate purposes. The credit facility was used to refinance the 
USD 500 million senior secured credit facility dated March 25, 2014 and will mature 
on January 31, 2023 carrying a rate of LIBOR plus a margin of 2.25%. As of December 
31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, the outstanding balances on this facility were USD 
118.0 million and USD 222.0 million, respectively. The credit facility is secured by the 
aforementioned 11 vessels.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

7
4
1

 
On January 30, 2017, the Group signed a loan agreement for a nominal amount of 
USD 110.0 million with the purpose of financing the Ardeche and the Aquitaine, as 
mentioned in Note 8. On April 25, 2017, following a successful syndication, the loan 
was replaced with a new Korean Export Credit facility for a nominal amount of USD 
108.5  million  with  Korea  Trade  Insurance  Corporation  or  “K-sure”  as  insurer.  The 
new facility is comprised of (i) a USD 27.1 million commercial tranche, which bears 
interest  at  LIBOR  plus  a  margin  of  1.95%  per  annum  and  (ii)  a  USD  81.4  million 
tranche  insured  by  K-sure  which  bears  interest  at  LIBOR  plus  a  margin  of  1.50% 
per annum. The facility is repayable over a term of 12 years, in 24 installments at 
successive six month intervals, each in the amount of USD 3.6 million together with a 
balloon installment of USD 21.7 million payable with the 24th installment on January 
12, 2029. The K-sure insurance premium and other related transaction costs for a 
total  amount  of  USD  3.2  million  are  amortized  over  the  lifetime  of  the  instrument 
using the effective interest rate method. As of December 31, 2017 the outstanding 
balance on this facility was USD 104.9 million in aggregate. This facility is secured by 
the VLCCs the Ardeche and the Aquitaine.

The facility agreement contains a provision that entitles the lenders to require us to 
prepay  to  the  lenders,  on  January  12,  2024,  with  180  days’  notice,  their  respective 
portion  of  any  advances  granted  to  us  under  the  facility.  The  facility  agreement 
also  contains  provisions  that  allow  the  remaining  lenders  to  assume  an  outgoing 
lender’s respective portion(s) of the advances made to us or to allow us to suggest a 
replacement lender to assume the respective portion of such advances.

Undrawn borrowing facilities
At December 31, 2017, Euronav and its fully-owned subsidiaries have undrawn credit 
line facilities amounting to USD 607.4 million committed for at least one year (2016: 
USD 355.8 million).

Terms and debt repayment schedule
The terms and conditions of outstanding loans were as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Curr.

USD

USD

USD

USD

USD

USD

USD

USD

USD

Nominal
interest 
rate

libor
+2.25%
libor
+2.25%
libor
+1.95%
libor
+2.25%
libor
+1.95%
libor
+1.5%
libor
+1.95%
libor
+1.50%
libor
+2.25%

Year of 
mat.

Facility 
size

Drawn

Carrying
value

Facility 
size

Drawn

Carrying
value

2021

111,666

111,666

110,156

143,571

143,571

141,501

2021

147,559

-

-

147,559

63,700

63,700

2022

485,017

330,000

325,519

636,536

612,050

605,806

2023

362,780

118,000

114,634

409,500

222,036

217,600

2020

23,563

23,563

23,563

27,813

27,813

27,813

2020

25,173

25,173

25,173

29,143

29,143

29,143

2029

26,911

26,911

24,876

2029

78,020

78,020

77,171

-

-

2020

60,000

-

-

60,000

-

-

-

-

-

-

1,320,688

713,332

701,091 1,454,121

1,098,312

1,085,562

Secured vessels loan 192M

Secured vessels Revolving 
loan 148M*
Secured vessels Revolving 
loan 750M*
Secured vessels Revolving 
loan 409.5M*

Secured vessels loan 76M

Secured vessels loan 67.5M

Secured vessels loan 27.1M

Secured vessels loan 81.4M

Unsecured bank facility 60M

Total interest-bearing bank 
loans

* The total amount available under the revolving 
loan Facilities depends on the total value of the 
fleet of tankers securing the facility.

The facility size of the vessel loans can be reduced if the value of the collateralized 
vessels falls under a certain percentage of the outstanding amount under that loan.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Other notes

(in thousands of USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Curr.

Nominal
interest 
rate

Year of 
mat.

Facility 
size

Drawn

Carrying
value

Facility 
size

Drawn

Carrying
value

Unsecured notes

USD

7.50%

2022

150,000

150,000

147,619

Total other notes

150,000

150,000

147,619

-

-

-

-

-

-

On  May  31,  2017,  the  Group  successfully  completed  a  new  senior  unsecured 
bond  issue  of  USD  150.0  million  with  a  fixed  coupon  of  7.50%  and  maturity  in 
May  2022.  The  net  proceeds  from  the  bond  issue  are  being  used  for  general 
corporate purposes. The related transaction costs for a total of USD 2.7 million 
are amortized over the lifetime of the instrument using the effective interest rate 
method.  Since  October  23,  2017,  these  unsecured  bonds  are  listed  on  the  Oslo 
stock exchange.

Other borrowings
On  June  6,  2017,  the  Group  signed  an  agreement  with  BNP  to  act  as  dealer  for  a 
Treasury  Notes  Program  with  a  maximum  outstanding  amount  of  50  million  Euro. 
The  Treasury  Notes  are  issued  on  an  as  needed  basis  with  different  durations  not 
exceeding  1  year,  and  initial  pricing  is  set  to  60  bps  over  Euribor.  The  company 
enters  into  FX  forward  contracts  to  manage  the  transaction  risks  related  to  these 
instruments issued in Euro compared to the USD Group currency. The FX contracts 
have a same nominal amount and duration as the issued Treasury Notes and they 
are measured at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in the consolidated 
statement of profit or loss. On December 31, 2017, the fair value of these forward 
contracts amounted to USD 0.5 million.

Transaction and other financial costs
The heading 'Other changes' in the first table of this footnote reflects the recognition 
of  directly  attributable  transaction  costs  as  a  deduction  from  the  fair  value  of  the 
corresponding  liability,  and  the  subsequent  amortization  of  such  costs.  In  2017, 
the Group recognized USD 4.0 million of amortization of financing costs. The Group 
recognized USD 3.2 million of directly attributable transaction costs as a deduction 
from the fair value of the USD 110.0 million senior secured amortizing loan facility 
concluded on January 30, 2017 and USD 2.7 million of directly attributable transaction 
costs as a deduction from the fair value of the USD 150.0 million senior unsecured 
bond concluded on May 31, 2017.

Interest expense on financial liabilities measured at amortized cost decreased during 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  compared  to  2016  (2017:  USD  -38.4  million, 
2016:  USD  -39.0  million).  This  decrease  was  primarily  attributable  to  the  fact  that 
the increase in floating interest rates in 2017 was more than offset by a decrease in 
average  outstanding  debt  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  compared  to 
2016. Other financial charges increased in 2017 compared to 2016 (2017: USD -5.8 
million, 2016: USD -4.6 million) which was primarily attributable to commitment fee 
paid for available credit lines, of which the total availability increased in 2017.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

9
4
1

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

RECONCILIATION OF MOVEMENTS OF LIABILITIES TO CASH FLOWS ARISING FROM FINANCING 
ACTIVITIES

(in thousands of USD)

Liabilities

Equity

Note

Loans and 
borrow-
ings

Other
Notes

Other bor-
rowings

Share 
capital / 
premium

Reserves

Treasury 
shares

Retained 
earnings

Total

Balance at January 1, 2017

1,085,562

-

-

1,388,273

120

(16,102)

515,665 2,973,518

Changes from financing 
cash flows
Proceeds from issue of 
other notes
Proceeds from loans and 
borrowings
Proceeds from issue of
 other borrowings
Proceeds from settlement 
of derivatives
Transaction costs related 
to loans and borrowings
Repayment of borrowings
Dividend paid

Total changes from 
financing cash flows

Other changes
Liability-related
Capitalized borrowing costs

Total liability-related 
other changes

Total equity-related 
other changes

BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 
2017

15

15

15

-

-

150,000

326,014

-

-

-

-

-

15

(3,174)

(2,700)

15 (710,993)
-

-

-
-

-

-

50,010

-

-

-
-

(388,153) 147,300

50,010

15

3,682

319

3,682

319

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

448

-

-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

150,000

326,014

50,010

-

(5,874)

-
(44,133)

(710,993)
(44,133)

(44,133)

(234,976)

-

-

4,001

4,001

2,090

2,538

701,091 147,619

50,010

1,388,273

568

(16,102)

473,622 2,745,081

 
Note 16 - Employee benefits

The amounts recognized in the balance sheet are as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

NET LIABILITY AT BEGINNING OF PERIOD

(2,846)

(2,038)

(2,108)

Recognized in profit or loss
Recognized in other comprehensive income
Foreign currency translation differences

NET LIABILITY AT END OF PERIOD

Present value of funded obligations
Fair value of plan assets

Present value of unfunded obligations

NET LIABILITY

Amounts in the balance sheet:
Liabilities
Assets

NET LIABILITY

(827)
64
(375)

(3,984)

(3,537)
2,760
(777)

(3,207)

(3,984)

(3,984)
-

(3,984)

(261)
(646)
99

(2,846)

(2,846)
2,117
(729)

(2,117)

(2,846)

(2,846)
-

(2,846)

(108)
(44)
222

(2,038)

(852)
539
(313)

(1,725)

(2,038)

(2,038)
-

(2,038)

Liability for defined benefit obligations
The Group makes contributions to three defined benefit plans that provide pension 
benefits for employees upon retirement.

One  plan  -  the  Belgian  plan  -  is  fully  insured  through  an  insurance  company.  The 
second and third - French and Greek plans - are uninsured and unfunded. The unfunded 
obligations include provisions in respect of LTIP 2016 and LTIP 2017 (see Note 13).

The Group expects to contribute the following amount to its defined benefit pension 
plans in 2018: USD 255,814.

Note 17 - Trade and other payables

(in thousands of USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Advances received on contracts in progress, between 1 and 5 years

Total non-current other payables

Trade payables
Accrued payroll
Dividends payable
Accrued expenses
Accrued interest
Deferred income
Other payables

Total current trade and other payables

539

539

19,274
3,596
160
22,518
1,762
10,020
4,025

61,355

533

533

18,107
2,581
7
29,245
1,150
13,746
5,023

69,859

The decrease in accrued expenses is mainly related to the settlement in 2017 of the 
accrued profit split of the VLCC KHK Vision and the accrued TC-in cost of the Suezmaz 
Suez Hans, lower accruals of spot related voyage expenses and lower bonus accruals.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

1
5
1

 
Other payables are mainly related to the deferred gain of USD 5.0 million which was 
the difference between the fair value and the sale price of the four VLCCs of the sale 
and leaseback entered into on December 16, 2016. This excess was deferred and is 
being amortized over the duration of the lease, i.e. 5 years (see Note 19).

Note 18 - Financial instruments - market and other risks

Carrying amounts and fair values
The following table shows the carrying amounts and fair values of financial assets 
and  financial  liabilities,  including  their  levels  in  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  It  does 
not  include  fair  value  information  for  financial  assets  and  financial  liabilities  not 
measured at fair value if the carrying amount is a reasonable approximation of fair 
value, such as trade and other receivables and payables.

(in thousands of USD)

Carrying amount

Fair value

Note

Hedging
instruments

Loans and 
receivables

Other
financial
liabilities

Total Level 1 Level 2 Level 3

Total

December 31, 2016

Financial assets not 
measured at fair value
Non-current receivables
Trade and other receivables *
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities not 
measured at fair value
Secured bank loans
Unsecured bank loans
Trade and other payables *
Advances received on contracts

December 31, 2017

Financial assets measured 
at fair value
Forward exchange contracts

Financial assets not 
measured at fair value
Non-current receivables
Trade and other receivables *
Cash and cash equivalents

Financial liabilities not 
measured at fair value
Secured bank loans
Unsecured bank loans
Unsecured notes
Unsecured other borrowings
Trade and other payables *
Advances received on contracts

10
11
12

15
15
17
17

-

10
11
12

15
15
15
15
17
17

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

467
467

-
-
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

183,914
145,193
206,689
535,796

-
-
-
-

183,914
145,193
206,689
535,796

-
-
-

- 178,216
-
-
-
-

178,216
-
-

-
-
-
-
-

-
-

160,352
112,000
143,648
416,000

1,085,562
-
56,113
533
1,142,208

1,085,562
-
56,113
533
1,142,208

- 1,092,023
-
-
-
-
-
-

- 1,092,023
-
-
-
-
-
-

-
-

-
-
-
-

467
467

160,352
112,000
143,648
416,000

-

-
-
-

467

-

467

- 128,427
-
-
-
-

128,427
-
-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

701,091
-
147,619
50,010
51,335
539
950,594

701,091
-

- 706,056
-
-
147,619 149,630
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

50,010
51,335
539
950,594

-
-
-
-
-
-

706,056
-
149,630
-
-
-

* Deferred charges (see Note 11) and deferred income (see Note 17), which are not financial assets (liabilities) are not included.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Measurement of fair values
Valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs 
Level 1 fair value was determined based on the actual trading of the unsecured notes, 
due in 2022, and the trading price on December 31, 2017. The following tables show 
the valuation techniques used in measuring Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 fair values, 
as well as the significant unobservable inputs used.

Financial instruments measured at fair value

Type

Valuation Techniques

Significant unobservable inputs

Forward exchange contracts

Financial instruments not measured at fair value

Forward pricing: the fair value is 
determined using quoted forward 
exchange rates at the reporting 
date and present value calculations 
based on high credit quality yield 
curve in the respective currencies.

Not applicable

Type

Valuation Techniques

Significant unobservable inputs

Non-current receivables 
(consisting of shareholders' loans)
Other financial liabilities 
(consisting of secured and unsecured bank loans)
Other financial notes (consisting of unsecured notes)

Discounted cash flow

Discounted cash flow

Discount rate

Discount rate

Not applicable

Transfers between Level 1, 2 and 3
There were no transfers between these levels in 2016 and 2017.

Financial risk management
In the course of its normal business, the Group is exposed to the following risks:

• Credit risk
• Liquidity risk
• Market risk (Tanker market risk, interest rate risk and currency risk)

The Company’s Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment 
and oversight of the Group’s risk management framework. The Board of Directors 
has established the Audit and Risk Committee, which is responsible for developing 
and  monitoring  the  Group’s  risk  management  policies.  The  Committee  reports 
regularly to the Board of Directors on its activities.

The  Group’s  risk  management  policies  are  established  to  identify  and  analyse  the 
risks faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls and to monitor 
risks and adherence to limits. Risk management policies and systems are reviewed 
regularly  to  reflect  changes  in  market  conditions  and  the  Group’s  activities.  The 
Group,  through  its  training  and  management  standards  and  procedures,  aims  to 
maintain a disciplined and constructive control environment in which all employees 
understand their roles and obligations.

The  Group’s  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  oversees  how  management  monitors 
compliance with the Group’s risk management policies and procedures, and reviews 
the  adequacy  of  the  risk  management  framework  in  relation  to  the  risks  faced  by 
the  Group.  The  Group’s  Audit  and  Risk  Committee  is  assisted  in  its  oversight  role 
by internal audit. Internal audit undertakes both regular and ad hoc reviews of risk 
management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the Audit 
and Risk Committee.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

3
5
1

 
Credit risk
Trade and other receivables
The  Group  has  a  formal  credit  policy.  Credit  evaluations  -  when  necessary  -  are 
performed on an ongoing basis. At the balance sheet date there were no significant 
concentrations  of  credit  risk.  In  particular,  the  one  client  representing  10%  of  the 
Tankers segment's total revenue in 2017 (see Note 2) only represented 0.03% of the 
total trade and other receivables at December 31, 2017 (2016: two clients representing 
3.4%). The maximum exposure to credit risk is represented by the carrying amount 
of each financial asset.

The ageing of trade and other receivables is as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

Not past due
Past due 0-30 days
Past due 31-365 days
More than one year

Total trade and other receivables

 2017

124,243
2,071
9,784
699

136,797

2016

155,950
1,261
7,666
1,465

166,342

Past  due  amounts  are  not  impaired  as  collection  is  still  considered  to  be  likely 
and  management  is  confident  the  outstanding  amounts  can  be  recovered.  As  at 
December 31, 2017 45.37% (2016: 55.72%) of the total trade and other receivables 
relate to TI Pool which are paid after completion of the voyages but which only deals 
with  oil  majors,  national  oil  companies  and  other  actors  of  the  oil  industry  whose 
credit worthiness is very high. Amounts not past due are also with customers with 
very high credit worthiness and are therefore not impaired.

Non current receivables mainly consist of shareholder's loans to joint ventures (see 
Note 10). As at December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, these receivables had no 
maturity date and were not impaired.

Cash and cash equivalents
The  Group  held  cash  and  cash  equivalents  of  USD  143.6  million  at  December  31, 
2017 (2016: USD 206.7 million). The cash and cash equivalents are held with bank 
and financial institution counterparties, which are rated A- to AA+, based on rating 
agency S&P (see Note 12).

Derivatives
Derivatives  are  entered  into  with  banks  and  financial  institution  counterparties, 
which are rated A- to AA+, based on rating agency S&P.

Guarantees
The Group's policy is to provide financial guarantees only for subsidiaries and joint 
ventures. At December 31, 2017, there were no outstanding guarantees towards joint 
ventures. The credit facilities of 2 joint ventures (see Note 25), in respect of which the 
Group had previously issued guarantees, expired in 2017.

Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will not be able to meet its financial obligations 
as they fall due. The Group’s approach to managing liquidity is to ensure, as far as 
possible, that it will always have sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when due, 
under both normal and stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses 
or risking damage to the Group’s reputation. The sources of financing are diversified 
and the bulk of the loans are irrevocable, long-term and maturities are spread over 
different years.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
The following are the remaining contractual maturities of financial liabilities:

(in thousands of USD)

Note

Carrying
Amount

Total

Less than 
1 year

Between 
1 and 5 years

More than 
5 years

Contractual cash flows December 31, 2016

Non derivative financial liabilities

Bank loans
Current trade and other payables *
Non-current other payables

Derivative financial liabilities

Interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts

15
17
17

17
17

1,085,562
56,113
—
1,141,675

1,218,702
56,113
—
1,274,815

150,630
56,113
—
206,743

718,950
—
—
718,950

349,122
—
—
349,122

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

Contractual cash flows December 31, 2017

(in thousands of USD)

Derivative financial liabilities

Bank loans and other notes
Other borrowings
Current trade and other payables *
Non-current other payables

Non derivative financial liabilities

Interest rate swaps
Forward exchange contracts

Note

Carrying
Amount

Total

Less than 
1 year

Between 
1 and 5 years

More than 
5 years

15
15
17
17

17
17

848,710
50,010
51,335
—
950,055

1,009,508
50,010
51,335
—
1,110,853

83,039
50,010
51,335
—
184,384

750,722
—
—
—
750,722

175,747
—
—
—
175,747

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

-
-
-

* Deferred income (see Note 17), which are not financial liabilities, are not included.

The  Group  has  secured  bank  loans  that  contain  loan  covenants.  A  future  breach 
of covenant may require the Group to repay the loan earlier than indicated in the 
above table. For more details on these covenants, please see "capital management" 
below.

The  interest  payments  on  variable  interest  rate  loans  in  the  table  above  reflect 
market forward interest rates at the reporting date and these amounts may change 
as market interest rates change. It is not expected that the cash flows included in the 
table above (the maturity analysis) could occur significantly earlier, or at significantly 
different amounts than stated above.

Market risk
Tanker market risk
The  spot  tanker  freight  market  is  a  highly  volatile  global  market  and  the  Group 
cannot predict what the market will be. The Group has a strategy of operating the 
majority of its fleet on the spot market but tries to keep a certain part of the fleet 
under fixed time charter contracts. The proportion of vessels operated on the spot 
will vary according to the many factors affecting both the spot and fixed time charter 
contract markets.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

5
5
1

 
Every increase (decrease) of 1,000 USD on the spot tanker freight market (VLCC and 
Suezmax) per day would have increased (decreased) profit or loss by the amounts 
shown below:

(effect in thousands of USD)

2017

2016

2015

Profit or loss

Profit or loss

Profit or loss

1,000 USD
Increase

1,000 USD
Decrease

1,000 USD
Increase

1,000 USD
Decrease

1,000 USD
Increase

1,000 USD
Decrease

13,420

(13,420)

14,140

(14,140)

12,972

(12,972)

Interest rate risk
Euronav  interest  rate  management  general  policy  is  to  borrow  at  floating  interest 
rates based on LIBOR plus a margin. The Euronav Corporate Treasury Department 
monitors the Group's interest rate exposure on a regular basis. From time to time and 
under the responsibility of the Chief Financial Officer, different strategies to reduce 
the risk associated with fluctuations in interest rates can be proposed to Board of 
Directors  for  their  approval.  In  the  past  the  Group  hedged  part  of  its  exposure  to 
changes in interest rates on borrowings. All borrowings contracted for the financing 
of vessels are on the basis of a floating interest rate, increased by a margin. On a 
regular basis the Group may use interest rate related derivatives (interest rate swaps, 
caps and floors) to achieve an appropriate mix of fixed and floating rate exposure as 
defined by the Group. On December 31, 2017, the Group had no such instruments in 
place.

At the reporting date the interest rate profile of the Group's interest-bearing financial 
instruments was:

(in thousands of USD)

Fixed rate instruments

Financial assets
Financial liabilities

Variable rate instruments

Financial liabilities

2017

2016

-
147,619
147,619

751,101
751,101

-
-
-

1,085,562
1,085,562

Fair value sensitivity analysis for fixed rate instruments
The Group does not account for any fixed rate financial assets and liabilities at fair 
value through profit or loss, and the Group does not designate derivatives (interest 
rate  swaps)  as  hedging  instruments  under  a  fair  value  hedge  accounting  model. 
Therefore a change in interest rates at the reporting date would not affect profit or 
loss nor equity as of that date.

Cash flow sensitivity analysis for variable rate instruments
A  change  of  50  basis  points  in  interest  rates  at  the  reporting  date  would  have 
increased  (decreased)  equity  and  profit  or  loss  by  the  amounts  shown  below.  This 
analysis  assumes  that  all  other  variables,  in  particular  foreign  currency  rates, 
remain constant.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
(effect in thousands of USD)

Profit or Loss

Equity

50 BP
Increase

50 BP
Decrease

50 BP
Increase

50 BP
Decrease

December 31, 2015

Variable rate instruments
Interest rate swaps

Cash Flow Sensitivity (Net)

December 31, 2016

Variable rate instruments
Interest rate swaps

Cash Flow Sensitivity (Net)

December 31, 2017

Variable rate instruments
Interest rate swaps

Cash Flow Sensitivity (Net)

(5,670)
-

(5,670)

(5,315)
-

(5,315)

(4,685)
-

(4,685)

5,670
-

5,670

5,315
-

5,315

4,685
-

4,685

-
-

-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-
-

-

Currency risk
The Company’s policy is to monitor its material non-functional currency transaction 
exposure so as to allow for natural coverage (revenues in the same currency than 
the expenses) whenever possible. When natural coverage is not deemed reasonably 
possible  (for  example  for  long  term  commitments),  the  Company  manages  its 
material  non-functional  currency  transaction  exposure  on  a  case-by-case  basis, 
either by entering into spot foreign currency transactions, foreign exchange forward, 
swap  or  option  contracts,  or  by  engaging  a  third  party  financial  advisor  with  the 
purpose of managing the foreign exchange risk for us.

The Group’s exposure to currency risk is related to its operating expenses expressed 
in Euros and to Treasury Notes denominated in Euros. In 2017 about 16.5% (2016: 
17.4%  and  2015:  17.4%)  of  the  Group’s  total  operating  expenses  were  incurred  in 
Euros. Revenue and the financial instruments are expressed in USD only, except for 
instruments issued under the Treasury Notes Program (Note 15).

(in thousands of USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

EUR

USD

EUR

USD

EUR

USD

Trade payables
Operating expenses
Treasury Notes

(7,891)
(89,289)
(50,010)

(11,383)
(452,113)
-

(8,725)
(92,608)
-

(9,383)
(440,830)
-

(9,913)
(89,457)
-

(13,121)
(425,806)
-

For the average and closing rates applied during the year, we refer to Note 27.

In the past, Euronav had entered into an agreement with a third party financial advisor 
with  the  aim  to  manage  the  risk  from  adverse  movements  in  EUR/USD  exchange 
rates.  The  program  used  a  financial  trading  strategy  called  Currency  Overlay 
Management Strategy which managed the equivalent of EUR 40.0 million exposures 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

7
5
1

 
on  a  yearly  basis.  The  currency  overlay  manager  conducted  foreign-exchange 
hedging by selectively placing and removing hedges to achieve the objectives set by 
us. On July 29, 2016, Euronav terminated this agreement.

As such there is no impact of this program on the Group's consolidated statement of 
profit or loss for the year ending December 31, 2017 (2016: loss of USD 0.9 million 
and 2015: loss of USD 1.0 million).

Sensitivity analysis
A  10  percent  strengthening  of  the  EUR  against  the  USD  at  December  31,  would 
have increased (decreased) equity and profit or loss by the amounts shown below. 
This analysis assumes that all other variables, in particular interest rates, remain 
constant.

(in thousands of USD)

Equity
Profit or loss

2017

211
(7,113)

2016

532
(10,025)

2015

473
(9,565)

A 10 percent weakening of the EUR against the USD at December 31, would have had 
the equal but opposite effect to the amounts shown above, on the basis that all the 
other variables remain constant.

Master netting or similar agreements
The  Group  enters  into  derivative  transactions  under  International  Swaps  and 
Derivatives  Association  (ISDA)  master  netting  agreements.  In  general,  under  such 
agreements the amounts owned by each counterparty on a single day in respect of 
all transactions outstanding in the same currency are aggregated into a single net 
amount that is payable by one party to the other.

Capital management
Euronav  is  continuously  optimizing  its  capital  structure  (mix  between  debt  and 
equity).  The  main  objective  is  to  maximise  shareholder  value  while  keeping  the 
desired  financial  flexibility  to  execute  the  strategic  projects.  Some  of  the  Group's 
other key drivers when making capital structure decisions are pay-out restrictions 
and the maintenance of the strong financial health of the Group. Besides the statutory 
minimum equity funding requirements that apply to the Group's subsidiaries in the 
various countries, the Group is also subject to covenants in relation to some of its 
senior secured credit facilities:

• an  amount  of  current  assets  that,  on  a  consolidated  basis,  exceeds  current 
liabilities.  Current  assets  may  include  undrawn  amounts  of  any  committed 
revolving  credit  facilities  and  credit  lines  having  a  maturity  of  more  than  one 
year;

• an aggregate amount of cash, cash equivalents and available aggregate undrawn 
amounts of any committed loan of at least USD 50.0 million or 5% of the Group's 
total  indebtedness  (excluding  guarantees),  depending  on  the  applicable  loan 
facility, whichever is greater;

• an amount of cash of at least USD 30.0 million; and
• a ratio of Stockholders' Equity to Total Assets of at least 30%

Further, the Group’s loan facilities generally include an asset protection clause 
whereby the fair market value of collateral vessels should be at least 125% of 
the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the respective loan.

The credit facilities discussed above also contain restrictions and undertakings which 
may limit the Group and the Group's subsidiaries' ability to, among other things:

• effect changes in management of the Group's vessels;

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
• transfer or sell or otherwise dispose of all or a substantial portion of the Group's 

assets;

• declare  and  pay  dividends  (with  respect  to  each  of  the  Group's  joint  ventures, 
other than Seven Seas Shipping Limited, no dividend may be distributed before 
its loan agreement, as applicable, is repaid in full); and

• incur additional indebtedness.

A violation of any of these financial covenants or operating restrictions contained in 
the credit facilities may constitute an event of default under these credit facilities, 
which,  unless  cured  within  the  grace  period  set  forth  under  the  applicable  credit 
facility,  if  applicable,  or  waived  or  modified  by  the  Group's  lenders,  provides  them 
with the right to, among other things, require the Group to post additional collateral, 
enhance equity and liquidity, increase interest payments, pay down indebtedness to 
a  level  where  the  Group  is  in  compliance  with  loan  covenants,  sell  vessels  in  the 
fleet, reclassify indebtedness as current liabilities and accelerate indebtedness and 
foreclose  liens  on  the  vessels  and  the  other  assets  securing  the  credit  facilities, 
which would impair the Group's ability to continue to conduct business.

Furthermore,  certain  of  our  credit  facilities  contain  a  cross-default  provision  that 
may be triggered by a default under one of our other credit facilities. A cross-default 
provision means that a default on one loan would result in a default on certain other 
loans.  Because  of  the  presence  of  cross-default  provisions  in  certain  of  our  credit 
facilities, the refusal of any one lender under our credit facilities to grant or extend a 
waiver could result in certain of our indebtedness being accelerated, even if our other 
lenders under our credit facilities have waived covenant defaults under the respective 
credit facilities. If our secured indebtedness is accelerated in full or in part, it would 
be very difficult in the current financing environment for us to refinance our debt or 
obtain additional financing and we could lose our vessels and other assets securing 
our credit facilities if our lenders foreclose their liens, which would adversely affect 
our ability to conduct our business.

As  of  December  31,  2017,  December  31,  2016  and  December  31,  2015,  the  Group 
was in compliance with all of the covenants contained in the debt agreements. With 
respect to the quantitative covenants as of December 31, 2017, as described above:

1. 

2.
3.
4.

 current assets on a consolidated basis (including available credit lines of USD 
607.4 million) exceeded current liabilities by USD 729.3 million
aggregated cash was USD 751.0 million
cash was USD 143.6 million
ratio of Stockholders’ Equity to Total Assets was 65.7%

In the course of 2017, the Company updated its dividend policy.

The Board has adopted the following current dividend payment policy: the Company 
intends  to  pay  a  minimum  fixed  dividend  of  at  least  USD  0.12  in  total  per  share 
per year provided (a) the Company has in the view of management and the board, 
sufficient balance sheet strength and liquidity combined (b) with sufficient earnings 
visibility from fixed income contracts.

In addition, if the results per share are positive and exceed the amount of the fixed 
dividend, that additional income* will be allocated to either: additional cash dividends, 
share buy-back, accelerated amortization of debt or the acquisition of vessels which 
we consider at that time to be accretive to shareholders’ value.

* Treatment of capital losses and capital gains: 
As  part  of  its  distribution  policy  Euronav  will 
continue  to  include  exceptional  capital  losses 
when  assessing  additional  dividends  but  also 
continue  to  exclude  exceptional  capital  gains 
when assessing additional dividend payments.
* Treatment  of  Deferred  Tax  Assets  (DTA)  and 
Deferred  Tax  Liabilities  (DTL):  As  part  of  its 
distribution  policy  Euronav  will  not  include 
non-cash  items  affecting  the  results  such  as 
DTA or DTL.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

9
5
1

 
Note 19 - Operating leases

Leases as lessee
Future minimum lease payments
The Group leases in some of its vessels under time charter and bare boat agreements 
(operating leases). The future minimum lease payments with an average duration of 
4 years under non-cancellable leases are as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

Less than 1 year
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 5 years

Total future lease payments

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

(32,120)
(95,524)
-

(127,644)

(32,120)
(127,644)
-

(159,764)

Options to extend the charter period, if any, have not been taken into account when 
calculating the future minimum lease payments.

In 2016, the Group entered into a five year leaseback agreement for four VLCCs on 
December 16, 2016. The sale of the vessels occurred on December 22, 2016 and the 
charter  period  has  a  duration  of  5  years,  therefore  ending  on  December  22,  2021. 
Under these leaseback agreements there is a sellers credit of USD 4.5 million of the 
sale price that becomes immediately due and payable by the owners upon sale of the 
vessel during the charter period and shall be paid out of the sales proceeds. It also 
becomes due to the extent of 50% of the (positive) difference between the fair market 
value of the vessels at the end of the leaseback agreements and USD 17.5 million 
(for the oldest VLCC) or USD 19.5 million (for the other vessels). Furthermore, the 
Group provides a residual guarantee to the owners in the aggregate amount of up 
to USD 20.0 million in total at the time of redelivery of the four vessels. The parties 
also agreed a profit split, if the vessel is sold at charter expiry they shall share the 
net proceeds of the sale, 75% for owners and 25% for charterers, between USD 26.5 
million and USD 32.5 million (for the oldest VLCC) or between USD 28.5 million and 
USD 34.5 million (for the other vessels).

The  Group  analysed  the  classification  of  the  leaseback  agreements  based  on  the 
primary lease classification criteria and the supplemental indicators in IAS 17, and 
determined that these agreements qualified as operating leases.

Non-cancellable operating lease rentals for office space and company cars with an 
average duration of 3 years are payable as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

Less than 1 year
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 5 years

Total non-cancellable operating lease rentals

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

(2,287)
(7,224)
(1,227)

(10,738)

(2,297)
(5,070)
(1,183)

(8,550)

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Amounts recognized in profit and loss

(in thousands of USD)

Bareboat charter
Time charter
Office rental

Total recognized in profit and loss

2017

(31,111)
(62)
(2,136)

(33,309)

2016

(792)
(16,921)
(2,219)

(19,932)

2015

-
(25,849)
(2,581)

(28,430)

Leases as lessor
Future minimum lease receivables
The Group leases out some of its vessels under time charter agreements (operating 
leases). The future minimum lease receivables with an average duration of 5 months 
under non-cancellable leases are as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

Less than 1 year
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 5 years

Total future lease receivables

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

103,007
147,967
31,793

282,767

150,450
35,083
-

185,533

The amounts shown in the table above include the Group’s share of operating leases 
of joint ventures.

On some of the abovementioned vessels the Group has granted the option to extend 
the  charter  period.  These  option  periods  have  not  been  taken  into  account  when 
calculating the future minimum lease receivables.

At  December  31,  2017,  Euronav  and  its  subsidiaries,  without  joint  ventures,  have 
future minimum lease receivables less than one year of USD 54.4 million (2016: USD 
108.5 million) and future minimum lease receivables between 1 and 5 years of USD 
0.0 million (2016: USD 35.1 million).

Following the rationalization of the TI Pool structure in 2017 (see Note 23), Tankers 
International Ltd. ("TIL") became the disponent owner of all of the vessels in the TI 
Pool as all the vessels are now time chartered with a duration of 1 year to TIL at a 
floating rate equivalent to the average spot rate achieved by the pool times the pool 
points assigned to each vessel. At December 31, 2017, 24 of our VLCC vessels were 
employed in the TI Pool under such floating time charters. Given the variable nature 
of the time charter rates, there are no minimum lease receivables for these contracts 
and therefore, these floating time charters are not included in the table above.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

1
6
1

 
Non-cancellable operating lease rentals for office space with an average duration of 
5 years are receivable as follows:

(in thousands of USD)

Less than 1 year
Between 1 and 5 years
More than 5 years

Total non-cancellable operating lease rentals

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

726
2,903
233

3,862

806
2,644
878

4,328

Amounts recognized in profit and loss

(in thousands of USD)

Bareboat charter
Time charter
Office rental

Total recognized in profit and loss

The  above  operating  lease  rentals  receivable  relate  entirely  to  the  Group's  leased 
offices for Euronav UK.

Euronav UK has sublet part of the office space to four different subtenants, starting 
in 2014.

2017

-
118,705
840

119,545

2016

-
140,227
878

141,105

2015

-
126,091
879

126,970

Note 20 - Provisions and contingencies

The  Group  is  involved  in  a  number  of  disputes  in  connection  with  its  day-to-day 
activities,  both  as  claimant  and  defendant.  Such  disputes  and  the  associated 
expenses of legal representation are covered by insurance. Moreover, they are not of 
a magnitude that lies outside the ordinary, and their scope is not of such a nature that 
they could jeopardise the Group's financial position.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Note 21 - Related parties

Identity of related parties
The  Group  has  a  related  party  relationship  with  its  subsidiaries  (see  Note  23)  and 
equity-accounted investees (see Note 25) and with its directors and executive officers 
(see Note 22).

Transactions with key management personnel
The  total  amount  of  the  remuneration  paid  to  all  non-executive  directors  for  their 
services as members of the board and committees (if applicable) is as follows:

(in thousands of EUR)

Total remuneration

2017

1,015

2016

1,145

2015

1,591

The Nomination and Remuneration Committee annually reviews the remuneration 
of the members of the Executive Committee. The remuneration (excluding the CEO) 
consists of a fixed and a variable component and can be summarized as follows:

(in thousands of EUR)

Total fixed remuneration

of which
Cost of pension
Other benefits

Total variable remuneration

of which
Share-based payments

2017

1,176

35
58

1,331

597

All amounts mentioned refer to the Executive Committee in its official composition 
throughout 2017.

The remuneration of the CEO can be summarized as follows:

(in thousands of GBP)

Total fixed remuneration

of which
Cost of pension
Other benefits

Total variable remuneration

of which
Share-based payments

2017

407

-
13

528

233

2016

1,175

35
57

1,042

351

2016

405

-
11

437

171

2015

1,176

35
57

2,392

1,010

2015

405

-
11

863

333

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

3
6
1

 
Within  the  framework  of  a  stock  option  plan,  the  board  of  directors  has  granted 
on December 16, 2013 options on its 1,750,000 treasury shares to the members of 
the  Executive  Committee  for  no  consideration  but  with  conditions  (see  Note  22). 
525,000 options were granted to the CEO and 1,225,000 options were granted to the 
other  members  of  the  Executive  Committee.  The  exercise  price  of  the  options  is 
EUR 5.7705. All of the beneficiaries have accepted the options granted to them. In 
2016 the Company bought back 692,415 shares and delivered 116,667 shares upon 
the exercise of share options. In 2017 Euronav did not buy back or dispose of any 
own shares. At the date of this report all of the remaining options are vested. In 
addition, the board of directors has granted on February 12, 2015 236,590 options 
and  65,433  restricted  stock  units  within  the  framework  of  a  long  term  incentive 
plan.  Vested  stock  options  may  be  exercised  until  13  years  after  the  grant  date. 
On  February  2,  2016,  the  board  of  directors  granted  54,616  phantom  stock  units 
within the framework of an additional long term incentive plan. Each unit gives a 
conditional right to receive an amount of cash equal to the fair market value of one 
share of the company on the settlement date. The phantom stock units will mature 
one-third each year on the second, third and fourth anniversary of the award (see 
Note 22). On February 9, 2017 the board of directors granted 66,449 phantom stock 
units  within  the  framework  of  an  additional  long  term  incentive  plan.  Each  unit 
gives  a  conditional  right  to  receive  an  amount  of  cash  equal  to  the  fair  market 
value of one share of the company on the settlement date. The phantom stock units 
will mature one-third each year on the second, third and fourth anniversary of the 
award (see Note 22).

Relationship with CMB
In 2004, Euronav split from Compagnie Maritime Belge (CMB). CMB renders some 
administrative and general services to Euronav. In 2017 CMB invoiced a total amount 
of USD 34,928 (2016: USD 17,731 and 2015: USD 0).

Properties
The Group leases office space in Belgium from Reslea N.V., an entity jointly controlled 
by CMB and Exmar. Under this lease, the Group paid an annual rent of USD 179,079 
in 2017 (2016: USD 175,572 and 2015: USD 178,104). This lease expires on August 31, 
2021.

The  Group  leased  office  space,  through  our  subsidiary  Euronav  Ship  Management 
Hellas, in Piraeus, Greece, from Nea Dimitra Ktimatiki Kai Emporik S.A., an entity 
controlled by Ceres Shipping. Mr. Livanos, a former member of our board acting as 
permanent representative of TankLog until his resignation on December 3, 2015, is 
the Chairman and sole shareholder of Ceres Shipping. Under this lease, the Group 
paid  an  annual  rent  of  USD  183,766  in  2017  (2016:  USD  199,873  and  2015:  USD 
184,791). This lease expired on December 31, 2017.

The Group subleases office space in its London, United Kingdom office, through its 
subsidiary Euronav (UK) Agencies Limited, pursuant to sublease agreements, dated 
September 25, 2014, with GasLog Services UK Limited and Unisea Maritime Limited, 
both parties related to Peter Livanos. Under these subleases, the Company received 
in  2017  a  rent  of  USD  416,995  (2016:  USD  443,643  and  2015:  USD  495,507).  This 
sublease expires on April 27, 2023.

The  Company  also  subleases  office  space  in  its  London,  United  Kingdom  office, 
through  its  subsidiary  Euronav  (UK)  Agencies  Limited,  pursuant  to  a  sublease 
agreement, dated 25 September 2014, with Tankers (UK) Agencies Limited, a 50-50 
joint venture with International Seaways. Under this sublease, the Company received 
in  2017  a  rent  of  USD  218,894  (2016:  USD  232,882  and  2015:  USD  260,108).  This 
sublease expires on April 27, 2023.

Registration Rights
On  January  28,  2015  the  Group  entered  into  a  registration  rights  agreement  with 
companies  affiliated  with  our  former  Chairman,  Peter  Livanos,  or  the  Ceres 
Shareholders,  and  companies  affiliated  with  our  former  Vice  Chairman,  Marc 
Saverys, or the Saverco Shareholders.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Pursuant  to  the  registration  rights  agreement,  each  of  the  Ceres  Shareholders  as 
a group and the Saverco Shareholders as a group will be able to piggyback on the 
others’ demand registration. The Ceres Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders 
are only treated as having made their request if the registration statement for such 
shareholder  group’s  shares  is  declared  effective.  Once  we  are  eligible  to  do  so, 
commencing  12  calendar  months  after  the  Ordinary  Shares  have  been  registered 
under the Exchange Act, the Ceres Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders may 
require us to file shelf registration statements permitting sales by them of ordinary 
shares  into  the  market  from  time  to  time  over  an  extended  period.  The  Ceres 
Shareholders and the Saverco Shareholders can also exercise piggyback registration 
rights to participate in certain registrations of ordinary shares by us. All expenses 
relating to the registrations, including the participation of our executive management 
team  in  two  marketed  roadshows  and  a  reasonable  number  of  marketing  calls 
in  connection  with  one-day  or  overnight  transactions,  will  be  borne  by  us.  The 
registration  rights  agreement  also  contains  provisions  relating  to  indemnification 
and contribution. There are no specified financial remedies for non-compliance with 
the registration rights agreement. At December 31, 2017, no rights were exercised by 
any of the parties under the registration rights agreement.

Transactions with subsidiaries and joint ventures
The Group has supplied funds in the form of shareholder's advances to some of its 
joint ventures at pre-agreed conditions which are always similar for the other party 
involved in the joint venture in question (see below and Note 25).

On 20 May, 2016, the Group announced that it had agreed with Bretta Tanker Holdings 
Inc. (“Bretta”) to terminate its Suezmax joint ventures and to enter into a share swap 
and  claims  transfer  agreement.  The  joint  ventures  covered  four  Suezmax  vessels: 
the Captain Michael  (2012  -  157,648  dwt),  the  Maria  (2012  -  157,523  dwt),  the 
Eugenie (2010 - 157,672 dwt) and the Devon (2011 - 157,642 dwt). Euronav assumed 
full ownership of the two companies owning the two youngest vessels, the Captain 
Michael and  the Maria,  and Bretta  assumed  full  ownership  of  the  two  companies 
owning the Eugenie and the Devon (see Note 24).

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

5
6
1

 
Balances  and  transactions  between  the  Group  and  its  subsidiaries  have  been 
eliminated on consolidation and are not disclosed in this note. Details of outstanding 
balances  and  transactions  between  the  Group  and  its  joint  ventures  are  disclosed 
below:

 As of and for the year ended December 31, 2016

(in thousands of USD)

TI Africa Ltd
TI Asia Ltd
Fiorano Shipholding Ltd
Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd
Larvotto Shipholding Ltd
Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd
Great Hope Enterprises Ltd
Kingswood Co. Ltd

Total

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2017

TI Africa Ltd
TI Asia Ltd
Kingswood Co. Ltd
Tankers Agencies (UK) Ltd

Total

Trade 
receivables

Trade
payables

Shareholders 
Loan

Turnover

Dividend
Income

241
303
-
-
-
-
-
-

544

30
130
-
134

294

-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

50
-
-
137

187

137,615
65,897
-
-
-
-
-
-

360
360
265
249
275
287

-
-
-
-
-
-
28
23,450

203,512

1,796

23,478

100,115
62,647
-
-

162,762

372
372
-
-

744

-
-
1,250
-

1,250

Guarantees
The Group provided guarantees to financial institutions that provided credit facilities 
to joint ventures of the Group. As of December 31, 2016, the total amount outstanding 
under  these  credit  facilities  was  USD  75.3  million,  of  which  the  Group  guaranteed 
USD  37.7  million.  As  of  December  31,  2017,  these  credit  facilities  and  the  related 
guarantees had expired (see Note 25).

Note 22 - Share-based payment arrangements

Description of share-based payment arrangements:
At  December  31,  2017,  the  Group  had  the  following  share-based  payment 
arrangements:

Share option programs (Equity-settled)
On December 16, 2013, the Group established a share option program that entitles 
key management personnel to purchase existing shares in the Company. Under the 
program,  holders  of  vested  options  are  entitled  to  purchase  shares  at  the  market 
price  of  the  shares  at  the  grant  date.  Currently  this  program  is  limited  to  key 
management personnel.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
The  Group  intends  to  use  its  treasury  shares  to  settle  its  obligations  under  this 
program. The key terms and conditions related to the grants under these programs 
are as follows:

Grant date/employees entitled

Number of 
instruments

Vesting Conditions

Contractual life 
of Options

Options granted to key management personnel
December 16, 2013 ("Tranche 1")
December 16, 2013 ("Tranche 2")

December 16, 2013 ("Tranche 3")

583,000
583,000

583,000

Share price to be at least EUR 7.5
Share price to be at least EUR 8.66
Share price to be at least EUR 11.54 
and US listing

5 years
5 years

5 years

Total Share options

1,750,000

In addition, 50% of the options can only be exercised at the earliest if the shares 
of the Group are admitted for listing in a recognized US listing exchange platform 
(the "listing event"). The other 50% can only be exercised one year after the listing 
event. If the Group's shares had not been listed on a US listing exchange, then only 
2/3 of the shares would be exercisable and would have to meet the first 2 vesting 
conditions listed above.

Long term incentive plan 2015 (Equity-settled)
The  Group's  Board  of  Directors  implemented  in  2015  a  long  term  incentive 
plan  ('LTIP')  for  key  management  personnel.  Under  the  terms  of  this  LTIP,  the 
beneficiaries will obtain 40% of their respective LTIP in the form of Euronav stock 
options, with vesting over three years at anniversary date and 60% in the form of 
restricted stock units ('RSUs') which will be paid out in cash, with cliff vesting on 
the  third  anniversary.  In  total  236,590  options  and  65,433  RSUs  were  granted  on 
February 12, 2015. Vested stock options may be exercised until 13 years after the 
grant date.

Long term incentive plan 2016 (Cash-settled)
The  Group's  Board  of  Directors  implemented  in  2016  an  additional  long  term 
incentive plan for key management personnel. Under the terms of this LTIP, the 
beneficiaries will obtain their respective LTIP in cash, based on the volume weighted 
average price of the shares on Euronext Brussels over the 3 last business days of 
the  relevant  vesting  period.  The  phantom  stock  units  will  mature  one-third  each 
year on the second, third and fourth anniversary of the award. In total a number of 
54,616 phantom stocks were granted on February 2, 2016.

Long term incentive plan 2017 (Cash-settled)
The  Group's  Board  of  Directors  implemented  in  2017  an  additional  long 
term  incentive  plan  for  key  management  personnel.  Under  the  terms  of  this 
LTIP,  the  beneficiaries  will  obtain  their  respective  LTIP  in  cash,  based  on  the 
volume  weighted  average  price  of  the  shares  on  Euronext  Brussels  over  the 
3  last  business  days  of  the  relevant  vesting  period.  The  phantom  stock  units 
will mature one-third each year on the second, third and fourth anniversary of 
the  award.  In  total  a  number  of  66,449  phantom  stock  units  were  granted  on 
February 9, 2017.

Measurement of Fair Value
The fair value of the employee share options under the 2013 program and the 2015 
LTIP has been measured using the Black-Scholes formula. Service and non-market 
performance conditions attached to the transactions were not taken into account 
in measuring fair value.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

7
6
1

 
The inputs used in measurement of the fair values at grant date for the equity-settled 
share option programs were as follows:

Share option program 2013

LTIP 2015

(figures in EUR)

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Tranche 1

Tranche 2

Tranche 3

Fair value at grant date
Share price at grant date
Exercise price
Expected volatility (weighted average)
Expected life (Days) (weighted average)
Expected dividends
Risk-free interest rate

2.270
6.070
5.770
40%
303
-
1%

2.260
6.070
5.770
40%
467
-
1%

2.120
6.070
5.770
40%
730
-
1%

1.853
10.050
10.0475
39.63%
365
8%
0.66%

1.853
10.050
10.0475
39.63%
730
8%
0.66%

1.853
10.050
10.0475
39.63%
1,095
8%
0.66%

Expected  volatility  has  been  based  on  an  evaluation  of  the  historical  volatility 
of  the  Company's  share  price,  particularly  over  the  historical  periods 
commensurate with the expected term. The expected term of the instruments 
has  been  based  on  historical  experience  and  general  option  holder  behaviour 
using a Monte Carlo simulation.

The fair value of the RSUs under the 2015 LTIP was measured with reference to 
the Euronav share price at the grant date. All of the RSUs granted on February 
12, 2015 remained outstanding as of December 31, 2017 and had not yet vested.

The liability in respect of its obligations under the LTIP 2016 and LTIP 2017 is 
measured based on the Company’s share price at the reporting date and taking 
into account the extent to which the services have been rendered to date. All of the 
phantom stocks granted on February 2, 2016 and February 9, 2017 respectively, 
remained outstanding as of December 31, 2017. The Company’s share price was 
EUR 10.613 at the grant date of the LTIP 2016 and EUR 7.268 at the grant date of 
the LTIP 2017, and was EUR 7.684 as at December 31, 2017.

Expenses recognized in profit or loss
For  details  on  related  employee  benefits  expense  see  Note  5.  The  expenses 
related  to  the  LTIP  2016  and  LTIP  2017  (USD  0.7  million)  are  included  in  the 
Provision for employee benefits.

Reconciliation of outstanding share options
The  number  and  weighted-average  exercise  prices  of  options  under  the  2013 
share option program and the 2015 LTIP are as follows:

(figures in EUR)

Number of options 
2017

Weighted average 
exercise price 2017

Number of options 
2016

Weighted average 
exercise price 2016

Outstanding at January 1
Forfeited during the year
Exercised during the year
Granted during the year

Outstanding at December 31

Vested at December 31

586,590
0
0
0

586,590

507,726

7.495
0
0
0

7.495

0

703,257
0
(116,667)
0

586,590

428,863

7.209
0
5.770
0

7.495

0

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
In 2016 the Company bought back 692,415 shares and delivered 116,667 shares upon 
the exercise of share options under the 2013 program. In 2017 Euronav did not buy 
back or dispose of any own shares.

The  weighted-average  share  price  at  the  date  of  exercise  for  the  share  options 
exercised in 2016 was EUR 8.99.

Note 23 - Group entities

Parent

Euronav NV

Subsidiaries

Euronav Tankers NV
Euronav Shipping NV
Euronav (UK) Agencies Limited
Euronav Luxembourg SA
Euronav sas
Euronav Ship Management sas
Euronav Ship Management Ltd

Euronav Ship Management Hellas 
(branch office)
Euronav Hong Kong
Euro-Ocean Ship Management (Cyprus) Ltd
Euronav Singapore
Fiorano Shipholding Ltd
Larvotto Shipholding Ltd

Euronav MI Inc

Joint ventures

Fiorano Shipholding Ltd
Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd
Great Hope Enterprises Ltd

Kingswood Co. Ltd

Larvotto Shipholding Ltd
Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd
TI Africa Ltd
TI Asia Ltd
Tankers Agencies (UK) Ltd

Tankers International LLC

Associates

Tankers International LLC

Country of 
incorporation

Consolidation
method

Ownership interest

December 31, 
2017

December 31, 
2016

December 31, 
2015

Belgium

full

100.00%

100.00%

100.00%

Belgium
Belgium
UK
Luxembourg
France
France
Liberia

Hong Kong
Cyprus
Singapore
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Marshall 
Islands

Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Marshall 
Islands
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
Hong Kong
UK
Marshall 
Islands

Marshall 
Islands

full
full
full
full
full
full
full

full
full
full
full
full

full

equity
equity
equity

equity

equity
equity
equity
equity
equity

equity

100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

100.00%

NA
NA
NA

50.00%

NA
NA
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

50.00%

100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

NA

NA
NA
NA

50.00%

NA
NA
50.00%
50.00%
NA

NA

100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
100.00%

100.00%
100.00%
100.00%
NA
NA

NA

50.00%
50.00%
50.00%

50.00%

50.00%
50.00%
50.00%
50.00%
NA

NA

equity

NA

40.00%

40.00%

In  2015  two  joint  ventures,  Asia  Conversion  Corporation  and  Africa  Conversion 
Corporation, were dissolved.

In 2016, the Group transferred its equity interests in Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd. and 
Fontvielle  Shipholding  Ltd.  and  acquired  Bretta  Tanker  Holdings‘  equity  interests  in 
Fiorano Shipholding Ltd. and Larvotto Shipholding Ltd. As a result, the Group’s equity 
interest in Fiorano Shipholding Ltd. and Larvotto Shipholding Ltd. increased from 50% to 
100% (see Note 24). In 2016 one joint venture, Great Hope Enterprises Ltd. was dissolved.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

9
6
1

 
In the fourth quarter of 2017, Euronav NV incorporated a new subsidiary, Euronav MI 
Inc (see Note 26).

In  2017,  the  corporate  structure  of  Tankers  International  pool  (“TI  Pool”)  was 
rationalized. Under the new structure, the shares of Tankers UK Agencies (“TUKA”), 
fully held at the time by Tankers International LLC (“TI LLC”), an entity incorporated 
under the laws of the Marshall Islands, have been distributed to the two remaining 
founding  members  of  the  TI  Pool,  (namely  Euronav  NV  and  International  Seaways 
INC), to form a 50-50 joint venture.

Further, following the withdrawal in December 2017 of one of its members, TI LLC, 
which was previously an associate of the Group, became a joint venture of the Group 
as from that time.

Additionally,  a  new  company,  Tankers  International  Ltd.  ("TIL"),  was  incorporated 
under the laws of the United Kingdom, and is fully owned by TUKA. TIL became the 
disponent owner of all of the vessels in the TI Pool as all the vessels are now time 
chartered to TIL at a floating rate equivalent to the average spot rate achieved by the 
pool times the pool points assigned to each vessel.

This new structure allowed the TI Pool to arrange for a credit line financing in order 
to lower the working capital requirement for the Pool participants which potentially 
can attract additional pool participants.

At December 31, 2017, the Group held 50% of the voting rights in TUKA but held 
61%  of  the  outstanding  shares  that  participate  in  the  result  of  the  entity.  As 
Euronav acquired ownership of these shares on December 28, 2017, the Group's 
share of the profit of the entity, as well as the Group's balances and transactions 
with this joint venture were not significant as of and for the year ended December 
31, 2017.

At  December  31,  2017,  the  Group  held  50%  of  the  voting  rights  in  TI  LLC  but  held 
59% of the outstanding shares that participate in the result of the entity. The Group's 
share  of  the  profit  of  the  entity,  as  well  as  the  Group's  balances  and  transactions 
with this joint venture were not significant as of and for the year ended December 
31, 2017.

Note 24 - Business combinations

On  May  20,  2016,  the  Group  announced  the  termination  of  the  joint  ventures  with 
Bretta Tanker Holdings, Inc. covering four Suezmax vessels. Euronav assumed full 
ownership of the companies owning the two youngest vessels, the Captain Michael 
(2012 - 157,648 dwt) and the Maria (2012 - 157,523 dwt) on June 2, 2016.

On June 2, 2016, the Group entered into a share swap and claim transfer agreement 
whereby:

• The  Group  transferred  its  equity  interests  in  Moneghetti  Shipholding  Ltd. 
(hereafter ‘Moneghetti’) and Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd. (hereafter ‘Fontvieille’) 
and  acquired  Bretta  Tanker  Holdings’  equity  interests  in  Fiorano  Shipholding 
Ltd.  (hereafter  ‘Fiorano’)  and  Larvotto  Shipholding  Ltd.  (hereafter  ‘Larvotto’); 
and

• The  Group  transferred  its  claims  arising  from  the  shareholder  loans  to 
Moneghetti and Fontvieille and acquired Bretta Tanker Holdings’ claims arising 
from the shareholder loans to Fiorano and Larvotto.

As a result, the Group’s equity interest in both Fiorano and Larvotto increased from 
50% to 100% giving the Group control of both companies. The Group no longer has an 
equity interest in Moneghetti and Fontvieille. Before the swap agreement, the Group 
accounted for the four entities using the equity method. Following the acquisition, 
Fiorano and Larvotto are fully consolidated as of June 2, 2016.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Fair value at acquisition date

15,110
(21,498)
39,973

33,585

With  this  transaction,  the  Group  has  become  the  full  owner  of  the  two  youngest 
vessels, the Captain Michael and the Maria, while Bretta has become the full owner 
of the Devon and the Eugenie.

Consideration transferred

(in thousands of USD)

Cash
Shares in Fontvieille and Moneghetti
Shareholders' loan receivable

Total consideration transferred

Contribution to revenue and profit/loss
Since  their  acquisition  by  the  Group  on  June  2,  2016,  the  2  acquired  companies 
contributed revenue of USD 4.8 million and a profit of USD 0.1 million to the Group’s 
consolidated  results  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2016.  If  the  acquisition  had 
occurred on 1 January 2016, management estimates that the Group’s consolidated 
revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 would have been USD 698.3 million 
and consolidated profit for the twelve month period ended December 31, 2016 would 
have  been  USD  205.1  million.  In  determining  these  amounts,  management  has 
assumed that the fair value adjustments, that arose on the date of acquisition would 
have been the same if the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2016.

Acquisition related costs
The  Group  did  not  incur  any  material  acquisition-related  costs  for  the  business 
combination and these costs were expensed as incurred.

Step acquisition
The transaction resulted in a loss of USD 24.2 million. This loss was recognized in 
the consolidated statement of profit or loss for the year ended December 31, 2016, 
under the heading ‘Loss on disposal of investments in equity accounted investees’. 
In  accordance  with  IFRS  3  (Business  Combinations),  Euronav  accounted  for  this 
transaction as a step acquisition and therefore had to re-measure at the acquisition 
date to fair value Euronav’s non-controlling equity interest in the two joint ventures it 
acquired (loss of USD 13.5 million) as well as to measure at fair value the consideration 
transferred, including Euronav’s interest in the other two joint ventures (loss of USD 
10.7 million). At acquisition date, the fair value of the Group’s non-controlling interest 
in the two acquired joint ventures amounted to USD (18.6) million.

Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed
The  following  table  summarizes  the  recognized  amounts  of  assets  acquired  and 
liabilities assumed at the acquisition date.

(in thousands of USD)

Property, plant and equipment
Trade receivables
Cash and cash equivalents
Loans and borrowings
Trade and other payables

Total identifiable net assets acquired

Note

Fair value at acquisition date

8
-
-
15
-

120,280
3,685
8,355
(61,065)
(4,086)

67,169

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

1
7
1

 
Measurement of fair values

Assets acquired

Valuation techniques

Property, plant and equipment

The price was agreed among parties by reference to valuation reports by brokers

Goodwill

The transaction did not give rise to the recognition of any goodwill:

(in thousands of USD)

Consideration transferred
Fair value of pre-existing interests in Larvotto and Fiorano
Fair value of identifiable net assets
Fair value of shareholders' loan liabilities versus Bretta Tanker 
Holdings, transferred to Euronav

Goodwill

Fair value at acquisition date

33,585
(18,633)
(67,169)
52,217

-

Merger with Gener8 Maritime, Inc.
On  December  21,  2017,  Euronav  announced  that  the  Company  has  reached  an 
agreement on a stock-for-stock merger for the entire issued and outstanding share 
capital of Gener8 Maritime, Inc. (“Gener8“) pursuant to which Gener8 would become a 
wholly-owned subsidiary of Euronav. The “Exchange Ratio“ of 0.7272 Euronav shares 
for each share of Gener8 is expected to result in the issuance of approximately 60.9 
million  new  Euronav  shares  to  Gener8  shareholders.  The  Exchange  Ratio  implies 
a  premium  of  35%  paid  on  Gener8  shares  based  on  the  closing  share  prices  on  20 
December 2017. The merger will result in Euronav shareholders owning approximately 
72%  of  the  issued  share  capital  of  the  combined  entity  and  Gener8  shareholders 
owning approximately 28% (based on the fully diluted share capital of Euronav and the 
fully diluted share capital of Gener8). The merger is subject to the approval of Gener8’s 
shareholders,  the  consent  of  certain  of  Gener8’s  lenders  to  assign  certain  debt 
facilities to the combined entity, the effectiveness of a registration statement to be filed 
by Euronav with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) to register 
the  Euronav  shares  to  be  issued  in  the  merger  (the  “New  Registration  Statement”), 
the  listing  of  such  shares  on  the  New  York  Stock  Exchange  (the  “NYSE”)  and  other 
customary  closing  conditions.  Certain  of  these  closing  conditions  are  substantive, 
and these conditions have not yet been met. The Gener8 shares will be contributed to 
Euronav in application of the Belgian Companies Code procedure of a capital increase 
through contribution in kind. The increase of the Euronav share capital will occur under 
the existing authorized capital of USD 150.0 million.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Note 25 - Equity-accounted investees

(in thousands of USD)

Assets
Interest in joint ventures
Interest in associates

Total assets

Liabilities
Interest in joint ventures
Interest in associates

Total liabilities

ASSOCIATES

(in thousands of USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

30,595
-

30,595

-
-

-

16,867
1,546

18,413

-
-

-

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Carrying amount of interest at the beginning of the period
Group's share of profit (loss) for the period
Dividend in kind (shares TUKA) distributed by associate (Note 23)
Reclassification of associate to joint venture (Note 23)

Carrying amount of interest at the end of the period

1,546
149
(1,559)
(136)

-

1,212
334
-
-

1,546

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

3
7
1

 
JOINT VENTURES

The following table contains a roll forward of the balance sheet amounts with respect to the Group’s joint ventures:

(in thousands of USD)

ASSET

LIABILITY

Investments in 
equity accounted 
investees

Shareholders 
loans

Investments in 
equity accounted 
investees

Shareholders 
loans

Gross balance
Offset investment with shareholders loan

Balance at January 1, 2015

Group's share of profit (loss) for the period
Group's share of other comprehensive income
Capital increase/(decrease) in joint ventures
Dividends received from joint ventures
Movement shareholders loans to joint ventures

Gross balance
Offset investment with shareholders loan

Balance at December 31, 2015

Group's share of profit (loss) for the period
Group's share of other comprehensive income
Group's share on upstream transactions
Capital increase/(decrease) in joint ventures
Dividends received from joint ventures
Movement shareholders loans to joint ventures
Business combinations

Gross balance
Offset investment with shareholders loan

Balance at December 31, 2016

Group's share of profit (loss) for the period
Group's share of other comprehensive income
Dividends received from joint ventures
Dividend in kind (shares TUKA) received from 
associate (Note 23)
Reclassification of associate to joint venture 
(Note 23)
Movement shareholders loans to joint ventures

Gross balance
Offset investment with shareholders loan

(89,338)
105,643

16,305

51,407
1,610
(1,499)
(275)
-

(38,095)
58,520

20,425

40,161
1,224
4,646
(3,737)
(23,478)
-
15,981

(3,298)
20,165

16,867

29,933
483
(1,250)

1,559

136

-

27,565
3,030

363,414
(105,643)

257,771

-
-
-
-
(45,665)

317,749
(58,520)

259,229

-
-
-
-
-
(18,499)
(95,738)

203,512
(20,165)

183,348

-
-
-

-

-

(40,750)

162,763
(3,030)

Balance at December 31, 2017

30,595

159,733

(5,880)
-

(5,880)

-
-
5,880
-
-

-
-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-
-
-
-
-

-
-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-
-
-

-

-

-

-
-

-

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
The  Group’s  share  on  upstream  transactions  in  2016  related  to  the  buy-out  of  the 
joint venture partner to obtain full control of the VLCC V.K. Eddie. On November 23, 
2016,  the  Group  purchased  the VLCC V.K. Eddie  from  its  50%  joint  venture  Seven 
Seas Shipping Ltd. In the Group’s consolidated financial statements, 50% of the gain 
recognized on this transaction by Seven Seas Shipping Ltd. was eliminated.

The decrease in the balance of shareholders’ loans to joint ventures since December 
31,  2015  is  primarily  due  to  the  disposal  of  two  joint  ventures  and  the  acquisition 
of two other joint ventures on June 2, 2016, as set out in Note 24, resulting in the 
settlement or consolidation, respectively, of the Group’s shareholders’ loan balances 
versus  these  entities.  For  more  details,  we  refer  to  the  table  summarizing  the 
financial information of the Groups' joint ventures further below.

*   Both  FSO  Asia  and  FSO  Africa  are  on  a  time 
charter contract to North Oil Company (NOC), 
the new operator of Al Shaheen field, until mid 
2022.

Joint venture

Segment

Description

Great Hope Enterprises Ltd
Kingswood Co. Ltd

Tankers
Tankers

Seven Seas Shipping Ltd

Tankers

Fiorano Shipholding Ltd
Larvotto Shipholding Ltd
Fontvieille Shipholding Ltd
Moneghetti Shipholding Ltd
Tankers Agencies (UK) Ltd
Tankers International LLC

TI Africa Ltd
TI Asia Ltd

Tankers
Tankers
Tankers
Tankers
Tankers
Tankers

FSO
FSO

No operating activities, liquidated in 2016
Holding company; parent of Seven Seas Shipping Ltd. and to be liquidated in the 
future
Formerly owner of 1 VLCC bought in 2016 by Euronav. Wholly owned subsidiary of 
Kingswood Co. Ltd.
Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax, acquired Bretta's equity interest in 2016
Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax, acquired Bretta's equity interest in 2016
Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax, sold our equity interest to Bretta in 2016
Single ship company, owner of 1 Suezmax, sold our equity interest to Bretta in 2016
Parent company of Tankers International Ltd
The manager of the Tankers International Pool who commercially manages the 
majority of the Group's VLCCs
Operator and owner of a single floating storage and offloading facility (FSO Africa) *
Operator and owner of a single floating storage and offloading facility (FSO Asia) *

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

5
7
1

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

The following table contains summarized financial information for all of the Group’s joint ventures:

(in thousands of USD)

Asset

Great Hope 
Enterprises 
Ltd

Kingswood 
Co.
Ltd

Seven Seas 
Shipping
Ltd

Fiorano 
Shipholding
Ltd

Fontvieille 
Shipholding
Ltd

At December 31, 2015
Percentage ownership interest

Non-Current assets
of which Vessel

Current Assets
of which cash and cash equivalents

Non-Current Liabilities
Of which bank loans

Current Liabilities
Of which bank loans

Net assets (100%)

Group's share of net assets
Shareholders loans to joint venture

Net Carrying amount of interest in joint venture

Remaining shareholders loan to joint venture

Revenue
Depreciations and amortization
Interest Expense
Income tax expense
Profit (loss) for the period (100%)
Other comprehensive income (100%)

Group's share of profit (loss) for the period

Group's share of other comprehensive income

50%

-
-

102
59

-
-

15
-

87

43
-

43

-

1
-
-
-
3
-

2

-

50%

520
-

489
-

-
-

2
-

50%

50%

50%

33,052
33,052

7,463
1,528

521
-

239
-

78,031
78,031

6,498
552

84,094
27,813

5,981
4,250

65,837
65,837

4,195
186

77,485
30,470

6,656
4,000

1,007

39,755

(5,546)

(14,109)

504
-

504

-

-
-
-
-
(4)
-

(2)

-

19,878
-

19,878

(2,773)
28,141

-

(7,054)
23,507

-

-

25,368

16,453

18,701
(3,601)
(102)
-
11,791
-

5,895

21,050
(4,852)
(530)
-
6,361
-

3,181

21,509
(4,832)
(851)
-
6,330
-

3,165

-

-

-

 
Asset

Liability

Larvotto 
Shipholding
Ltd

Moneghetti
Shipholding
Ltd

TI Africa 
Ltd

TI Asia 
Ltd

Total

Africa 
Conversion 
Corp

Asia
Conversion 
Corp

Total

50%

50%

50%

50%

50%

50%

73,234
73,234

7,873
1,578

81,424
29,143

6,621
3,970

70,159
70,159

7,219
4,891

79,647
43,750

7,099
4,000

215,184
208,030

12,144
880

303,018
-

1,155
-

208,405
200,452

41,744
30,465

223,552
75,343

30,832
28,858

744,422
728,795

87,727
40,139

849,740
206,519

58,601
45,078

(6,939)

(9,368)

(76,845)

(4,235)

(76,192)

(3,469)
26,141

-

(4,684)
17,949

-

(38,423)
149,615

(2,118)
72,397

(38,096)
317,750

-

-

20,424

22,672

13,265

111,193

70,280

259,229

22,837
(4,571)
(644)
-
6,762

21,317
(4,630)
(1,170)
-
5,661
-

64,627
(18,209)
(1,220)
259
35,329
-

64,382
(17,933)
(6,106)
106
30,580
3,220

234,425
(58,628)
(10,623)
365
102,814
3,220

3,381

2,831

17,664

15,290

51,407

-

-

-

1,610

1,610

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

7
7
1

 
(in thousands of USD)

Asset

Great Hope 
Enterprises 
Ltd

Kingswood 
Co.
Ltd

Seven Seas 
Shipping
Ltd

Fiorano 
Shipholding
Ltd

Fontvieille 
Shipholding
Ltd

At December 31, 2016
Percentage ownership interest

Non-Current assets
of which Vessel

Current Assets
of which cash and cash equivalents

Non-Current Liabilities
Of which bank loans

Current Liabilities
Of which bank loans

Net assets (100%)

Group's share of net assets
Shareholders loans to joint venture

Net Carrying amount of interest in joint venture

Remaining shareholders loan to joint venture

Revenue
Depreciations and amortization
Interest Expense
Income tax expense
Profit (loss) for the period (100%)
Other comprehensive income (100%)

Group's share of profit (loss) for the period

Group's share of other comprehensive income

50%

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
(32)
-

(16)

-

50%

946
-

76
-

-
-

2
-

1,020

510
-

510

-

-
-
-
-
12
-

6

-

50%

50%

50%

-
-

3,221
555

946
-

132
-

2,143

1,072
-

1,072

-

13,646
(3,344)
(3)
-
7,469
-

3,735

-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

7,182
(2,047)
(223)
-
1,146
-

573

-

6,404
(2,037)
(377)
-
500
-

250

-

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Asset

Liability

Larvotto 
Shipholding
Ltd

Moneghetti
Shipholding
Ltd

TI Africa 
Ltd

TI Asia 
Ltd

Total

Africa 
Conversion 
Corp

Asia
Conversion 
Corp

Total

50%

50%

50%

50%

50%

50%

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

6,901
(1,929)
(288)
-
1,082

541

-

7,471
(2,049)
(537)
-
1,270
-

635

-

198,826
189,821

38,206
26,928

276,498
-

863
-

192,344
182,519

47,889
36,591

132,763
-

76,899
75,343

392,116
372,340

89,392
64,074

410,207
-

77,896
75,343

(40,329)

30,571

(6,595)

(20,165)
137,615

15,285
65,897

(3,298)
203,512

-

15,285

16,867

117,451

65,897

183,348

65,188
(18,209)
(400)
(326)
36,515
-

65,063
(17,933)
(4,703)
(106)
32,359
2,448

171,855
(47,548)
(6,531)
(432)
80,322
2,448

18,257

16,180

40,161

-

1,224

1,224

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

9
7
1

 
(in thousands of USD)

Asset

At December 31, 2017
Percentage ownership interest

Non-Current assets
of which Vessel

Current Assets
of which cash and cash equivalents

Non-Current Liabilities
Of which bank loans

Current Liabilities
Of which bank loans

Net assets (100%)

Group's share of net assets
Shareholders loans to joint venture

Net Carrying amount of interest in joint venture

Remaining shareholders loan to joint venture

Revenue
Depreciations and amortization
Interest Expense
Income tax expense
Profit (loss) for the period (100%)
Other comprehensive income (100%)

Group's share of profit (loss) for the period

Group's share of other comprehensive income

Kingswood Co. 
Ltd

50 %

629
-

-
-

-
-

111
-

518

259
-

259

-

-
-
-
-
(2)
-

(1)

-

Seven Seas 
Shipping
Ltd

50 %

-
-

993
689

629
-

91
-

273

137
-

137

-

61
-
-
-
130
-

65

-

TI Africa 
Ltd

TI Asia 
Ltd

50 %

182,298
171,612

12,639
4,062

200,231
-

766
-

(6,060)

(3,030)
100,115

-

97,085

61,015
(18,209)
(90)
383
34,269
-

17,135

-

50 %

175,826
164,587

10,521
1,968

128,653
-

687
-

57,007

28,503
62,647

28,503

62,647

58,011
(17,933)
(1,961)
(3,359)
25,467
966

12,734

483

Loans and borrowings
In October 2008, TI Asia Ltd. and TI Africa Ltd. concluded a USD 500 million senior 
secured credit facility. The facility consists of a term loan of USD 180 million which 
was  used  to  finance  the  acquisition  of  two  ULCC  vessels,  the  TI  Asia  and  the  TI 
Africa  respectively  from  Euronav  and  International  Seaways,  Inc.  (formerly  "OSG") 
and  a  project  finance  loan  of  USD  320  million  which  has  been  used  to  finance  the 
conversion of the above mentioned vessels into FSO. The tranche related to FSO Asia 
matured in 2017 and had a rate of Libor plus a margin of 1.15%. The tranche related 
to FSO Africa matured in August 2013 with a balloon of USD 45.0 million and had a 
rate of Libor plus a margin of 2.25%. In 2013, the Africa Tranche was extended until 
2015 and on August 28, 2015 it was fully repaid.

All bank loans in the joint ventures are secured by the underlying FSO.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Tankers
Agencies (UK)
Ltd. (see Note
23)

50 %

363
-

149,650
1,889

-
-

147,453
43,000

2,560

1,559
-

1,559

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

Asset

Liability

TI LLC (see
Note 23)

Total

Africa Conversion 
Corp

Asia Conversion 
Corp

Total

50 %

98
-

1,108
-

-
-

975
-

232

136
-

136

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

359,214
336,199

174,912
8,608

329,514
-

150,083
43,000

54,530

27,565
162,762

30,595

159,732

119,087
(36,142)
(2,052)
(2,976)
59,865
966

29,932

483

50%

50%

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-
-

-

-
-

-

-

-
-
-
-
-
-

-

-

The following table summarizes the terms and debt repayment profile of the bank 
loans held by the joint ventures:

(in thousands of USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

Curr. Nominal
interest 
rate

USD

libor
+1.15%

Year of 
mat.

Facility 
size

Drawn Carrying
value

Facility 
size

Drawn Carrying
value

2017

-

-

-

-

75,343

75,343

75,343

75,343

75,343

75,343

TI Asia Ltd. *

Total interest-bearing bank 
loans

* The mentioned secured bank loans were subject to loan covenants such as an Asset Protection clause.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

1
8
1

 
Loan covenant
Because the tranche related to FSO Asia matured in 2017, loan covenants were no 
longer applicable as at December 31, 2017.

Interest rate swaps
Two of the Group's JV companies in connection to the FSO conversion project of the TI 
Asia and TI Africa also entered in two Interest Rate Swap instruments for a combined 
notional  value  of  USD  480  million  (Euronav's  share  amounts  to  50%).  These  IRSs 
were used to hedge the risk related to any fluctuation of the Libor rate and had a 
duration of 8 years starting respectively in July 2009 and September 2009 for FSO 
Asia and FSO Africa.

Following the restructuring of the original service contract related to the FSO Africa 
on January 22, 2010 and the consecutive reduction of financing, the hedge related 
to  that  tranche  lost  its  qualification  as  hedging  instrument  in  a  cash  flow  hedge 
relationship under IAS 39. As such the cash flows from this IRS affected profit or loss 
of the joint venture as from 2010 through 2017.

However the hedge related to the financing of FSO Asia qualified fully as a hedging 
instrument  in  a  cash  flow  hedge  relationship  under  IAS  39.  This  instrument  was 
measured at fair value; effective changes in fair value were recognized in equity of 
the joint venture and the ineffective portion was recorded in profit or loss of the joint 
venture.

Both IRSs matured in 2017.

Vessels
On June 2, 2016, the Group entered into a share swap and claim transfer agreement 
(see  Note  24).  As  a  result,  the  Group  became  the  full  owner  of  the  two  youngest 
vessels, the Captain Michael (2012 – 157,648 dwt) and the Maria (2012 – 157,523 dwt), 
while Bretta became the full owner of the Devon and the Eugenie.

On  November  23,  2016,  Seven  Seas  Shipping  Ltd.  delivered  the  VLCC  V.K. Eddie
(2005  –  305,261  dwt)  to  the  Group  after  the  sale  announced  on  November  2,  2016 
for USD 39.0 million. Seven Seas Shipping Ltd. recognized a gain of USD 9.3 million 
on this transaction in the last quarter of 2016. In the Group’s consolidated financial 
statements, 50% of this gain was eliminated.

There were no capital commitments as of December 31, 2017, December 31, 2016 
and December 31, 2015.

 Cash and cash equivalents

(in thousands of USD)

Cash and cash equivalents of the joint ventures

Group's share of cash and cash equivalents
of which restricted cash

2017

8,608

4,304
-

2016

64,074

32,037
6,789

Note 26 - Subsidiaries

The Group holds 100% of the voting rights in all of its subsidiaries (see Note 23).

In 2015 one new wholly owned subsidiary, Euronav Singapore Pte Ltd, incorporated in 
the second quarter of 2015 was included in the consolidation scope.

In 2016 the Group entered into a share swap and claim transfer agreement whereby 
the Group’s equity interest in both Fiorano Shipholding Ltd. and Larvotto Shipholding 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
Ltd. increased from 50% to 100%.

In the fourth quarter of 2017, Euronav NV incorporated a new subsidiary, Euronav MI 
Inc.

This subsidiary was incorporated in connection with the intended merger with Gener8 
Maritime, Inc. (Note 24) and did not have any activities as at December 31, 2017.

Note 27 - Major exchange rates

The following major exchange rates have been used in preparing the consolidated financial statements:

closing rates

average rates

1 XXX = x,xxxx USD

December 31, 
2017

December 31, 
2016

December 31, 
2015

2017

2016

2015

EUR
GPB

1.1993
1.3517

1.0541
1.2312

1.0887
1.4833

1.1249
1.2880

1.1061
1.3662

1.1154
1.5315

Note 28 - Audit fees

The  audit  fees  for  the  Group  amounted  to  USD  0.9  million  (2016:  USD  1.0  million 
and  2015:  USD  0.7  million).  During  the  year  the  statutory  auditor  and  persons 
professionally related to him performed additional audit related services amounting 
to USD 0.0 million (2016: USD 0.0 million and 2015: USD 0.2 million) and tax services 
for fees of USD 0.0 million (2016: USD 0.0 million and 2015: 0.0 million). The 2015 
audit  related  services  mainly  related  to  the  Group's  series  of  capital  transactions, 
including the Group's US listing.

Note 29 - Subsequent events

No events occurred subsequent to December 31, 2017 that would require adjustment 
to or disclosure in these consolidated financial statements.

Note 30 - Statement on the true and fair view of the 
consolidated financial statements and the fair overview of 
the management report

Mr. Carl Steen, Chairman of the Board of Directors, Mr. Patrick Rodgers, CEO and 
Mr. Hugo De Stoop, CFO, hereby certify that, to the best of their knowledge, (a) the 
consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, 
which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting 
Standards  (IFRS)  as  adopted  by  the  European  Union,  give  a  true  and  fair  view  of 
the assets, liabilities, financial position and results of Euronav NV and the entities 
included  in  the  consolidation,  and  (b)  the  annual  report  includes  a  true  and  fair 
view  of  the  evolution  of  the  activities,  results  and  situation  of  Euronav  NV  and  the 
entities included in the consolidation, and contains a description of the main risks 
and uncertainties they may face.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

3
8
1

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

Statutory auditor’s report to the general meeting of Euronav 
NV on the consolidated financial statements as of and for the 
year ended December 31, 2017

In  the  context  of  the  statutory  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of 
Euronav  NV  (“the  Company”)  and  its  subsidiaries  (jointly  “the  Group”),  we  provide 
you with our statutory auditor’s report. This includes our report on the audit of the 
consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2017, as well as 
our report on other legal, regulatory and professional requirements. These reports 
are one and indivisible.

We were appointed as statutory auditor by the general meeting of May 11, 2017, in 
accordance with the proposal of the board of directors issued on the recommendation 
of the audit and risk committee. Our mandate will expire on the date of the general 
meeting deliberating on the annual accounts for the year ended December 31, 2019. 
We have performed the statutory audit of the consolidated financial statements of 
Euronav NV for 14 consecutive financial years.

REPORT ON THE AUDIT OF THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unqualified opinion
We  have  audited  the  consolidated  financial  statements  of  the  Group  as  of  and  for 
the  year  ended  December  31,  2017,  prepared  in  accordance  with  International 
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, and with the legal 
and  regulatory  requirements  applicable  in  Belgium.  These  consolidated  financial 
statements comprise the consolidated statement of financial position as at December 
31,  2017,  the  consolidated  statements  of  profit  or  loss,  comprehensive  income, 
changes  in  equity  and  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended  and  notes,  comprising 
a  summary  of  significant  accounting  policies  and  other  explanatory  information. 
The  total  of  the  consolidated  statement  of  financial  position  amounts  to  USD  ‘000 
2.810.973 and the consolidated statement of profit or loss shows a profit for the year 
of USD ‘000 1.383.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements give a true and fair view of the 
Group’s equity and financial position as at December 31, 2017 and of its consolidated 
financial  performance  and  its  consolidated  cash  flows  for  the  year  then  ended  in 
accordance  with  International  Financial  Reporting  Standards  as  adopted  by  the 
European  Union,  and  with  the  legal  and  regulatory  requirements  applicable  in 
Belgium.

 
Basis for our unqualified opinion
We  conducted  our  audit  in  accordance  with  International  Standards  on  Auditing 
(“ISAs”).  Our  responsibilities  under  those  standards  are  further  described  in 
the  “Statutory  auditors’  responsibility  for  the  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements” section of our report. We have complied with the ethical requirements 
that  are  relevant  to  our  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  Belgium, 
including the independence requirements.

We  have  obtained  from  the  board  of  directors  and  the  Company’s  officials  the 
explanations and information necessary for performing our audit.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to 
provide a basis for our opinion. 

Key audit matter
Key  audit  matters  are  those  matters  that,  in  our  professional  judgment,  were  of 
most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current 
period. These matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated 
financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not 
provide a separate opinion on these matters. 

Impairment of vessels
We  refer  to  Note  8  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  to  the  accounting 
policies in Note 1.2(k) of the consolidated financial statements.

Description
As  at  December  31,  2017,  the  carrying  value  of  the  Group’s  vessels  was  USD  ‘000 
2.271.500.

The  Group  assessed  whether  indications  existed  at  December  31,  2017  that  the 
carrying value of vessels may be impaired.

Next, the Group estimated the recoverable amount as at December 31, 2017 for each 
of the smallest groups of assets that generate largely independent cash flows (the 
cash-generating units or “CGUs”).

Euronav defines its CGUs as a single vessel, unless such vessel is operated in a pool, 
in which case such vessel, together with the other vessels in the pool, are collectively 
treated as a CGU.

The  Group  determined  the  recoverable  amount  of  each  CGU  as  the  greater  of  the 
CGU’s value-in-use (“VIU”) and its fair value less costs to sell.

The Group concluded that the recoverable amount of each CGU exceeded the CGU’s 
carrying  value  at  December  31,  2017  and  consequently,  that  no  impairment  loss 
needed to be recorded as at December 31, 2017.

Determining  the  amount  of  impairment  losses,  if  any,  to  be  recorded  requires  the 
Group to exercise significant judgment and make important assumptions, particularly 
in relation to

• the determination of the Group’s CGUs;
• the estimation of a CGU’s fair value less costs to sell; and
• the  estimation  of  a  CGU’s  value-in-use,  including  the  estimation  of  vessels’ 
remaining  useful  lives,  future  freight  rates  or  hire  rates,  future  operating 
expenses and the applicable discount rates.

We  identified  impairment  of  vessels  as  a  key  audit  matter  because  the  carrying 
values  of  these  assets  are  material  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and 
also  because  of  the  significant  management  judgment  and  estimation  required 
in  assessing  potential  impairment  which  could  be  subject  to  error  or  potential 
management bias.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

5
8
1

 
Our audit procedures
Our  audit  procedures  to  assess  potential  impairment  of  vessels  included  the 
following:

• Assessing the design, implementation and operating effectiveness of the Group’s 

key internal controls over the assessment of vessel impairment;

• Challenging the Group’s assessment of potential indicators of impairment based 
on our own expectations developed from our knowledge of the Group and our 
understanding of internal and external factors relevant to the Group, the Group’s 
business and the industry in which the Group operates;

• Assessing  the  Group’s  identification  of  cash-generating  units  (“CGUs”),  with 
reference to our understanding of the Group’s business and the requirements of 
the prevailing accounting standards;

• Assessing whether vessels were operating in a pool at December 31, 2017, with 

reference to externally obtained vessel pooling information;

• Assessing  the  Group’s  VIU  calculations  for  each  vessel  by  comparing  the 
assumptions used by the Group with our understanding of the Group’s business 
and the industry in which the Group operates, in particular for the assumptions 
relating to vessels’ remaining useful lives, forecast freight rates and hire rates 
and forecast vessel operating expenses;

• Challenging  the  Group’s  use  of  10-year  historical  average  freight  rates  in  its 
VIU  calculations  based  on  our  understanding  of  the  Group’s  business  and  the 
industry  in  which  the  Group  operates,  as  well  as  by  comparing  the  Group’s 
assumptions to those used by other companies in the same industry;

• Comparing the forecast freight rates and vessel operating expenses used in the 
Group’s VIU calculations to actual freight rates earned by the Group and actual 
vessel operating expenses incurred by the Group in recent years;

• Specifically with respect to the FSO vessels operated by 2 of the Group’s joint 
ventures, assessing the remaining useful life and forecast hire rates used in the 
Group’s  VIU  calculations  with  reference  to  time  charter  contracts  in  place  for 
these vessels;

• With the assistance of our internal valuation specialists, comparing the discount 
rates applied in the VIU calculations with externally derived data as well as with 
discount rates adopted by other companies in the same industry;

• Performing sensitivity analyses on the discount rates applied and the forecast 
freight rates and hire rates used by the Group to assess what changes thereto 
would  result  in  a  different  conclusion  being  reached,  and  assessing  whether 
there  were  any  indications  of  management  bias  in  the  selection  of  these 
assumptions.

Furthermore, we assessed the appropriateness of the Group’s disclosures in respect 
of  vessel  impairment,  which  are  included  in  Note  8  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements.

Board of directors’ responsibilities for the preparation of the consolidated financial 
statements 
The  board  of  directors  is  responsible  for  the  preparation  of  these  consolidated 
financial statements that give a true and fair view in accordance with International 
Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the European Union, and with the legal 
and regulatory requirements applicable in Belgium, and for such internal control as 
board of directors determines, is necessary to enable the preparation of consolidated 
financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud 
or error. 

In  preparing  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  the  board  of  directors  is 
responsible  for  assessing  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern, 
disclosing,  as  applicable,  matters  related  to  going  concern  and  using  the  going 
concern basis of accounting unless the board of directors either intends to liquidate 
the Group or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.

Statutory  auditor’s  responsibilities  for  the  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial 
statements
Our  objectives  are  to  obtain  reasonable  assurance  as  to  whether  the  consolidated 

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to 
fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable 
assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted 
in accordance with ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. 
Misstatements  can  arise  from  fraud  or  error  and  are  considered  material  if, 
individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the 
economic decisions of the users taken on the basis of these consolidated financial 
statements. 

As  part  of  an  audit  in  accordance  with  ISAs,  we  exercise  professional  judgment 
and  maintain  professional  skepticism  throughout  the  audit.  We  also  perform  the 
following procedures:

• Identify  and  assess  the  risks  of  material  misstatement  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements, whether due to fraud or error, design and perform audit 
procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain audit evidence that is sufficient 
and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a 
material  misstatement  resulting  from  fraud  is  higher  than  for  one  resulting 
from  error,  as  fraud  may  involve  collusion,  forgery,  intentional  omissions, 
misrepresentations, or the override of internal control;

• Obtain  an  understanding  of  internal  controls  relevant  to  the  audit  in  order  to 
design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for 
the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s internal 
control;

• Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness 
of accounting estimates and related disclosures made by board of directors;
• Conclude on the appropriateness of board of directors’ use of the going concern 
basis  of  accounting  and,  based  on  the  audit  evidence  obtained,  whether  a 
material  uncertainty  exists  related  to  events  or  conditions  that  may  cast 
significant  doubt  on  the  Group’s  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  If  we 
conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required to draw attention 
in  our  auditors’  report  to  the  related  disclosures  in  the  consolidated  financial 
statements  or,  if  such  disclosures  are  inadequate,  to  modify  our  opinion.  Our 
conclusions  are  based  on  the  audit  evidence  obtained  up  to  the  date  of  our 
auditors’ report. However, future events or conditions may cause the Group to 
cease to continue as a going concern;

• Evaluate  the  overall  presentation,  structure  and  content  of  the  consolidated 
financial  statements,  including  the  disclosures,  and  whether  the  consolidated 
financial  statements  represent  the  underlying  transactions  and  events  in  a 
manner that achieves fair presentation;

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

7
8
1

 
• Obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence regarding the financial information 
of the entities or business activities within the Group to express an opinion on 
the  consolidated  financial  statements.  We  are  responsible  for  the  direction, 
supervision and performance of the group audit. We remain solely responsible 
for our audit opinion.

We communicate with the audit and risk committee regarding, among other matters, 
the planned scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any 
significant deficiencies in internal control that we identify during our audit.

We also provide the audit and risk committee with a statement that we have complied 
with  relevant  ethical  requirements  regarding  independence,  and  to  communicate 
with  them  all  relationships  and  other  matters  that  may  reasonably  be  thought  to 
bear on our independence, and where applicable, related safeguards.

For  the  matters  communicated  with  the  audit  and  risk  committee,  we  determine 
those  matters  that  were  of  most  significance  in  the  audit  of  the  consolidated 
financial statements of the current period and are therefore the key audit matters. 
We describe these matters in our auditor’s report unless law or regulation precludes 
public disclosure about the matter.

REPORT  ON  THE  OTHER  LEGAL,  REGULATORY  AND  PROFESSIONAL 
REQUIREMENTS
Responsibilities of the board of directors 
The board of directors is responsible for the preparation and the content of the board 
of  directors’  annual  report  on  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  the  other 
information included in the annual report.

Statutory auditor’s responsibilities
In the context of our mandate and in accordance with the Belgian standard which is 
complementary to the International Standards on Auditing as applicable in Belgium, 
our responsibility is to verify, in all material respects, the board of directors’ annual 
report on the consolidated financial statements and the other information included 
in the annual report, and to report on these matters.

Aspects  concerning  the  board  of  directors’  annual  report  on  the  consolidated 
financial statements and other information included in the annual report
Based on specific work performed on the board of directors’ annual report on the 
consolidated financial statements, we are of the opinion that this report is consistent 
with  the  consolidated  financial  statements  for  the  same  period  and  has  been 
prepared in accordance with article 119 of the Companies’ Code.

In  the  context  of  our  audit  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements,  we  are  also 
responsible for considering, in particular based on the knowledge gained throughout 
the audit, whether the board of directors’ annual report on the consolidated financial 
statements and other information included in the annual report:

• Shareholder letter, Quick facts, Highlights and Special Report
• Corporate Report
• Activity Report
• Corporate Social Responsibility

contain  material  misstatements,  or  information  that  is  incorrectly  stated  or 
misleading.  In  the  context  of  the  procedures  carried  out,  we  did  not  identify  any 
material misstatements that we have to report to you. We do not express any form 
of assurance on the board of directors’ annual report on the consolidated financial 
statements and other information included in the annual report.

Information about the independence

• Our audit firm and our network have not performed any engagement which is 
incompatible with the statutory audit of the consolidated accounts and our audit 
firm remained independent of the Group during the term of our mandate.

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

 
• The fees for the additional engagements which are compatible with the statutory 
audit referred to in article 134 of the Companies’ Code were correctly stated and 
disclosed in the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Other aspect

• This  report  is  consistent  with  our  additional  report  to  the  audit  and  risk 

committee on the basis of Article 11 of Regulation (EU) No 537/2014.

Zaventem, April 3, 2018

KPMG Bedrijfsrevisoren / Réviseurs d’Entreprises
Statutory auditor
represented by

Götwin Jackers
Réviseur d’Entreprises / Bedrijfsrevisor

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

9
8
1

 
T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS EURONAV NV

For the period ending on 31/12/2017

(in USD)

ASSETS

Fixed assets
Intangible assets
Tangible assets
Financial assets

Current assets
Amounts receivable after one year
Amounts receivable within one year
Investments
Cash at bank and in hand
Deferred charges and accrued income

Total assets

LIABILITIES

Capital and reserves

Capital

Share premium account

Reserves

Profit carried forward

Provision for liabilities and charges

Provisions and deferred taxes

Creditors

Amounts payable after one year

Amounts payable within one year

Accrued charges and deferred income

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

2,239,821,475
55,841
2,014,576,306
225,189,328

244,244,671
-
93,096,932
103,106,293
18,010,779
30,030,667

2,439,610,624
147,151
1,794,657,956
644,805,516

270,371,167
-
126,712,521
58,317,989
68,793,482
16,547,175

2,484,066,146

2,709,981,791

1,662,992,477

173,046,122

1,215.227,175

119,195,927

155,523,253

2,890,028

2,890,028

818,183,640

672,971,576

122,828,599

22,383,466

1,707,121,377

173,046,122

1,215,227,175

119,195,927

199,652,153

1,621,834

1,621,834

1,001,238,580

834,515,103

142,408,234

24,315,242

Total liabilities

2,484,066,146

2,709,981,791

 
STATUTORY FINANCIAL STATEMENTS EURONAV NV (CONTINUED)

(in USD)

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

INCOME STATEMENT OF EURONAV NV

Operating income

Operating charges

Operating result

Financial income

Financial charges

Profit for the year before taxes

Income taxes

Result for the year

Result for the year available for appropriation

APPROPRIATION ACCOUNT

Result to be appropriated

Transfer to capital and reserves

Profit carried forward

Distribution of result

510,328,924

(523,322,912)

(12,993,988)

31,812,973

(39,649,825)

(20,830,840)

(4,192,986)

(25,023,826)

(25,023,826)

174,628,326

-

155,523,253

19,105,074

669,498,406

(526,102,646)

143,395,760

12,922,237

(41,474,177)

114,843,820

(2,906,354)

111,937,466

111,937,466

330,141,587

7,898,543

199,652,153

122,590,891

T
R
O
P
E
R
L
A
C
N
A
N
F

I

I

1
9
1

 
NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

NOTES

REGISTERED OFFICE

De Gerlachekaai 20
B-2000 Antwerp - Belgium
tel. + 32 3 247 44 11
fax + 32 3 247 44 09
e-mail admin@euronav.com
website www.euronav.com

RESPONSIBLE EDITOR

Hugo De Stoop 

De Gerlachekaai 20

B-2000 Antwerp - Belgium

Registered within the jurisdiction of 

the Commercial Court of Antwerp - 

VAT BE 0860 402 767

Dit verslag is ook beschikbaar in 

het Nederlands.

This report can be downloaded on 
our website: www.euronav.com